(Why) This Book is not to be Distributed

I realized the need to add this notice when a reader emailed me to thank me for writing the book. He mentioned he had received it for free from a friend who had in turn been given it by someone else. It was clear that both had innocently accepted and read the book without realizing it was for sale on a website. When I informed him of this, he immediately ordered it (as did his friend) which greatly impressed me. He suggested I put this notice in so that other readers would know that the book is for sale and likewise support my work.

And I would greatly appreciate your support. The proceeds from this book allow me to support my family while I pursue further research and writing on this subject. (A softcover version is even available at my website .)

If you downloaded this book from a site other than mine ( www.EscapeAllTheseThings.com) , I would appreciate you sending me an email to let me know where.

Know the Future

A Bible Prophecy Breakthrough FromOverlooked Keys in the Words of Jesus

Planet X in Bible Prophecy

How A Rogue Star Will Devastate Earth Startingat Revelation's 6th Seal – And How To Survive It.

&

Revelation Roadmap

The First End Times Timeline Using StrictLiteral Interpretation and the Sabbath Year Cycle

&

Mystery of Disunity

Why God Wants the Faithful Divided Now andHow Elijah and the 144,000 Will Restore Unity Later

Tim McHyde

www.EscapeAllTheseThings.com

Last Updated: Sunday, August 26, 2007

How To Use This eBook

Choose Your Starting Point

This volume, Know the Future, presently consists of three self-contained books. Depending on what interests you most, you may begin with any of them:

  • Planet X in Bible Prophecy If Planet X, Wormwood, the seals or trumpets or God's non-rapture escape plan interests you most, start there .
  • Revelation Roadmap For a complete End Time timeline chart that starts with the next prophecy to be fulfilled and covers America's fall in WWIII, the year of the Rapture and Jesus' return, start there .
  • Mystery of Disunity To understand the 144,000, Two Witnesses, the Woman, Elijah and our coming gathering to Jerusalem where we will have unity at last, start there .

You may also just read straight through from the beginning as the books have been arranged in what I think is the best reading order.

Book Navigation Tips

It would be well worth a few moments of your time to review these helpful tips on how to use this eBook to find the answers you are seeking the fastest and easiest way possible.

  • Clickable Table of Contents / Title Page — The table of contents is clickable allowing you to jump directly to a passage of interest—a handy feature that is easily missed. The same goes for book titles on the title page.
  • Clickable Hyperlinks — Like the table of contents, the book uses clickable hyperlinks to allow you to jump to a cross-referenced section of the book. These are typically styled as blue underlined text. Don't be shy about using them for fear of losing your place because you can easily get back with a single click or keystroke.
  • Go Back / “Previous View” Button (Alt+Left) — To get back to where you were before clicking a hyperlink, simply press the left arrow “Previous View” button on the Acrobat navigation toolbar (typically at the bottom of the window). You can also use the Alt+Left (Windows) keystroke to accomplish the same thing. (Alt+Right moves forward).
  • Search the Entire Book (Ctrl+F) — When the table of contents and hyperlinks are not enough, don't forget the search feature. This is one of the other great advantages of an eBook format. You can search the entire book for what you have a question on, rather than be limited to what is listed in the contents. Use Ctrl+F (on Windows) to bring up the search dialog and type in a word or phrase you want to search for in the book. You can see each subsequent match of your query by using the F3 key repeatedly.

Bookmarking Where You Last Read

If you want Adobe Acrobat to remember where you last read and bring up that page the next time you open the eBook, then in Edit|Preferences (or Ctrl+K) pick Category Documents/Open Settings|Restore last view settings when reopening documents.

Need Help?

If after reading or searching the book you need help or do not find a question you have covered or answered fully, please contact me with your question. I probably have the answer to your question, but just have not had time to include it in the book yet. So please do not hesitate to write a brief email or forum post.

Unless otherwise indicated, the Scripture quotations in thispublication are from the King James Version of the Bible.

Cover Design by Thomas Breher

www.ecoverdesign.com

Copyright © 2003-2007 Tim McHyde, All Rights Reserved

www.EscapeAllTheseThings.com

4th Printing

If you enjoy my writing, as many express to me, and you would like to see more of it, here is how you can help further it and facilitate me getting more out without spending a penny:

1.     Recommend my website to your friends

2.     Put a link to my website in your signature of your emails or discussion group posts.

3.     Link to my website on your site:

<a href="http://www.EscapeAllTheseThings.com">End Times Bible Prophecy
Timeline</a>

4. Email me with feedback on how to improve writing.

To My Proverbs 31 Wife

Katrina

Without whose influence someone else would have written this book, while I would still be distracted by the cares of the world

Table of Contents

(Why) This Book is not to be Distributed..................... 2
Choose Your Starting Point.......................................... 4
Book Navigation Tips................................................... 4
Bookmarking Where You Last Read............................ 4
Need Help?.................................................................. 4

Preface................................................................ 9

Introduction:
Prophecy Confusion – Cause and Solution...11

Biblical Prerequisites to Understanding Bible Prophecy. 11

Two Keys of Wisdom That Unlock Revelation............13

Biblical Calendar and Feast Days...............................15

How to Identify a Good Interpretation of Bible Prophecy ................................................................................... 19

Part 1:
Planet X in Bible Prophecy

What Started It All...................................................... 22

Chapter 1:
Skeptical or Scared......................................... 23

The Media's Take....................................................... 23
Scared? There Is An Escape..................................... 23

Chapter 2:
Scientific Support............................................ 26

Finally, A Scientist Warning About Planet X............... 26
Why is NASA Silent On Planet X?.............................. 26
The Bible's Explanation For the Cover-up.................. 27
Why Don't We See It? ............................................... 28
What Evidence Is There?........................................... 29
What Will Happen When It Passes? ......................... 30

Chapter 3:
Planet X in the Book of Revelation................. 31

Seven Seals, Trumpets, and Bowls — Which Is Next?.. 31

The First Five Seals Identified.................................... 33

6th Seal through 4th Trumpet..................................... 35

The Account of Planet X's Effects Ends..................... 41

5th Trumpet................................................................ 42

How and How Many Times Will Planet X Pass Us?... 43

Chapter 4: How to Understand Prophecy and its Survival Instructions........................... 45

If I Trust God, Why Do I Need To Do Anything?.........45
Ignoring Prophecy...................................................... 46
The Wise Will Understand..........................................46

Expected To Study The Prophets............................... 47

Unwatchful, Wicked Believers in the Last Days..........48

Wickedness Prevents Understanding of Prophecy.....48

Which Commandments of God Today To Keep?.......49

Chapter 5:
Our Instructions For Surviving Wormwood.. 53

What To “Call Upon The Name of YHWH” Does Not Mean.......................................................................... 53

Who Are “Those Who Call Upon The Name Of Y'hovah”?................................................................... 55

Righteous Delivered in Zion and Jerusalem............... 57

The 144,000 Israelites Fulfill The Loaves of Pentecost . 58

Joel 2:32 Also Fulfilled On Pentecost ........................ 59

Summary.................................................................... 61

Common Concerns.................................................... 62

Part 2:
Revelation Roadmap

Why I Put Together A Roadmap................................ 64

Chapter 6:
Next: The Middle East Nuclear War................ 65

Damascus – Isaiah 17, Jeremiah 49, Amos 1............ 65
Israel's Neighbors – Zechariah 12.............................. 66
Arab-Muslim Conspiracy – Psalm 83......................... 67
Egypt – Isaiah 19........................................................ 68
Iran, Saudi Arabia – Jeremiah 49............................... 69
Jordan – Isaiah 15, Amos, Obadiah, Ezekiel 25......... 69
Palestine – Amos 1, Zephaniah 2, ............................. 70
Why Would the Muslims Attack Nuclear Israel?.........71
Results of the War...................................................... 73
War Timing................................................................. 73

Chapter 7:
Daniel's 70 Weeks & The Great Tribulation... 75

The Bible's Central Prophecy..................................... 75
My Own View on the 70 Weeks..................................75
The Great Tribulation................................................. 77
First Half of the 70th Week......................................... 81

Chapter 8:
America's Destruction in WWIII...................... 83

America as Babylon................................................... 84
America In Daniel 7.................................................... 87
The Antichrist From England...................................... 90
How the Antichrist Really Takes Control.................... 94

Chapter 9:

Sabbath Year Cycles & Daniel's 70 Weeks.... 95

Sabbath Years in the Torah........................................ 95
Proving Daniel's 70 Weeks Are Sabbath Year Cycles....

Identifying the Historic Sabbath and Jubilee Year Cycles........................................................................ 98

The Next Sabbath Year Is.......................................... 99

Chapter 10:
The Roadmap................................................. 100

What Makes This Timeline Special.......................... 100

The Revelation Roadmap......................................... 101

How I Arrived At All This—And How You Can, Too.. 104 2012 in Prophecy...................................................... 105

Part 3:
Mystery of Disunity

How Prophecy Changes Your Doctrines.................. 106

Chapter 11:
God’s Word or Unity: Choose....................... 107

Why Disunity From God’s Word?............................. 107
Abandoning God’s Word For Tradition..................... 107
Individuals Can Successfully Follow God’s Word..... 108
Unity For New Groups.............................................. 109
Area of Dispute: The Holy Day Calendar.................. 109
The Problem of Not Seeing the Problem.................. 111

Chapter 12:
Attempted Unicide......................................... 112

Psalm 133 Says We Should Strive For Unity!.......... 112
Calls to Larger Unity — Instead of Fighting.............. 112
Accept the Present Disunity..................................... 115

Chapter 13:
Biblical Unity.................................................. 116

Ask: Is God Behind This Or Not?............................. 116

Biblical Precedents For Unity – The First Century Church...................................................................... 116

Chapter 14:
Unity of 144,000 and “The Woman”............. 121

Who Are the 144,000 of Revelation?........................121

When and Where Are the 144,000 Sealed?.............123

The Mission of the 144,000 – Fulfill Matthew 24:14..123

Mission Timing From “Warnings of the Three Angels”... 127

End Purpose of Mission: Accountability And Availability of Truth..................................................................... 128

Narrowing Down Who The Two Witnesses Are....... 128

Another Unified Group of Servants: The Woman..... 129

Two Unified, Gathered Groups Requires a Leader...130

The Next God-Ordained Leader?............................. 131

Elijah’s Coming Must Be Dual, Just as Messiah’s.... 132

Both Groups Gathered to Jerusalem Under Elijah... 132

Lost Ten Tribes Identity............................................ 134

Chapter 15:
Discerning a True Prophet............................ 136

Will The Real Elijah Stand Up?................................ 136
Biblical Prophets Defined......................................... 136
Characteristics Specific To Elijah The Prophet.........138

Chapter 16:
The Real “Great Commission”..................... 140

Commission Omission: No Certifying Signs............. 140

Our Great Commission?.......................................... 141

Our True Great Commission: Overcome, Bear Fruit...... 142

The Mystery of Disunity Revealed............................ 144

Appendix 1:
The Thief on the Cross Explained Literally..147

Preface

My Reason For Writing

What began as a long web page in early 2003 explaining how well the Planet X passage rumor matches Revelation's Wormwood prophecy, and then expanded to an eBook called Planet X in Bible Prophecy in 2004, has now in mid-2006 grown into a three-part timeline-based prophecy course. Because of this growth and evolution, I decided to rename the whole as Know the Future: A Bible Prophecy Breakthrough From Overlooked Keys in the Words of Jesus because it better reflects its fuller scope and significance.

This volume is the result of my ongoing attempt to record everything I have learned about End Times prophecy. In other words, this is the book I wish was available years ago when I was still struggling to make heads or tails of the Book of Revelation. I wished there was a book filled with reasonable, logical, and verifiable answers to even the most difficult prophetic passages, but there was none. The best resources I could find were never more than a partial help because the norm for prophecy books is to tell you how a verse means something other than its plain meaning in its grammatical and historic context. This breaks Scripture (John 10:35) and loses verifiability at the same time. The few nuggets of true verifiable insight to be found in such materials came only when the authors lapsed into following the plain sense of the inspired words, just as the Bible itself does to explain its own prophecies.

Judging from the feedback of the many visitors to my site over the years, I know that others still have the same questions that I have been successfully searching out. I am someone who has been where you are now and can relate to the frustration and despair one encounters when trying to understand Bible prophecy. It is my pleasure to share my hard-won insights and help you end your confusion and frustration faster and easier than it was for me.

“The Truth Is Stranger Than Fiction”

You may have heard that the “truth is stranger than fiction”, but few people have encountered much truth in this world, at least not enough to really appreciate how accurate that saying is. And merely being familiar with that saying does not sufficiently prepare you for when the truth I present clashes with the present truth you currently hold. It still may shock or offend you at first.

Thus, although I may be laying out plain, logical, verifiable explanations to many prophetic mysteries, it still takes an open mind and patience on the reader's part to be able to see what I am saying sometimes. Of course, those two human attributes are not easy to come by in our misinformed and hectic society. Consequently, this book will be challenging for many.

For this reason, I want to warn you that I pull no punches and spare no sacred cows. Nor do I have to as my allegiance is only to God and his truth, not to a church or denomination requiring doctrinal harmony in my teachings. Further, I am not afraid of controversy or being provocative, nor of the personal attacks or rejection that may result from speaking contrary to the majority view. These qualities have enabled me to seek and speak the truth in love as far as it will take me. This is what I promise to deliver to you in my writing, and hopefully you are ready for it.

The downside of this is that sometimes people will be unable to get past the more radical statements in my book and will quit reading any more of it. This section of warning can only go so far in helping to soften that human proclivity to become offended and shut down from hearing. It is unfortunate, but even these situations are not the “end of the world”, just a temporary impasse. How do I know this?

I know this because I've experienced such impasses myself and seen how they go. God, as the architect of human nature, knows how to patiently deal with them. I can look back at my life and see how he has often brought the same truth across my path two or three times before I finally could recognize it as “self-evident” 1 and accept it at last. This has happened on many occasions, and remembering it certainly helps me to keep my own mind more open.

I'm Not a Prophet With New Truth

By the way, just to be sure that my statements above are not misconstrued, let me clarify why I call what I teach truth. This is not done in arrogance nor to elevate my own words or opinions. I call what I am teaching truth simply because I explain God's Word, which is “the truth” according to Bible.

For the record, I am not a prophet or in any other way a source of new revelation myself. If I show you how

I say “self-evident” in reference to that famous saying of German philosopher, Arthur Schopenhauer: “All truth passes through three stages. First, it is ridiculed, second it is violently opposed, and third, it is accepted as self-evident.”

10 Preface

the plain literal words of the Bible make sense as written without saying they mean something different (as most Bible teachers fall into doing) then I think that qualifies me as teaching the truth. That's all I mean and I hope no one misconstrues this as evidence of pride or self-importance.

More than likely, many of the insights I share may seem more like impossible fiction than truth on your first or second exposure to them. Try to keep an open mind, and better yet, ask God to give you a love for the truth (2The 2:10) and pray for him to open your mind up to it. That prayer will always be answered if you persist. Prayer (along with diligence) has been a big factor in the success of my own personal quest to understand God's Word and ways, and I am sure it must be the same for the rest of God's servants. So, pray. (Better yet, pray three times per day if you are not doing so already, like “beloved” Daniel did.)

Don't Understand? Let Me Explain...

Finally forgive me for stating the obvious by helpfully reminding you that there are good reasons for everything I conclude. I did not write anything that I thought was wrong or did not sincerely believe after much careful consideration of many alternatives. However, no doubt there are sure to be places where I did not sufficiently list all the reasons or arguments in a way that every person with their own distinct background can continue to think of me as a sane and sincere person =).

If you are having trouble with a section after having read the book and searched on my private forums, please write me about it, either by email or forum post and I'll be glad to explain it better. I appreciate your feedback because it guides me in what to improve on and write about next.

Here is my contact information for doing so:

forum: Forums.EscapeAllTheseThings.com email: Tim@escapeallthesethings.com

Finally, thank you for your interest in this subject and in purchasing this book.

May God be with you,

Tim McHyde

www.EscapeAllTheseThings.com

August, 2006 Santa Ana, Costa Rica

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Introduction:

Prophecy Confusion – Cause and Solution

Discover and avoid the mistakes that keep the Bible's End Times roadmap and survival instructions sealed to almost everyone—and know how to easily discern true interpretations from false!

Can non-scholars like you and I understand Bible prophecy when even the experts can't seem to agree on what it says? Judging from the confusion about Bible prophecy today, most Christians would answer no. However, the premise (and promise) of this book is that we can understand—if we have carefully followed the instructions for doing so found in the Bible itself.

You see, there are two main reasons why Bible prophecy teaching is in such a state of confusion:

1.     Teachers are simply unaware of biblical prerequisites needed to unlock the meaning of “sealed” Bible prophecy

2.     Strong psychological barriers keep most teachers from accepting and fulfilling the prerequisites

These prerequisites are found in some very clear verses in the Books of Daniel and Revelation, which we'll discuss next. In addition, we'll cover the related psychological barriers to meeting the prerequisites as we go.

Biblical Prerequisites to Understanding Bible Prophecy

These are the overlooked verses in question:

Revelation 1:1 (HCSB) — The revelation of Jesus Christ that God gave Him to show His slaves what must quickly take place...

Daniel 12:4 (ESV) — 4 But you, Daniel, shut up the words and seal the book, until the time of the end. Many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall increase."... 9 He said, "Go your way, Daniel, for the words are shut up and sealed until the time of the end. 10 Many shall purify themselves and make themselves white and be refined, but the wicked shall act wickedly. And none of the wicked shall understand, but those who are wise shall understand.

Note first that these verses clearly contradict the idea that nobody can understand End Times prophecy before it happens. The prophecies are meant to be understood and useful to know the future. Otherwise they are not much of a “revealing” or showing of what must happen!

Next, notice that there are three prerequisites for understanding in these verses. By carefully examining these prerequisites, we will answer the question of what is missing from Bible prophecy teaching today that causes the widespread failure to understand.

1. End Times Knowledge

God indicated to Daniel that he could not understand the prophecies because he lacked knowledge that would only become available in the “time of the end” when “many would go to and fro and knowledge would be increased”. Since the middle of the 20th Century, we have had the fulfillment of many people traveling back and forth regularly thanks to automobiles and inexpensive air travel. Certainly at least since the explosion of the Internet in 1995 we have also had the fulfillment of knowledge being increased2—if not sooner with information being shared by other technologies such as the telephone, television, computer, satellites, etc.

Quite bluntly, this prerequisite immediately rules out the interpretation of everyone who studied and wrote before the End Times from being correct. Pointing this out upsets some because this means many of their favorites of prophecy such as Charles Larkin or Sir Isaac Newton (who studied and wrote on Daniel's prophecies extensively) are automatically wrong. This is not to say they were 100% wrong on every point and did not find some gems of wisdom that we can glean. However, we should consider their overall conclusion about the End Times roadmap to be incorrect and/or incomplete.

As for those alive now who do have access to End Times information, we must observe that just because knowledge is available does not mean that everyone knows or accepts it. This is because of the psychological barriers I referred to earlier.

A perfect example of this would be the threat of a large unknown body existing and approaching the earth to cause a pole shift and deep impacts. Only a flyby from such a “Planet X” could adequately explain the plain literal

Interestingly, Hebrew scholar Nehemia Gordon has said that Daniel's Hebrew for “go to and fro” is the same Hebrew used today for “surfing the Internet”!

12 Introduction: Prophecy Confusion – Cause and Solution

reading of the 6th seal through the 4th trumpet, in natural reading order. But if a scholar listens to the majority of astronomers who scoff at such a “Planet X” doomsday scenario—even though Revelation itself predicts cataclysms from a literal “death star” called Wormwood—he will be rejecting the knowledge needed to understand Revelation (covered next in Part 1).

2. Slave-like Commitment to God

If someone understands the necessary End Times knowledge, there is another reason why even a scholar who specializes in Bible prophecy may still be unable to understand. Daniel says that the wicked would not understand the prophecies. We will explore the detailed meaning of this later on, but for now it is obvious that wicked is the opposite of a righteous individual seeking to please God. Revelation says that it was given to reveal the future to God's slaves, not to the merely curious or even to just any Bible professionals. Slavery 3 is an accurate term for the level of commitment to God possessed by the righteous throughout the books of the Bible. Note that electing to study the Bible as a profession does not automatically make you a member of their ranks. Obviously, there are no biblical righteousness standards or requirements for being a scholar or teacher; one need only want to be one and meet the educational or intelligence requirements.

Because it is not required, if a Bible teacher happens to adhere strictly to biblical precedents of righteousness, it is rare. Anyone who has carefully watched how even pastors, rabbis, Bible teachers and scholars conduct themselves understands this. It is also obvious to anyone who has been to a church that it is only a minority of people calling themselves Christians today who are really sold out to God to a point resembling anything like “slavery”. True slaves to God are extremely rare in today's world so full of distraction, deception, and hedonism where no one is taught or expected to live up to the high standards that Bible characters did.

Therefore, how can we expect nominal Christians and their teachers to understand the mysteries of the Bible if they do not meet this righteousness requirement? Again, according to the Bible, only truly righteous men whose conduct is like that of the righteous characters of the Bible will be able to understand Daniel and Revelation, the books that order and unlock the rest of the confusing prophecies.

3. Rare Biblical Wisdom

Say you do find a Bible teacher who fulfills the above two requirements. Why would they still not understand Bible prophecy properly? God told Daniel that only the wise would understand the Bible's prophecies. Now there is a difference between being merely righteous (an individual who serves God) and also being a wise servant or someone who loves the truth and pursues it diligently while serving God. Such individuals are usually mature, teachable and needless to say, in extremely low supply.

What type of wisdom would they acquire that enables them to understand the Bible when everyone else fails? Or put another way, what would be preventing all but the wise from understanding Bible prophecy as the Bible so plainly says?

The Bible – Made Difficult On Purpose

If you have not already noticed, the Bible is a very difficult book to understand. God's written revelation to mankind is not exactly a plain, easy to follow owner's manual or tutorial on God's complete plan and will. Did you ever wonder why this is if he is really in a “race with the devil to save everyone possible” in this age?

As we'll see later in the book, the Bible itself declares that it was written in a way to make it hard on purpose (Isa 6:9-10) because he's not trying to save everyone in their first go round. When Jesus' disciples asked why he spoke in parables to the masses, he explained it was not given to everyone now to know the revelation of God's kingdom (Mk 4:11; Mt 13:11; Lk 8:10). Although many were following Jesus, the disciples were chosen to know the mysteries and be shown plainly what the Scripture said. The rest as a rule were not.

Blinding From Jewish Traditions

The disciples also demonstrated the need for this extra wisdom. They had an incorrect expectation that the Messiah would become king and restore the kingdom to Israel (Mt 16:21-23; Mk 9:31-32; Acts 1:6), not realizing it was a Second Coming prophecy. They were naturally quite shocked to hear that this time he would instead be crucified, with Peter denying such a thing could happen to Jesus (Mt 16:22).

Where did these errors come from? The religion of Judaism taught these traditional interpretations and the

3 The HCSB footnotes that “the strong Greek word doulos cannot be accurately translated in English by “servant” or “bond servant”; the

HCSB translates this word as “slave,” not out of insensitivity to the legitimate concerns of modern English speakers, but out of a

commitment to [accuracy]”

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Biblical Prerequisites to Understanding Bible Prophecy

disciples did not yet have the discernment to see where they deviated from Scripture without Jesus' help. Long held traditional ideas and expectations make it harder to recognize any truth that contradicts them. The convoluted way in which the Bible was written is responsible for making so many erroneous views seem viable and supported by Scripture when in fact they are not.

Blinding From Christian Traditions

When Christians read the above verses, they quite naturally associate themselves with the clued-in disciples and not the confused masses or confused state of the disciples without Jesus correcting them on certain points. Yet, is that a safe association, especially considering the confusion we see in Christianity today? Christians are divided not just over Bible prophecy but most of the doctrines of the Bible. Since Christians struggle to understand even most of the New Testament including the many difficult sayings of Jesus, it would seem like a very unsafe assumption.

Obviously, nobody wants to believe that they may have their own psychological barriers or blind spots due to belief in traditional doctrines which are not quite biblical. Nevertheless, there are many Christian teachings that are at odds with what the Scripture teaches, just as Jesus commented about the teachings of Judaism. These traditions give you a wrong set of rules and assumptions for interpreting the Bible. If you do not recognize them for what they are and audit them out, then you will not be able to arrive at the correct interpretation. It so happens that now, like then, the wisdom to discern these errors comes from the plain but overlooked or misunderstood words of Jesus.

Two Keys of Wisdom That Unlock Revelation

There are two major keys found in Jesus' words to making sense of the many End Times prophecies scattered throughout the Bible. Moreover, without knowing and applying these keys, even if you are as expertly familiar with all the prophecies as a scholar, you will still not understand them.

Wisdom Key #1 – Plain, Non-allegorical Reading

The first key is the rule of literal or plain sense interpretation. Jesus implied it here by requiring that you cannot interpret the Bible in a way that contradicts any plain verse:

John 10:35 (HCSB) — If He called those whom the word of God came to ‘gods’—and the Scripture cannot be broken

It may sound like a no-brainer, but historically almost no prophecy interpreter has stayed 100% true to this rule. Instead of taking Bible prophecy to mean what it plainly says, they usually take an allegorical approach to interpreting the plain words of the Bible, something Jesus never did. Understand that “literal interpretation” does not mean that when the text indicates it is a parable, allegory or a figure of speech, that you ignore those indicators in a slavishly literal fashion. It just means that you do not take license to treat anything non-literally without proper indicators present, simply because you cannot make its plain sense fit with your current understanding. So I use “literal interpretation” to mean a “primarily literal” plain sense and natural reading in contrast to the common approach that ignores the plain meaning whenever it creates difficulties.

By the way, for this approach to work requires that you read the words at face value, but you must understand what that value was according to its original grammatical and historical context. For that reason this approach is often called the literal, grammatical-historical interpretation approach. If this sounds familiar it is because it is the same approach that is used in everyday communication. We could not follow street signs, decipher a map, or use a menu if we followed any other approach. In other words, this same approach we use to understand literature from any sane author is the same approach to use on the entire Bible.

Why Nobody Can Convince Anyone Else Using Just Verses

Ever notice how nobody seems able to convince anyone else that they are wrong in their interpretation simply by bringing a verse to their attention that contradicts it? It is because everyone is using different rules of interpretation and one's method of interpretation largely predetermines their conclusions.

When people use the allegorical approach of interpretation, they are free from the constraints of the strict plain meaning of Bible verses. Using explanations based on allegory, metaphor, typology, numerology such as Bible codes or other figurative models, they can assign whatever meanings to a verse that fit their understanding. Then no matter what verse someone may bring to their attention as plainly contradicting their understanding, they will not be able to see it because, to them, that verse always means something other than what the other person thinks it

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Introduction: Prophecy Confusion – Cause and Solution

does, perhaps even something that instead agrees with their own interpretation.

Literal Reading Must Be Consistent

What about the prophecy writers like Tim LaHaye who claim like me to interpret prophecy literally? If you look carefully, you will notice that they invariably deviate in their teachings into allegory. For example, the argument for the pre-tribulation timing of the rapture depicted in his book Left Behind is based on types and allegories. In fact, even some major pre-trib proponents have admitted that it has no single verse that literally supports it (if they only knew how damning this admission was, given Jesus' words).

Frankly, I don't blame them for allegorizing. It is very hard to wait for that special “paradigm-shifting” End Times information to arrive which can finally show you how the plain meaning of the words make sense. It is tempting to say “it really doesn't mean what it says” just as you have seen others do and provide some alternative, plausible-sounding theory—especially if you don't even realize you've slipped into using allegory or typology or how its unauthorized use breaks Scripture.

Not Mixed With Allegory, Typology, Dreams, Visions, Unctions

Many prophecy experts even back up their prophetic system not with Scripture only, but with dreams and visions or even personal experiences or coincidences they are convinced were divine appointments leading them to the information on which they conclude their interpretations.

One example of this is found in an anecdote that a prophecy radio show minister often tells. He relates that on one busy day he felt “unction” by God to call up the local library to find out if Chernobyl means “wormwood” in Ukrainian as he had heard but never looked into. Although he was very busy, he “obeyed” the unction this time. Because the librarian already coincidentally had been studying the Ukrainian language and could confirm Chernobyl means wormwood, he took it as a divine appointment from God to reveal to him what the 3rd trumpet really was. Nevertheless, Revelation says explicitly that Wormwood is a star seen shining in the sky and it makes perfect sense as one and no sense in context as a nuclear reactor leak (more on this later).

Obviously, relying on dreams, visions and testimonies to interpret the Bible is bad not only because it relegates plain Scripture to the back seat, but also because it puts much more questionable sources in the front seat. I think this practice is so common among Christians because we all want to believe that God is leading us to truth in a supernatural way. Although we may have had valid experiences like this, in the end, the literal reading of Scripture is still the final authority and if you skip checking every idea against plain Scripture because you blindly trust God is directly speaking you, then you may regret it. It may become obvious later that you did not give due diligence to “take heed no man deceive you,” “prove all things” and “test every spirit” as we are sternly warned by Jesus, the Proverbs and by the Apostle Paul, respectively. Following these instructions is necessary to have the discernment we will need to escape the “strong delusion” from the Antichrist.

Why “Good Christian” = Bad Prophecy Scholar

Assuming these teachers are all well-meaning good Christians, why would such unreliable approaches be used? It is exactly because they are good traditional Christians that they are used! In the specific case of allegorical interpretation, it is an early Church tradition.

The allegorical approach arose out of a need to reconcile Biblical teaching to Greek Gnosticism as the Church was coming under criticism and persecution from Greek philosophers. You've no doubt heard homage paid to the “Church Fathers” and what they believed in defense of today's orthodox Christian doctrine. The church fathers Clement and Origen advocated allegorical interpretation two hundred years after Christ taught literal interpretation —and the church has not been able to completely shake its negative influence ever since, especially in the field of eschatology (the study of end times).

And if that is how you've come over time to perceive Bible prophecy, it is hard for you to see it any other way. Help is needed to recognize one's psychological barriers and courage is needed to cross over them and be different. Nevertheless, for the few who do correctly apply this first key of literal interpretations, they usually still come to incorrect conclusions because they do not know of or follow the next key for unlocking the Bible's prophetic roadmap.

Wisdom Key #2: The Prophetic “Feasts of the Lord”

The second interpretational key is recognizing that the feasts of the Lord are prophecies of milestones in God's plan for mankind. These milestone events must each happen on the very day of the festival that pictures them. However, the days are reckoned on God's lunar-agricultural calendar revealed to Israel (which we'll cover

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Two Keys of Wisdom That Unlock Revelation

below), not the pagan Gregorian calendar widely used today.

All of Bible prophecy, especially Revelation, centers around the fulfillments of the feast days on the Biblical calendar (rather than the Jewish calendar). The brevity and symbolism of Revelation is due to its use of shorthand references back to these feasts of the Lord from the Law or Torah (original Hebrew name for the Pentateuch, or five books of Moses: Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy). If you do not know the shorthand used because you have never carefully studied the Torah, the feasts of the Lord and the calendar they fall on, you will simply not understand the cryptic Book of Revelation.

Of these feasts Paul said they are “shadows of good things to come” (Col 2:16-17). Jesus said that the entire Torah containing these feasts was prophetic and must be fulfilled. This statement comes from the misunderstood Sermon on the Mount:

Did Jesus Come to Do Away With or Fulfill All The Law?

Matthew 5:17-18 (HCSB) — 17 “Don’t assume that I came to destroy the Law or the Prophets. I did not come to destroy but to fulfill. 18 For I assure you: Until heaven and earth pass away, not the smallest letter or one stroke of a letter will pass from the law until all things are accomplished.

Jesus here plainly says that not only the writings of the prophets such as Isaiah must be fulfilled, but also the writing of Moses must be fulfilled. This means that the Torah, like the Prophets, is prophetic. Christians miss this crucial clue because they are taught that this passage means something completely different, that when Christ came the first time he was “fulfilling all of the Torah for us so nobody ever has to again”.

Jesus did say he came to fulfill, but the immediate context makes it impossible that he fulfilled everything then. The Torah will not be completely fulfilled until heaven and earth are passed away, which is an actual future event (Isa 65:17; Rev 21:1). Before that, there are the fall feasts of the Lord that have yet to be fulfilled, including the Feast of Trumpets, as we'll learn of next. Jesus only fulfilled some of the days of the spring feasts of the Lord in the First Century and none of the fall feasts (see chart below).

Biblical Calendar and Feast Days

Biblical Weeks

Weeks begin at sunset on Saturday night, at the termination of the 7th day Sabbath. The sabbath is a festival of God as well. Just as the annual festivals declare the plan of God, so does the weekly cycle of six days of man focused on work followed by a 7th day Sabbath of rest focused on God. Scripture declares that a day is as a thousand years to God (Ps 90:4; 2Pet 3:8). In other words, after 6000 years of man going his own ways, there will be 1000 years of man living God's way under the Kingdom of God.

Biblical Months

Table 1: Biblical Agricultural Lunar Calendar

Biblical Month

Gregorian

Biblical Feast / Holy Day

1 – Nissan / Aviv

Mar / Apr

Passover: 14th (not a holy day) 1. Unleavened Bread: 15th - 21st 2. Feast of Firstfruits: Sabbath falling during Unleavened Bread

2 -Iyar

Apr / May

 

3 -Sivan

May / Jun

3. Pentecost: The Sunday 50 days after Firstfruits (falls 6th -12th)

4- Tammuz

Jun / July

 

5 -Av

July / Aug

 

6 -Elul

Aug / Sept

 

7 -Tishrei

Sept / Oct

4. Trumpets: 1st 5. Atonement: 10th 6. Tabernacles: 15th (7 days) 7. Last Great Day: 22nd

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Introduction: Prophecy Confusion – Cause and Solution

Biblical Month

Gregorian

Biblical Feast / Holy Day

8- Cheshvan

Oct / Nov

 

9 -Kislev

Nov / Dec

 

10 - Tevet

Dec / Jan

 

11 - Shevat

Jan / Feb

 

12 – Adar

Feb / Mar

Purim: 14th -15th (not in Leviticus 23)

The Torah names months by number, while the standard names used today evolved during the Babylonian exile. Months begin with the first sliver of the crescent new moon and last for 29 or 30 days until the next new moon. This is the original meaning of the term new moon, not to be confused with the black new moon, or astronomical new moon as is understood today and calculated in advance on our Gregorian calendars. Ancient peoples could not generally calculate when the moon would be in conjunction with the earth and sun. Plus, this dark period of conjunction lasts one or two days and is therefore inexact. On the other hand, the first sliver of the moon after conjunction is a distinctly new visible month marker4.

As you can see on the chart above, there are exactly six months, or one half year, between the spring feasts of the month of Aviv and the fall feasts of the month of Tishrei. This is significant to note for later when handling the 3½ years of the Great Tribulation, which begins and ends on these months respectively (Aviv 1, Tishrei 1).

Biblical Years

Unlike pagan calendars based on the sun, the Hebrew calendar is an agricultural and lunar calendar. In other words, the Hebrew calendar does not pay attention to solstices or equinoxes as we are accustomed with the Gregorian calendar where we know, for example, summer begins with the summer solstice on June 21st or the longest day of the year.

Instead, the Hebrew calendar year is based off the barley in the land of Israel. When the barley reaches a certain stage of maturity called aviv, it is possible for it to be harvested as early as two weeks later. The ripe barley is needed for the Feast of the Firstfruits Festival that falls during the first month of the year or the month of the aviv barley. This rules out any precalculated calendar because calculations have no way of knowing when the barley needed for the first month festivals will be ready. Note that although Scripture does mention the month of the aviv barley (Ex 13:4; 23:15; 34:18; Dt 16:1), you will not find all the information there you need on your own to put together how the calendar works. This is another area that we need to look at the living oracles, the oral tradition of the Jews, to understand the subject correctly (Ac 7:38; Rom 3:2).

Because of the barley depending on the sun and elements to mature, the calendar is self-correcting. The first month of the year is not declared until the first crescent new moon after aviv barley has been discovered. This automatically causes every two or three years on average to have a 13th month, called Adar Bet. It can also mean that sometimes after a year with 13 months that the next year can have 11 months, as some believe happened in 2000 and 2001.

What About the Modern Jewish Calendar?

The current calendar used in Israel today is the Hillel II Talmudic calendar. Like the Gregorian calendar, this calendar is precalculated, rather than observed. This calendar arose out of the diaspora. No longer would the Jews know together when there was a visible crescent new moon over Jerusalem or when the barley was aviv so that they could keep the feasts at the right time.

Hillel II of the Sanhedrin created that calendar in approximately 359CE. He used the calculations of the Arab astronomers in projecting their own crescent moon lunar calendar. Today, 1300 years later, a problem with the algorithm is evident. This problem causes the new moon to be declared earlier than the actual crescent appears. Dennis Johnson, who wrote a Master's Thesis on chronology “which demonstrated a synchronization of Egyptian Records, Babylonian Chronology, and Mayan cycles with traditionally significant events referred to in the Hebrew Bible”, explained this in an email to the author. (Note that he refers to the Jewish calculated calendar as the “Hebrew” calendar):

There is much confusion on what Scripture really says about the new month. Nehemia Gordon's article The New Moon in the Hebrew Bible at www.KaraiteKorner.org is recommended reading for setting the issue straight.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Biblical Calendar and Feast Days 17

The Hebrew calendar has an error of .000006 days per lunation, or one day every 13,475 years. The actual problem lies with the calculated tropical year. The Hebrew calendar uses the Julian year, or 365.25 days while the true tropical year is 365.242199 days.

Originally, in the calendar of Hillel, the spring equinox was calculated to fall on March 25. In reality, this was based on the date of the spring Equinox when the Julian calendar was instituted. Today, the spring equinox is calculated by the Hebrew calendar to occur on April 8 (Gregorian) which represents an error of 14 days.

In case you wonder why the spring equinox falls on March 21 today, that was where it was actually occurring according to the Julian calendar when the rules for Easter were established in 325 CE.

Incidentally, the actual reason the Arab calendar is so far out of sync is that it is purely lunar and the number of days in the tropical year are not evenly divisible by the number of days in a lunation.

This tends to make the Jewish calendar look like a black/conjunction new moon calendar, which it never was. As a result, the calculated Jewish month starts 1-3 days ahead of the true observed Hebrew month, and sometimes a month early. So, their Tishrei 1 Rosh HaShanah is not ever likely to fall on the actual Tishrei 1 – Feast of Trumpets based on the corrected calendar. (In any given year to know when the holy days fall, consult a Karaite calendar5, not a Jewish/Rabbinic calendar)

Thus, the Jewish calendar gives you a different reckoning of time than was in use in the First Century when Jesus kept the feasts. We can conclude that the religious leaders kept these feasts at the right time since the Gospels do not record any difference between when Jesus kept the Feasts with his disciples and when the society around him did (nor could he really “keep” the feasts without the priesthood and people doing their part on the right day anyway). The Talmud also states that the Sanhedrin was using the observed crescent moon/aviv barley calendar then, as the Hillel calendar synced with originally.

Jesus Fulfilled Passover

What parts of the Torah did Jesus fulfill, then? Well, obviously he fulfilled a tremendous number of prophecies pointing to the coming and crucifixion of the Messiah, such as Isaiah 53. Most Christians also realize that he died at the time of the Passover sacrifice, becoming our Passover Lamb, which was a prophetic type of him. What they do not realize is that there are five other Feasts of the Lord that were not fulfilled in the First Century.

This ignorance exists because Christians as a whole are overly focused on the New Testament, largely ignoring the Old Testament. They believe that the OT is obsolete and teaches the “legalism” that Judaism is based on (which is not true as Judaism is its own man-made religion that breaks the Torah). They understand it as the source of the “Jewish Holy Days” rather than “God's Feast Days” as the Bible actually calls them.

So what other Torah prophecies are there besides the Passover sacrifice that must be fulfilled? All of these events, including the Passover, come from Leviticus 23 in the Torah. There are seven special annual festivals listed there (in addition to the Sabbath day, again, also prophetic, picturing the peaceful Millennium under God's government).

Jesus Fulfilled the Festival of Firstfruits

Jesus fulfilled another event on the prophetic holy day calendar called the Feast of the Firstfruits. This is the day when the wave sheaf of barley was presented towards heaven by the high priest. This falls always on a Sunday, seven weeks before Pentecost Sunday. As every Christian knows, Jesus was resurrected on “the first day of the week” or Sunday.

In other words, Jesus was resurrected to heaven on the very day that the high priest was waving the firstfruits sheaf up to God as prescribed in Leviticus 23, in direct fulfillment of this prophetic feast day. To sum up, Jesus was not only the Messiah and the Passover lamb but he was also the “wave sheaf”6.

So, if anyone back then understood that these holy convocations were prophetic and that Jesus was going to fulfill them, then they would have been able to predict which day that Jesus would die and which day he would be resurrected. The presence of the Second Temple and the priesthood attending it based on the holy day schedule that year made this possible. In the same way, the rest of the prophetic feast days of Leviticus 23 must be fulfilled

5 See www.escapeallthesethings.com/holy-day-calendar.htm or www.karaite-korner.org/holiday_dates.shtml

6 If you have ever wondered why God brought just the Jews and Levites back from Babylon only to scatter them again just 40 years after

Jesus came, only to bring them back again in 1948, this is a chief part of the reason: to fulfill Torah prophecies. Mystery of Disunity

explains this great mystery of the exiles and returns of the Torah-breaking Jewish people in Palestine over the centuries.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Introduction: Prophecy Confusion – Cause and Solution

on the very day of their celebration. The Book of Revelation refers to these days all over the place. Once you are aware of this piece of wisdom, you too can predict the days on the Biblical calendar that certain prophetic events will happen.

What's another example of these days that Revelation describes the fulfillment of? One is found in a commonly misquoted and difficult saying of Jesus that must be covered next.

Example: What “No Man Knows the Day or Hour” Really Means

Many Christians have come to believe that “no man knows the day or the hour” about any prophetic event in the future. They believe that we are not supposed to understand prophecy until after it happens. They therefore believe that studying prophecy is a waste of time and tend to stay away from it. In other words, Christians generally understand that when Jesus said “no man knows the day or the hour” it was meant to discourage us from trying to know anything about the future, even if our reason is to be better informed for planning our lives. This belief in tandem with the confusion we touched on already explains why Christians have little understanding of God's prophetic plan.

Did God Really Stop Us From Knowing the Timing of Events?

So to assist in breaking through this paralyzing paradigm, let me pose a few questions about this limitation from understanding future timings that Jesus supposedly communicated:

 Have you ever noticed that he phrased it in a very odd specific way: “day or hour” instead of “time” or simply “day”?

 Do you know what specific event Jesus was talking about that “no man knows” this about?

 What about Daniel and Revelation which give day counts of 1260, 1290 and 1335 days from one event to the next? Clearly, when you see the starting point event you can count and know the day of the ending point event, as well.

 Why does Daniel 12 says that “the wise would understand” Daniel's prophecies (including those very day counts in the same chapter) in the time of the end—our time?

 When Revelation 1:1 says it is written to show God's servants what will come to pass, does that mean everything except the timings given all over the place in 42 months, 1260 days, time, times, and half a time, etc.?

Hebrew Idiom For Feast of Trumpets on Lunar Calendar

The solution to the apparent contradictions raised above comes through realizing that Jesus' statement is a Hebrew idiom. It is another one of those “difficult words of Jesus” that you have heard of. These sayings are difficult usually because readers today are unfamiliar with their cultural and historical context. In this case, the Jews of that day referred to the Feast of Trumpets as the “feast of the unknown day and hour.”

Jesus used that idiom in the Olivet Discourse in the context of talking about the day of his angels coming to rapture God's servants to heaven. It even says a few verses earlier that this gathering will happen with the sound of a great trumpet (Matthew 24:36, 31)! The reason the Jews referred to it as the feast of the “unknown day and hour” was that it was the only one of their holy days that came on the first day of the Biblical month.

Why is this significant? Because, as explained above, in Jesus' day the Biblical calendar months still were reckoned by the first visible crescent of the moon which could appear either on the 29th or 30th day of the current month. So, the new month began on the evening that the first sliver of the new crescent moon became visible (Biblical days begin at sunset, not midnight). Their system was to wait for two witnesses of the new moon before declaring a new month on the 29th instead of the 30th (just as the Two Witnesses will do upon their resurrection -Rev 11:12).

Yet even with today's technology, we cannot predict with 100% accuracy at what moment the first day of the new Biblical month will begin. Weather and atmospheric conditions are just too variable to predict if two sets of human eyes will be able to spot that dim sliver of the new moon. Therefore the one holy day that falls on the first day of the lunar month is still the “feast that no man knows the day and hour of.”

So you can see now that Jesus was not discouraging us from studying prophecy to know the timing of events in advance at all. He was actually confirming the specific day of the rapture as the Feast of Trumpets, the only festival that falls on the 1st day of the month!

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

How to Identify a Good Interpretation of Bible Prophecy

How to Identify a Good Interpretation of Bible Prophecy

Let us recap what we've covered for understanding Bible prophecy into a checklist useful for testing the veracity of any interpretation. We know from Scripture that we should look for the following signs of a correct explanation:

1.     Plain, literal, non-allegorical interpretation (no dreams, words, etc.)

2.     Integrates the prophetic Feasts of the Lord

3.     Coming from men of slavish righteousness or integrity

Of course, the third requirement is difficult to gage, especially since most of us never get a chance to know a teacher or witness their speech and conduct. But there are two other rules of thumb we can deduce for ruling out 99% of bad interpretations of Bible prophecy promulgated today.

1.     Based on the Book of Revelation and its framework

2.     Includes instructions from Revelation to obey, follow or keep during the coming events

The reasoning behind these additional tests follows.

4. The Primacy of the Book of Revelation

The Book of Revelation is distinct in several ways, but what really makes it stand apart from the rest of the prophetic books is its predominately chronological organization. In the prophetic books of the Old Testament and even the Olivet Discourse of Jesus (Mt 24), the context and time frame being spoken of may change abruptly from one verse to the next. With few exceptions (such as Daniel 11) it is simply not safe to assume that any given verse is describing the same or following chronological event as the verse previous to it. This makes it impossible to collate and arrange the many prophetic events described throughout the Bible into a useful, complete, sequential timeline. (Of course, this was another way by which God sealed the meaning of the prophecies.)

The Book of Revelation addresses this problem by providing the needed chronological outline. It is organized around a framework of 21 serial 7 events consisting of seven seals, seven trumpets and seven bowls. These 21 events span the expected 2000 years between the First Century and the Second Coming. For this reason alone, it is obviously critically important to start any explanation of prophecy from an understanding of the Book of Revelation.

There is another reason, as well. Using a consistently literal interpretation approach does not of itself insure success. There is still the problem that many verses are unclear or ambiguous (again, because the Bible was written to be difficult and sealed). Without an established and reliable framework based off the clearest and most important prophetic verses, you are effectively reading the less clear verses out of their “Revelation” or revealed context. If you do, you will not know for sure which of the possible literal readings of the words is the correct, intended one. This is another reason why even those teachers who try to follow a literal approach can still come to wrong conclusions.

The Optometrist Antichrist from Syria?

For example, one teacher claiming thousands of hours of study of Middle East history says the Bible teaches that the Antichrist will come from Syria. He believes that the Antichrist is alive today in the personage of Syria's President Bashar al-Assad. The odd thing is that even in two separate radio show interviews by him, never was it touched on how Bashar fulfills the identification requirements of Revelation 13, which is the most important passage on the Antichrist in the Bible! He instead focused on other prophetic chapters from Isaiah (10, 14, 30, 31) and Daniel (11). While interesting and provocative, his theory almost exists only in a vacuum from Revelation.

On the positive side, I was still actually able to glean a good “difficult verse” explanation in listening to him (I advocate that the serious Bible student gives every teacher who comes his way a listen). However, I concluded that he had not studied Revelation enough to formulate a complete timeline to fit his Antichrist identity theory into.

Understanding prophecy correctly is an iterative process that takes years. Without fully addressing Revelation, an eschatology should be judged as incomplete and therefore very unlikely to be accurate 8 . Lots of incorrect

7 Not parallel, in spite of a few similarities, because the seven trumpet angels do not appear until the 7th seal is opened and the seven bowls of wrath angels do not appear until the 7th trumpet blows (Rev 8:1-2; 11:15-19;15:1-5)

8 It takes one to know one. My own eschatology resembled this before I had my Revelation breakthrough in 2003...more on that later.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Introduction: Prophecy Confusion – Cause and Solution

interpretations will seem good if you are neglecting even just a few of the verses that weigh in on its subject.

5. Includes Revelation's Survival Requirements

If someone does base their teaching from Revelation and even provides a complete timeline that hangs other prophecies off of it, there is still one more test from Scripture you can use to discern the validity of it. It is derived from the unique conditional blessing promised in Revelation:

Revelation 1:3 (HCSB) — Blessed is the one who reads and blessed are those who hear the words of this prophecy and keep [Or follow, or obey] what is written in it, because the time is near!

Revelation is the only book of the Bible that promises a blessing to the reader and doer of its words. Yet has anyone explained to you the nature of this blessing? Or what we are to keep or follow from the Book of Revelation to receive the blessing?

Let us understand it now. It is clear that God did not give us so many details about the future's dangers solely to satisfy our curiosity or to “scare us straight” so to speak. As has always been the case with receiving prophecy, it comes with accountability to take action.

You may not have noticed, but there are commanded actions in the Book of Revelation that have to do with escaping different threats such as Wormwood or the Antichrist's mark. Therefore, the chief blessing from obeying the Book of Revelation is that you will stand through it all. Jesus' instruction to pray for the strength to escape these events (Lk 21:36) makes perfect sense exactly because they do require action on our part. You would not need strength to perform difficult acts if merely knowing about these events and accepting Jesus is enough. Anyway, blessings are always derived from active obedience to God, not from simply believing what he says (James 2:14).

Revelation's Required Actions

Here are some of the verses in Revelation showing us future events that require action on our part (all of which are explained later in the book). Some instructions are explicit while others are implied.

Revelation 18:4 (HCSB) — Then I heard another voice from heaven: Come out of her, My people, so that you will not share in her sins, or receive any of her plagues.

Right before she receives her judgment of fire, we are clearly commanded to emigrate from the nation code-named Mystery Babylon.

Revelation 12:14 (HCSB) — The woman was given two wings of a great eagle, so that she could fly from the serpent’s presence to her place in the wilderness, where she was fed for a time, times, and half a time.

After fleeing Babylon and other parts of the world (since eventually the Antichrist will rule the entire world) the righteous are required to go to a single specific place that God prepared for their protection from him.

Revelation 14:9-10, 12 (HCSB) — 9 And a third angel followed them and spoke with a loud voice: “If anyone worships the beast and his image and receives a mark on his forehead or on his hand, 10 he will also drink the wine of God’s wrath, which is mixed full strength in the cup of His anger. He will be tormented with fire and sulfur in the sight of the holy angels and in the sight of the Lamb, ... 12 Here is the endurance of the saints, who keep the commandments of God and the faith in Jesus.”

Clearly, God is against the idolatrous act of taking the Mark of the Beast. Those who compromise will be unable to escape his wrath. Receiving such a strong warning against staying and taking the mark certainly makes more understandable the previous extreme requirement to move (Rev 12:14).

Revelation Without Responsibility

Given all of these commands that apply to God's slaves to whom all of this was shown, is it not strange that the interpretations of most prophecy teachers assign them to someone else such as “believing Jews” or people “left behind” and give nothing for God's real slaves to obey and be blessed by during the events that are predicted?

A perfect example of this is the pre-tribulation rapture teaching. It would have you believe that all faithful Christians will be in heaven before the first seal of Revelation even happens, making its instructions and predictions completely inapplicable to us9. If it seems inconsistent to you that God would give his End Times

No wonder I get so many emails from Christians telling me to stop being distracted by prophecy and just preach the Gospel, not realizing

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

How to Identify a Good Interpretation of Bible Prophecy

slaves a vision of the future with instructions that they were to “follow”, only to take them off the earth before any of it happens, then I encourage you to follow your instincts and continue searching for an interpretation that does not have that inconsistency.

Conclusion

The riddle of the confused state of Bible prophecy teachings is solved. Christian interpreters have overlooked many verses, some of which are quotes from Jesus (whose every word they should carefully be considering if they are his follower). His words contain the guidelines and instructions that must be followed in order to understand the sealed prophecies. Revelation orders the prophecies and gives you actions for survival through them “all” until Jesus comes. Merely being a Christian is not enough to understand or survive the prophecies, and in fact brings along many Scripture-breaking paradigms that act as barriers to complete, proper understanding.

When it comes to any subject, the view that is the most believed or most popular is not necessarily the right one as one would assume. Truth is not decided by consensus. Given all the Christian confusion over Bible prophecy, it should come as no surprise that this wisdom holds true here, too. Let literally-read, non-allegorized Scripture be your guide to the truth, rather than what is popular or what you have always believed or been taught, and you will be one of the “wise” few who God promised would understand and escape what is coming in the End Times.

The rest of the book applies the keys you just learned to provide a complete End Times roadmap based on the Book of Revelation that includes potential years of fulfillment and instructions on what God expects you, as one of his present or future faithful slaves, to do.

they asked me to censor or at least ignore one third of the Bible.©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Part 1:

Planet X in Bible Prophecy

What Started It All

When a friend first started telling me about Planet X in March 2002, I found it hard to believe. He described a 10th planet several times larger than Earth headed our way on a trajectory that would take it close enough to cause global catastrophes. These included severe earthquakes, a polar shift (whatever that was), 200+ mph winds, widespread volcanic eruptions, and tidal and crustal waves all resulting in the death of a large percentage of mankind. Although fantastic-sounding, the possibility of an event like that was not too hard for me to imagine as I already understood that the global flood of Noah was likely precipitated by something large passing near to the Earth, and that End Times Bible prophecy spoke of Earth “reeling like a drunkard” along with some clearly described impacts. I also remembered Comet Schumacher-Levy smashing into Jupiter in July 1994 and the shock waves that ripped through Jupiter's surface. It was clear to me that these type of things do happen from time to time in our solar system, and could again. As unpleasant a thought as that is to contemplate, I had no problem with accepting that scenario. Rather, I was skeptical because of something else. The time frame I was given for this doomsday planet's arrival was the next year!

“How could this be right,” I thought. If this thing is that big and that close, how could it not be visible to observatories already? And before it is visible, scientists should already see it affecting the orbits of the outer planets, so why are they not talking about that? Why is this only talked about on the Internet and not by real scientists in the mainstream media? And even if there is some conspiracy among the observatories and scientists to hide this information from the public, how could they succeed with all the amateur astronomers out there? What does NASA have to say on this? Where did this time frame come from?

Most people at that point usually decide that there are too many problems with this scenario and do not give a second thought to what sounds like a hoax. However, I was too curious to see if there were any satisfactory answers to my questions. So I went on the Internet and looked for them.

To my disappointment, instead of finding a qualified scientist talking rationally on this very scientific subject, I found only non-scientist sources (such as “ZetaTalkers”, New Age, channelers, etc.). Nevertheless, I decided to stay open-minded on the issue remembering that there is no way anyone could prove conclusively that another planet-sized body orbiting our Sun did not exist (in fact, it is difficult to prove any negative). However, the main reason why I did not entirely discount the predictions was because of what I had learned from my studies into End Times Bible prophecy which the Planet X story of cosmic disruptions already seemed to fit well.

Still, I kept looking for a qualified scientist offering real scientific evidence for Planet X (PX). I had found in the past that if an interpretation of an unfulfilled Bible prophecy is correct, you will find confirmation in scientific and other sources. Not only that, but the scientist I sought would have to offer a reasonable explanation for how it could be coming soon and not be seen or making news.

I would soon be rewarded for my patience by finding a uniquely qualified scientist who affirmed Planet X's existence and explained the process by which it could cause the abnormalities going on recently in solar and Earth weather. He also addressed NASA's quietness on the subject and shared his knowledge of their internal research programs tracking the very thing they denied.

With the explanations I needed to answer my doubts in the realm of physics, I was ready to go into further study of Bible Prophecy on the matter. What I discovered was that in addition to a very specific description of exactly what the devastation from Planet X's passage should be, Scripture also gives specific survival instructions...which of course answers the very next question everyone has after becoming convinced that PX is a threat—what to do about it.

This book was written to share what I learned about these subjects in the hopes of helping others to “escape all these things” as Jesus/Yeshua instructed in Luke 21:36.

May God grant you wisdom, understanding and repentance.

Tim McHyde

www.EscapeAllTheseThings.com

January, 2005 Santa Ana, Costa Rica

Chapter 1:

Skeptical or Scared

The Media's Take

To be sure, with what the mainstream media says about Planet X, it is a challenge for someone to remain open-minded on the subject. If you do not bother to research the subject on your own, here is what you would probably hear and believe about Planet X:

Planet X: The purported 10th planet makes an appearance in our Hoax section below, but it belongs here in the Mystery section, too, because there may in fact be another planet-sized object out beyond Pluto. If one exists, searches that are under way or planned will likely turn it up...

...

Planet X or a comet will destroy Earth: Hoaxes and doom seem mutually attractive. This hoax crops up every now and then, and it has not happened yet, but let's not let that fact get in the way of a good story. Recently, NASA was purported to have hidden evidence of a comet that was heading our way. If you’re reading this, please note that this page was published after the predicted time frame for the end of the world. 10

As the article states, the problem with the PX theory is that it is simply unconfirmed by the established science world. This is true and the major problem that I had with getting too worked up about PX myself. Even at the time of this writing, there is still no reputable scientist that has made an observation of it or at least one that has made such primary evidence for it publicly available (check www.JMcCanneyScience.com for updates). The article then cites a failed doomsday comet prediction to imply that NASA is telling us everything they know and that PX is also a hoax to be disregarded until NASA tells us something different.

But Wait – Stop and Think

Yet, is that the end of the matter? Can we assume from this that PX is nothing we need to pay attention to? Can we simply decide to not give it another moment's thought so we can feel good again about all our plans that PX would get in the way of?

Wait just a moment! Before you tune out on this issue, did you even notice the faulty reasoning used by the article to imply that PX is a hoax? Let's think through the logic presented. If it were true that an Earth-wide disaster “has not happened yet” (which it has, according to Genesis 6), does that mean it will never happen? If a recent comet rumored to bring “the end of the world” passed harmlessly, does that automatically make us safe from PX?

What you may not realize is that the article's short sound-byte sized coverage of the subject leaves out any mention of the evidence we do have for PX. What you should realize already if you are a Bible reader, is that the end of the world (as we know it, called “the end of the age” in Mt 24) is coming according to many Bible prophecies. In fact there happen to be several prophecies (such as in Rev 6-8) speaking of the End Times that sound awfully similar to what scientists say would happen if a large object passed nearby in the immediate path of the Earth's orbit.

Scared? There Is An Escape

Of course, that is very bad news that nobody wants to hear. I have learned over the years when telling people about End Times Bible prophecies that it has the opposite effect on most that you would think it would have. Rather than motivating them to find out what changes they can make in their life now to help them in the tough times later, it tends to anger or depress them. Either they do not like the thought of having to change their life for anything or they assume there is no solution to this large problem that I just dumped on them.

I want to address that concern right now. In the prophecies talking about how much trouble Planet X will bring, it also tells us specifically that there will be survivors, some by “time and chance” and some by the hand of God. And God has mercifully included enough clues to figure out what to do to be sure you are among them. For as terrible as this disaster will be, it will not be the end of all life. The Bible tells us that after surviving the greatest “Man vs. Nature conflict” that the Earth has ever seen since the Flood, we will then have to face the greatest threat ever seen from Man or Society. I am talking about the Great Tribulation under the global “Beast” dictatorship. According to the timeline we're given in the Revelation trumpet plagues, it will arise as a direct result of the global chaos left in the wake of all this. However, the plan of protection for both scenarios is the same, as we shall see.

10 Cosmic Myths, Hoaxes and Mysteries, MSNBC, March 25, 2003

Chapter 1: Skeptical or Scared

God does have a plan to protect his servants, just as you would expect from the many stories of deliverance from crises of all sizes found in the Bible. But if you are someone who believes in fate or predestination or that martyrdom is something to aspire to, or in general that whatever “God decides” for your future is what you will be happy to suffer through, then expect to be challenged. For you, the greatest obstacle may be from the last of the three classic conflicts in life: Man vs. Self. If you do not believe you possess the ability and responsibility to choose how your life turns out, then you probably do not have the motivation necessary to invest the time and effort it will take to discern whether Planet X is a real threat and then take the steps necessary to face it successfully. Only those who diligently seek shall find the truth, and diligence is only powered by strong motivation.

In addition, it will require you to change your life, now, in advance. As stated above, most people do not like the thought of that at all. They are unwilling to change their lifestyle or plans and would prefer to stay in their comfort zone, betting on the chance these doomsday predictions will be wrong like all the other failed doomsday predictions of the past. But that is not how survivors think. They heed warnings and prepare for them as long as it takes.

Thus, this book is written for God-fearing survivors, also known as “the remnant,” those who remain or survive from times of testing. It was clearly the intent of Jesus of Nazareth, the Messiah, that we survive or he would not have instructed us to do so in his Olivet Discourse when talking about the times we are about to go through:

Luke 21:35-36 — 35 for as a snare it shall come on all those dwelling on the face of all the land, 36 watch ye, then, in every season, praying that ye may have the strength to escape all these things that are about to come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man.'

But notice that success in this area requires action on your part, starting with studying to find out what to watch and pray for. Once you find the answer to that, it then requires some life changes, big ones or small ones, depending on how your life is ordered already.

And here's an important word of clarification: trying to save yourself for the love of yourself is not what Jesus was talking about. He was talking to those who love God, the Creator and Ruler of Heaven and Earth as revealed in the Bible, and who show this by trusting in him and obeying his instructions (Rev 14:12). Premature death is not usually expedient for those who have already sacrificed everything that is in the way of their relationship with God and who have lived according to his ways consistently. Such servants are more useful alive than dead as trained, willing instruments in God's hands. But those who still love and trust in themselves more than God will not be counted “worthy to escape.” God will not help you escape if it would be better for your personal development to get caught in what is coming. Either the easy way or the hard way, all must learn the ultimate result of relying on their own strength and understanding. The time to repent from your own ways and turn to God with our whole heart is before we find ourselves in need of saving (Isa 55:6). Since Christianity and Judaism have not properly taught repentance, repentance from a scriptural perspective will be a theme touched on throughout this work. Without knowing how to repent daily, the rest of the information in this work will not be enough to help the reader to escape the snare coming upon all the Earth.

Not Trying to Convince You of a Planet X Conspiracy

I believe this book presents a reasonable case for the existence of a Planet X threat, notwithstanding the lack of traditional verifying evidence such as snapshots from the Hubble Telescope. However, proving the existence of Planet X to my reader is not the main purpose of this book. You can believe in it not. Yet, just by considering it raises the possibility that Revelation's Star Wormwood is literal, completely changing how you read the entire prophecy.

Thus, cracking the largely hard to fathom Book of Revelation is the real goal of this book. Besides, proving that Planet X is really being covered up does not of itself help you meet its threat. However, finally understanding that Revelation's Wormwood is a literal “death star” coming in our near future (and not a reactor leak in Chernobyl 20 years ago) is directly helpful. This understanding opens up the rest of Revelation to you in a literal way, where the true escape plan is hinted at and further detailed in related prophecies such as Joel 2, which also become that much clearer.

Prove the Bible For Yourself First

Of course, since this work derives mainly from what the Bible says about Wormwood (which I believe is the

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Scared? There Is An Escape

infamous Planet X), it assumes that you already have proven for yourself that the Bible is true, reliable, and faithfully tells us what the future holds. If you are not 100% sure of this yet, then you will want to take some time investigating that critical subject for yourself (I recommend the excellent Chuck Missler materials on this subject as a starting point 11 ). Once you trust the Bible as a reliable source of truth and information on future events, then this book can begin to benefit you.

This is not to say that the Bible we have is 100% perfect and without transmission errors (as every scholar knows). Nevertheless, God has ensured that enough of his words have been accurately preserved to know his will and rule out that they came from anywhere else. Just do not expect that this will be easy to prove or that once you do, that the Bible will be anything but difficult to understand and follow. (Why this is, and had to be this way, is covered in Mystery of Disunity ).

11 www.khouse.org
©2007 Tim McHyde
-All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 2:

Scientific Support

A few months after I first heard about Planet X from my friend, I received an email from a past computer programming client of mine. I had done a project for him four years earlier and he still needed help with it at times, which I had to provide for free. Unfortunately, I had hastily agreed to unlimited free support on the application I wrote for him (forgetting that software always stays in use much longer than its programmers ever imagine). Nevertheless, a deal is a deal and I did not want to be known as someone who breaks their commitment simply because they are no longer happy with what they agreed to. So I looked at his problem, found the solution and emailed back the instructions for the fix.

Finally, A Scientist Warning About Planet X

I noticed in his email that he had a new website for his enterprise. So I checked it out and something interesting caught my eye. He had a link on his site to an interview with some scientist, James M. McCanney, on the subject of Planet X. I had never heard of him, but in listening I learned that he was a real scientist, at one time with Cornell, who said that Planet X was real and that NASA has been aware of this for 30 years! By honoring an uncomfortable commitment, I had found what I sought at last.

I studied McCanney's website and every radio show interview by him that I could find. I was pleased to discover that he provided answers for all the questions and doubts I had concerning Planet X, which we shall cover in this chapter.

However, the goal of this chapter is not to prove scientifically that Planet X is real. Even though I have heard individuals claim they could “prove” Planet X existed, personally only NASA has the resources and reputation to “prove” scientifically to me that Planet X exists. Instead my goal is realistically only to explain why NASA and others you would expect to warn you about it are not doing so, and what evidence we do have for its existence leaked from NASA and other sources. If you take the time to look, there is a fair amount of evidence available, which I will only briefly summarize here. I want to address the main objections for believing in a Planet X threat. Then I'll move on to the important things that Scripture says for dealing with that threat which are not covered in other books.

Why is NASA Silent On Planet X?

NASA is pretty silent on Planet X. They certainly are not warning anyone to prepare for its passage. If you did not know any better, you would conclude from this alone that Planet X is a hoax. However, the fact is that NASA was the first to announce the discovery of Planet X, back in the 1980's as reported in the June 19, 1982 edition of the New York Times:

Something out there beyond the furthest reaches of the known solar system is tugging at Uranus and Neptune. A gravitational force keeps perturbing the two giant planets, causing irregularities in their orbits. The force suggests a presence far away and unseen, a large object, the long-sought Planet X. Astronomers are so certain of this planet's existence that they have already named it “Planet X - the 10th Planet.”

Apparently, the announcement of the discovery was a slip because within a week they retracted it and have been publicly silent ever since. Yet, there is sufficient evidence that they have had an internal project tracking PX, as this NASA internal document records years later:

NASA ADS Astronomy Abstract Service

· Find Similar Abstracts (with default settings below)

· Also-Read Articles

· Translate Abstract

Title: Search for Planet X

Authors: Harrington, Robert S.

Affiliation: Naval Observatory, Washington, DC.

Journal: In NASA, Washington, Reports of Planetary Astronomy, 1991 p. 53 (SEE N92-12792 03-89)

Publication Date: 10/1991

Category: Astronomy

Origin: STI

Why is NASA Silent On Planet X?

 

 

27

NASA/STI Keywords: PERTURBATION, SKY SURVEYS (ASTRONOMY), OBSERVATIONS (FROM EARTH), NEPTUNE (PLANET), URANUS (PLANET) Bibliographic Code: 1991plas.rept...53H

SOLAR

ORBITS,

SPACE

Abstract

 

 

 

The observation of the region of the sky in which it is believed Planet X should now be, based on perturbations observed in the motions of Uranus and Neptune, was determined, and there was no reason to update that determination. A limited area of that region was photographed, and that will be continued. A given area is photographed with the twin 20 cm astrograph in New Zealand on two successive nights near the time that area is in opposition, and these plates are blinked in Washington to identify anything that has moved. The predicted region is in the south, which requires observations from a southern station, and it is in opposition in the April to June period, which means observations have not yet started for the year. Blinking will be done as soon as the plates are received in Washington. 12

If Planet X is really coming and NASA has been watching it for years, one would naturally want to know why they are not talking about it. James McCanney has dealt closely with NASA during his career, having had access to their data while he was at Cornell, and can explain why this is. He claims this is because NASA is under congressional order not to tell anybody if they discover a doomsday scenario coming—the same edict that restrains public officials from telling the public of an impending disaster and causing a panic. It has to go out through some official channel if it goes out at all. If this is true, then in light of NASA's demonstrated knowledge of PX, it is more frightening that they have been silent about it than if they had continued to update the public since their initial discovery, like they do with comets or new planets like Sedna and Xena. This indicates to me that they know its passing will not be harmless like Comet Hale Bopp's was seven years ago(which follows a similar orbit and is thought by McCanney to have been part of Planet X's entourage at one time.)

Far Fetched? Suspend Your Disbelief For Now

Some would obviously dismiss the above cover-up explanation as just a conspiracy theory. For the average mainstream media news consumer, such concepts are hard to accept and along with it my premise that Planet X is real. However, I encourage the reader, especially if he believes the Bible, to stick with me through the end of the next chapter at least and see how the Book of Revelation demands something exactly like the Planet X “myth” to fulfill its details. Once you see that in your Bible yourself for the first time, you can decide whether the Planet X that NASA once talked about (and now does not) is going to be the fulfillment, or if it will be something completely different and as yet unknown by anyone. The point of this book is not to convince you that NASA and the government are lying about Planet X. The point is to show you important new insights into prophecy that reveal a threat to our survival that nobody is talking about which you definitely would want to know about in advance if you had the chance.

The Bible's Explanation For the Cover-up

So how can it be that our governments would withhold information this important from us? How could there be such evil in control that would conspire against us to the degree I am saying? And how can a global conspiracy be effectively orchestrated through the centuries so that it does not die out soon after the men who invented it and their immediate successors pass away?

Once again, the Bible has answers. The Bible describes a global conspiracy that has continued from the Fall of Adam. It tells us that for roughly all of Earth's 6000 year history, Satan, the fallen archangel, has been allowed to run around interfering with the world and is even called “the god of this world” (2Cor 4:4). God still intervenes and keeps his master plan on schedule, but Satan has his own plan—which actually serves God's purposes as well or it would not be permitted, of course. We are told that Satan has his own “seed” or offspring (Gen 3:15; Mt 13:38), his own kingdoms through the millennia (Dan 2; 7; Rev 17:10) and his own rulers that he places over them (Lk 4:5-6). Through all of this, he “deceives the whole world” (Rev 12:9). In fact, Revelation 12, 13, and 17 together blatantly depict the governments of this world as Satanic (no wonder governments today are so universally disappointing).

What is Satan using his power, influence and deceptions to accomplish? Revelation says that at the very end of this age there will be a 3½ year period of Satan's wrath called “the Great Tribulation” (Dan 12:1, 11; Mt 24:21) during which Satan's will is enforced over the entire Earth by his appointed ruler called “The Beast” (Dan 11:40

12 adsabs.harvard.edu

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

28 Chapter 2: Scientific Support

44; Rev 13:7-8). Under this dictatorship, he will force everyone to take his “mark” of worship of him in order to have food and interact in any trade (Rev 13).

Of course, the nations would not readily give up their sovereignty today if asked, but if a global calamity including economic collapse, world war, and severe famine were to happen, they would happily give it up to anyone who could unify the world to restore peace, prosperity and most importantly: the food supply.

Planet X's passage will provide exactly that scenario. And therein lies the motive for the cover-up. If people knew about Planet X in advance, they would prepare in numerous ways to greatly soften the blow and not need salvation from and give power to “The Beast”. Only by keeping people in the dark can Satan achieve the maximum effect from Planet X's passage needed to make way for his global dictatorship. This is why you will not hear about Planet X in the news until it is too late to do much about it. Satan does not want you to know and God is allowing it so that this world who does not have a love for the truth can receive its deserved strong delusion (2Th 2:11-12).

Why Don't We See It?

If we accept that NASA knows about Planet X but will not tell us for whatever reason, then what about the amateur astronomers who are not restricted from telling? Why are they not reporting Planet X? The problem, according to McCanney, is that PX's lack of brightness and position make it hard to see. Its current location makes it visible only in the spring, rather than all year round. Yet, even then, you have to be on the right place on Earth because of PX's skewed elliptical orbit. McCanney claims that it actually approaches our solar system from below the ecliptic (plane of the planets' orbits) meaning the best viewing is from the Southern Hemisphere which is mostly water and less densely populated. McCanney comments on this in his writing about the NASA abstract (quoted above):

In 1991 Robert S. Harrington, head of the Naval Observatory, Washington, D.C. wrote an internal abstract which culminated over a decade of theoretical and observational astronomy with a team of experts. He was in charge of the NASA directed search for a large planet at the edge of our solar system that had been perturbing the orbits of the outer planets. Many previous attempts had been made, all leading to incorrect results ... but this time Harrington was certain that he had found the location of the large rogue planet. What is interesting is 1) NASA for decades had sponsored a search for this object with the highest level staff members available, 2) it was fully aware that something big was entering our solar system and 3) as you will see ... it seems that anyone associated with the results has been silenced either by death or by fear. A shroud of secrecy and deception surrounds this entire story.

Part of the discovery of Planet X was based on the fact the outer large planets Uranus and Neptune were being pulled DOWN in their orbits. No other effect could cause such a change in the orbits of these planets except the existence of a very large previously undiscovered celestial object which had to exist down and in the direction of the unexplainable motions of these outer giant planets. Harrington knew that it had to be BIG and it had to be down below the plane of the planets (the ecliptic). He also knew that since it had not been there before that it must be a new body entering the solar system.

Harrington wrote a brief abstract telling of his final trip scheduled to New Zealand in the Spring month of May to perform the blink photographic session with a 20 cm astrograph (approximately 8" aperture high precision camera). This seemed like what should be a routine observation and so sure was Harrington of the location of this object in the sky that he planned only two successive nights for the two required photos. These would be returned to Washington to determine the location and size of the new object.

An 8" camera in 1991 to 93 (the date that we believe Harrington made his final expedition ... NASA information is scarce) was not very large so we are not talking about professional grade equipment ... that is, this object was expected to be very large and Harrington knew it would be only visible during the month of May from a very southerly remote location on Earth. He chose New Zealand over the rugged uncharted regions of Patagonia in South America. 13

(The abstract referred to was quoted earlier.) Thus, a big reason why PX is not obvious to the world already is because it is best viewed close to the South Pole—where there are fewer people and fewer observatories to find it.

McCanney reports another problem. At times there is much haze in the atmosphere that makes viewing a diffuse, dim object like PX hard to do unless you are looking directly at it from a 90 degree angle (only possible from the South Pole itself). All this, in conjunction with the science establishment's cover-up gives PX the conditions needed to blindside the majority of Earth's inhabitants.

Even someone from NASA has admitted the possibility of being blindsided. David Morrison, Director of Space

13 www.JMcCanneyScience.com

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Why Don't We See It? 29

& Astrobiology at NASA's Ames Research Center has spoken before Congress on the threat of cosmic impacts. He writes:

It is possible for a comet to 'sneak up' on Earth, escaping detection until it is only a few weeks from impact. A perpetual survey is required to detect long-period comets, and even with such a survey, we cannot be sure of success. 14

Another Cosmic Blind Spot Of course, Planet X is supposed to be bigger than a comet and therefore harder to miss as it gets closer. In spite

of its size, there is another explanation for why Planet X would not be easily seen. Objects that approach us from

our sunward side are obscured by the glare of the Sun and are nearly impossible to see. Here are two examples of

asteroids that recently “blindsided” the Earth from the direction of the Sun. From March 8, 2004:

An asteroid large enough to have flattened a city buzzed Earth earlier this month and was not seen until after it flew harmlessly by.

The space rock approached Earth in the glare of the Sun, a blind spot that made it impossible to see during the day or night from any terrestrial vantage point. The event illustrates the potential of a surprise hit by an asteroid, astronomers said.

In a telephone interview, Williams explained there was no way to see the asteroid until it moved out of the Sun's glare and to the opposite side of Earth in relation to the Sun -- Earth's night side. 15

Here's another one from December 19, 2004:

Astronomers spotted an asteroid this week after it had flown past Earth on a course that took it so close to the planet it was below the orbits of some satellites.

The rock approached Earth from near the Sun and so would have been nearly impossible to detect prior to close passage. It soared over Antarctica --underneath the planet, Washington State University researcher Pasquale Tricarico told the Asteroid/Comet Connection.

Astronomers are aware of this significant blind spot for asteroids that approach Earth while in the glare of the Sun. Only a space telescope could detect such objects before they arrive. 16

What Evidence Is There?

In spite of NASA's cover-up and the difficulty of an observation for amateurs, McCanney explains that there is quite a bit of evidence pointing to the existence and near passage of Planet X.

Perturbations in the orbits of the planets: As early as the mid-1800s, scientists noticed the orbits of Neptune and Uranus were not going exactly according to theoretical expectations. These deviations could not be explained by miscalculations in the masses of the planets, as the direction of the deviations was downward according to McCanney.

Solar Weather: McCanney says, “We're seeing the Sun at an excited level never before seen. There was a solar maximum in the year 2000 that would be the expected time for the Sun to reach the maximum of activity on its 11-year solar cycle, and after that it would be expected to diminish in energy over that 11-year span of time. We should be well on the way in the year 2003 to the solar minimum, but instead, the Sun is at an explosive state never before seen in the history of our solar system. My theoretical work shows how, in fact, the Sun is interacting with some large object that we have not seen yet --NASA probably has seen it, but it is not telling us --causing the dramatic solar flares that we're seeing.”

Earth Weather: Earth weather has also been erratic in recent years (four hurricanes hitting Florida in 2004, for example). McCanney claims that this is directly a result of the increased solar activity which drives Earth's weather according to his proven theories.

Many have been talking about increased earthquakes since the 1990s. Although I have not heard McCanney talk about this, one must wonder what is causing this change. There is a cause for every effect. Could it be Planet X

14 Comets and Origin, P.254

15 www.space.com/scienceastronomy/solarsystem/asteroids_miss_020319.html

16 www.space.com/scienceastronomy/asteroid_close_041222.html

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 2: Scientific Support

causing this? We shall see later from Scripture that great earthquakes will be associated with PX's passing.

Because McCanney had not made an observation of Planet X, he refuses to speculate on the timing of PX. Yet, in his own words, due to the scientific and historical evidence for Planet X, its passage is “not a question of if, but when.

What Will Happen When It Passes?

The odds of Planet X hitting us are very remote. Unfortunately, an impact is not necessary to cause catastrophes. Because of the gravity and magnetism of PX, it will be able to disrupt things on Earth from a distance, just as it is allegedly already doing to the solar system. Here is what McCanney says:

The effects on the Earth are very clear, both from my theoretical work and from what the ancients describe. There are episodes of mountain building. There could be a pole shift caused by a gravitational tidal wave that moves through the surface mantle of the Earth. There would be flooding both from tidal waves of the oceans, tremendous atmospheric storms and also from a huge pollution influx of oil and water --hydrocarbons and water --from inner planetary space onto Earth. And all of these things have been seen in the past.

The Bible talks about, for example, when all the vermin, bugs, insects and snakes came out of the ground and overran the Earth [Ex 7-8Ed.]. This was a direct result of the electric fields penetrating the mantle of the Earth and causing these creatures to leave the ground and come out of the ground. The atmospheric conditions include the increase in the number of volcanoes going off.

I want to mention that these planetary objects do not have to come necessarily that close to Earth to cause even dramatic Earth changes. Electrical discharges can occur between the planets even a distance apart. These, in fact, have been measured with NASA satellites where, in the 1990s, we saw incredible electrical discharges flow between Jupiter and Earth, taking out a number of our communication satellites. The scientists at that time were totally puzzled that outer space could do this. They still don't understand the very electrical nature of our solar system. My book explains, in fact, how this works in a theoretical sense, and it also explains in a practical sense the effects it would have on planet Earth. 17

Hopefully the reader can see from what little we have covered of the secular accounts of Planet X's potential threat to your life, that it demands further investigation. When we hear about dangers like this, we have to be careful to watch our reaction as discussed earlier. Some choose to disbelieve and ignore things that they do not want to accept because they are so horrible. Sometimes we react to bad news not in disbelief of its reality, but in disbelief that we can do anything about it which again results in complacency or paralysis. If you have read this far, you are one of the lucky few to have heard the truth about Planet X early enough to do something to prepare for it. Do not waste that knowledge. Keep reading and find out where Scripture talks about Planet X and what to do about it.

17 www.detailshere.com/mccanneyinfo.htm
©2007 Tim McHyde
-All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 3: Planet X in the Book of Revelation

Chapter 3:

Planet X in the Book of Revelation

As mentioned earlier, it was only because of my familiarity with the Scripture that I chose not to ignore the seemingly absurd and unconfirmed rumors of Planet X when I first heard them in 2002. At that time I was already two years into a period of renewed interest in prophecy prompted by my exposure to a new breed of prophecy teachers who emerged at the end of the '90s out of the Messianic and Hebraic Roots movements. Excited by their fresh ideas, I found myself researching, studying, discussing, and thinking about Bible prophecy on a daily basis, leading to a number of new conclusions on the meaning of the prophecies.

One of the things that came out of this prior research was the conclusion that the four trumpets of Revelation Chapter 8 described an incendiary meteorite storm, an asteroid impacting the ocean, and our atmosphere polluted from volcanic activity with enough dust to block a third of all the light from the Sun, Moon, and stars. While I was not sure what “Wormwood” could be, I was convinced that we would soon find out when all of these things came to pass right before the Feast of Pentecost (late spring) of the year before the Great Tribulation began. Given this timing, I saw that this would be the trigger event to the rise of the global Beast government (spoken of in Revelation and Daniel).

In other words, before I even heard about PX, I was already convinced that a group of one or more cosmic bodies headed our way would be responsible for what Revelation 8 literally described. So as far as I was concerned, if science would not confirm Planet X's imminent arrival, the Books of Revelation and Daniel already did.

Let's look at where Planet X fits the Book of Revelation, the most important prophetic book in the Bible—and the only one that generally sets things in clear chronological order. Rather than cover the traditional arguments about whether Revelation is literal or only figurative and whether the seals, trumpets and bowls happen sequentially or happen in parallel, we will just jump right in reading it naturally. This is because Planet X so perfectly fits what Revelation literally says, that it can silence these debates forever. The only reason that these old debates have raged for centuries is because no one could conceive until the End Times how the details of Revelation 6, 7 and 8 could literally be fulfilled just as written (in fact, it was only in recent decades that scientists accepted that major asteroid impacts could happen on Earth).

When information does not fit our paradigm, there is a tendency to distort it, and in this case this “paradigm blindness” forces people to rearrange the natural order of events and/or change their natural, literal meaning to make some sense of it. However, there is no reason to play around with the verses in that way once the previously missing information about the existence and threat of Planet X is realized.

Seven Seals, Trumpets, and Bowls — Which Is Next?

The Book of Revelation contains a series of 21 sequential developments (only the last seven of which are called “judgments”) represented by seven seals, seven trumpets and seven bowls, which are described beginning in Revelation 6. Although the most popular Christian interpretation says that all of these events are future and mostly happen during the “seven year” Great Tribulation, we will see that the best fit within the plain literal meaning is that the first five seals have already been opened. This leaves us today awaiting the visible signs of the 6th seal, before the 3½ year Great Tribulation.

So how do we know that the first five seals are past? Unlike the 6th seal which, as we shall see, details a sudden, unmistakable, unprecedented literal global cataclysm which can only be considered unfulfilled, the preceding seals have a much different character.

First Four Seals—“The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse”

The first four seals are famously called “the four horsemen of the Apocalypse” and found in verses 1-8:

Revelation 6:1-8 (HCSB) — 1 Then I saw the Lamb open one of the seven seals, and I heard one of the four living creatures say with a voice like thunder, “Come!” 2 I looked, and there was a white horse. The horseman on it had a bow; a crown was given to him, and he went out as a victor to conquer. 3 When He opened the second seal, I heard the second living creature say, “Come!” 4 Then another horse went out, a fiery red one, and its horseman was empowered to take peace from the earth, so that people would slaughter one another. And a large sword was given to him. 5 When He opened

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 3: Planet X in the Book of Revelation

the third seal, I heard the third living creature say, “Come!” And I looked, and there was a black horse. The horseman on it had a balance scale in his hand. 6 Then I heard something like a voice among the four living creatures say, “A quart of wheat for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for a denarius—but do not harm the olive oil and the wine.” 7 When He opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth living creature say, “Come!” 8 And I looked, and there was a pale green horse. The horseman on it was named Death, and Hades was following after him. Authority was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill by the sword, by famine, by plague, and by the wild animals of the earth.

Obviously there is nothing physical about these horsemen given no single man on any colored horse could effect the impact described in each case. The question is are they completely symbolic or metaphorical or are they somehow, in some way, literal (as I always contend). By comparing other parts of the Bible to this prophecy, we will see why there is no need to dismiss them as metaphors.

Zechariah's Parallel Four Horse Chariots Prophecy

In Zechariah, four chariots with horses of similar coloration to Revelation's are introduced in coincidentally the exact same chapter number and verse numbers as Revelation's description of the horsemen (chapter 6 and verses 18):

Zechariah 6:1-8 (HCSB) — 1 Then I looked up again and saw four chariots coming from between two mountains. And the mountains were made of bronze. 2 The first chariot had red horses, the second chariot black horses, 3 the third chariot white horses, and the fourth chariot dappled horses—[all] strong horses. 4 So I inquired of the angel who was speaking with me, “What are these, my lord?” 5 The angel told me, “These are the four spirits of heaven going out after presenting themselves to the Lord of the whole earth. 6 The one with the black horses is going to the land of the north, the white horses are going after them, but the dappled horses are going to the land of the south.” 7 As the strong horses went out, they wanted to go patrol the earth, and the Lord said, “Go, patrol the earth.” So they patrolled the earth. 8 Then He summoned me saying, “See, those going to the land of the north have pacified My Spirit in the northern land.”

There are some differences between this passage and Revelation's. The horses are in a different order, which is typical of Old Testament prophecies when you compare them to the parallel one in the Book of Revelation. Perhaps the biggest curiosity is why the color of three out of four horses exactly match but the fourth horse of each group do not seem to agree. In the KJV, they better match (“grisled” vs. “pale”) but more accurate modern versions struggle with what to make of the fourth horse in each book, judging from the wild variations in how they render it. The struggle seems to come from fitting the color label given to a reasonable equine label 18 . Revelation's pale horse is really in Greek a chloros (where we get the word chlorophyll from) or green horse but since no literal green horse exists in equine science and its rider is named Death, pale was chosen by the KJV translators. Most modern translators follow suit with “pale” or compromise with “pale green”. Zechariah's grisled horse is called a dappled, mottled, or spotted horse by other translations.

Slight differences like this between obviously parallel Old Testament and New Testament passages do not have to cause you too much concern if you remember that the Bible we have has not been perfectly preserved (although it has, of course, been preserved well enough to keep the important truths intact). In fact, there is evidence that the Book of Revelation was not even originally written in Greek, but in Hebrew or Aramaic 19 . If that is the case, it is easy to imagine that a poor choice by the Greek translator gave us a green fourth horse in Revelation that is hard to match up with the more original dappled horse of Zechariah's Hebrew.

Alternatively, differences like this may not have to be viewed as a contradiction at all. They can often be overlapping or complimentary information. In this case, the horses may have mostly green-colored spots. Corpses, including those of dead horses, can take on a green tinge, explaining the association between green and death—if green is really what the original Revelation stated.

18 See www.aicuk.org.uk/horses.php for a discussion of the uses and translations of colors of horses in the Books of Zechariah and Revelation

19 “...the Book of Revelation was written in a Semitic language, and that the Greek translation... is a remarkably close rendering of the original.” - C. C. Torrey; Documents of the Primitive Church 1941; p. 160

“We come to the conclusion, therefore that the Apocalypse as a whole is a translation from Hebrew or Aramaic...” -R. B. Y. Scott; The Original Language of the Apocalypse 1928; p. 6

“When we turn to the New Testament we find that there are reasons for suspecting a Hebrew or Aramaic original for the Gospels of Matthew, Mark, John and for the apocalypse.” -Hugh J. Schonfield; An Old Hebrew Text of St. Matthew's Gospel; 1927; p. vii

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Seven Seals, Trumpets, and Bowls — Which Is Next?

Horses Ridden By Evil Spirits Influencing the Earth – Biblical Precedents

Nevertheless, it is safe to say that the extremely similar passage in Zechariah is a parallel of Revelation and can help illuminate it. If so, what does it tell us? We are plainly told that the four chariots are carrying “spirits” that are sent out from heaven after presenting themselves to God there (v. 5). Then they go out to “walk to and fro through the earth” as the KJV puts it, to quiet God's spirit. There is no doubt that these are not God's angels, but evil spirits, if you look at the results of what they do and compare the Book of Job:

Job 1:6-7 — 6 Now there was a day when the sons of God came to present themselves before the LORD, and Satan came also among them. 7 And the LORD said unto Satan, Whence comest thou? Then Satan answered the LORD, and said, From going to and fro in the earth, and from walking up and down in it.

If there is any further doubt that the four horses and chariots of Revelation and Zechariah are literal rather than metaphorical, two precedents serve to alleviate it. In the time of Elijah and Elisha we find that normally invisible, spiritual horses and chariots made sudden dramatic appearances:

2 Kings 2:11 (HCSB) — As they continued walking and talking, a chariot of fire with horses of fire suddenly appeared and separated the two of them. Then Elijah went up into heaven in the whirlwind.

2 Kings 6:17 (HCSB) — Then Elisha prayed, “Lord, please open his eyes and let him see.” So the Lord opened the servant’s eyes. He looked and saw that the mountain was covered with horses and chariots of fire all around Elisha.

There is another scene found in the Bible where God has an audience with his royal court in heaven including evil spirits. They come up with an evil plan, which he allows them to carry out because it fulfills his will, much like the four horsemen do:

1 Kings 22:18-23 (HCSB) — 18 So the king of Israel said to Jehoshaphat, “Didn’t I tell you he never prophesies good about me, but only disaster?” 19 Then Micaiah said, “Therefore, hear the word of the Lord: I saw the Lord sitting on His throne, and the whole heavenly host was standing by Him at His right hand and at His left hand. 20 And the Lord said, ‘Who will entice Ahab to march up and fall at Ramoth-gilead?’ So one was saying this and another was saying that. 21 Then a spirit came forward, stood before the Lord, and said, ‘I will entice him.22 “The Lord asked him, ‘How?’ “He said, ‘I will go and become a lying spirit in the mouth of all his prophets.’ “Then He said, ‘You will certainly entice him and prevail. Go and do that.’ 23 “You see, the Lord has put a lying spirit into the mouth of all these prophets of yours, and the Lord has pronounced disaster against you.”

Why Does God Let Evil Spirits Do This?

It is somewhat shocking when you put all these related passages together to discover how God is directly involved with the evil spirits and the things they want to do, even helping them in it. Even worse, it clearly states that what they are doing is God's will, or fulfilling his will at least. This is difficult to accept because we generally assume that Satan and the demons are going around doing things against God's will, in some competition for our souls.

However, God's plan is not to save everyone now. His plan is much longer range than that. He knows he first needs to provide us all with unfettered free will with which we can learn the most and build the most character. Later we can use that full human experience to make an informed choice that can “save our soul” (give us eternal life). He does not shove his religion down our throat nor does he keep a monopoly on the market choices. Thus, letting Satan and the demons loose to deceive in this way actually provide us a service on that mission. They provide seemingly viable alternative gods (e.g., Allah), alternative philosophies (e.g., Evolution), and scientifically unexplainable alternative supernatural powers (e.g., witchcraft, psychics, UFOs, etc.) that we all at one time or another consider or even embrace. Ultimately, we will all realize that they do not work nor bring happiness making us fully ready to try God's way when it is revealed to us at last. ( Mystery of Disunity explains more about this and the related true Great Commission.)

The First Five Seals Identified

With the help of Zechariah and another parallel passage to the four seals found in the Olivet Discourse we can make plain sense of the activity of the four evil spirits on earth as follows:

1st Seal – White Horse (vss. 1-2)

This spirit appears as a flawed counterfeit of the white horse of Jesus from Revelation 19 going forth

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

34 Chapter 3: Planet X in the Book of Revelation

“conquering” with great success, although not militarily as you would at first think (until you read the 2nd seal). This spirit's actions seem to have brought us the Catholic Church's deception of a counterfeit of Jesus' true teachings beginning in the 4th century CE. Confirmation of this is found in the Olivet Discourse where Jesus gives us a parallel list of developments. The first thing he mentions is that many will come “in his name” saying he is the Messiah and they will deceive many (Mt 24:4-5). What other group comes in the name of Jesus and tells people Jesus is Christ but does not tell them the whole story, deceiving many? Remember that one third of the world is Christian and following the unbiblical doctrines of the RCC to some degree. For example, even many Protestants rest on Sunday following the tradition decreed by the Pope rather than on Saturday following the precedent of the Bible.

2nd Seal – Red Horse (vss. 3-4)

This spirit inspired a belligerent ideology that succeeded in taking peace from the Earth, and is associated with a great sword and the color red. It is clear that the run of this horse causes the deaths of people, which is something not given as a result of the white horse. This primarily fits Islam, the religion of the great sword started by Mohammad—although it is hard even to classify it as a religion considering its fruits of war since its beginning in late 7th century unto this day. By the way, it is rumored that Islam is behind the other ideology of Communism that has been instrumental in taking peace from the Earth (and is associated with the color red, as in Red China). Imagine how much more peaceful the world would be without Islam and Communism. This, too, is paralleled in the Olivet Discourse, where Jesus flatly says wars and rumors of wars are not a sign of the end times because they will happen long before that, as the history of the First Millennium has clearly shown (Mt 24:6).

3rd Seal – Black Horse (vss 5-6)

This spirit does not create famine, as it at first seems to be implying. Checking the next seal where famine is plainly stated as an outcome confirms that when it means famine, it plainly says so. Instead, this seal appears to be describing the development of economic systems controlled by the rich, also known as the “money changers”. These men impoverish the masses through inflation or devaluation of their money and control of the markets. The rich seem to be the one's in control of this because they are the primary users of the oil and wine which the voice commands to be kept unharmed by this policy. The policy is meant to serve them, not hurt them. Most people take money for granted and do not realize how it has been used to enslave peoples. The international bankers with their fiat, debt-based currencies enslaving us today certainly have only intensified this, but this seal no doubt started much earlier than in 1913 with the creation of the “Federal” Reserve private banking cartel. It is difficult to peg when this one began exactly without further historical research, but chronologically it must fit after Islam and before the more widespread unnatural deaths of the next seal 20 .

4th Seal – Pale / Green Horse (vss 7-8)

This spirit brings about the marked increase in premature, unnatural death in all of its forms including from wars, famines, plagues, disease, and wild animals in as much as at one fourth of the Earth at a time. This refers to the scourge of even primitive technology invented by man that made killing and raping of the Earth on a great scale possible, with the ensuing side effects in the unbalance of nature, famines, plagues and greater ability to go to war and inflict more casualties. When this spirit was released exactly is also hard to determine, but it makes sense that the ability to kill people more efficiently came after powerful moneychangers figured out how to control people through money.

5th Seal – Righteous Souls Under Altar In Heaven Plead (vss 9-11)

No, this is not describing a persecution of the saints. This seal is often understood as the beginning of great martyrdom of the saints during the Great Tribulation. However, a careful examination of it reveals a subtle difference. The spirits of the martyrs are already there in heaven at the fifth seal sleeping (because they are told at the end to return to sleep for a little longer). Therefore, what the fifth seal really describes is how they actually wake up and speak up at some point in time to formally request they be avenged.

The literal reading of this passage presents a problem for the Christian belief that people go to heaven to be with the Lord” consciously after they die. The description of being swept under the altar where you sleep (unconscious) until the end of the age contradicts this. However, how they rest until after more of their brethren are martyred fits well with how the resurrection of the dead (and rapture) happens just after the Great Tribulation

20 For a good education on this eye-opening subject, get The Money Masters video: www.TheMoneyMasters.com

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

The First Five Seals Identified

period of martyrdom ends. It also fits with how many plain verses in the Bible indicate that when even the righteous die we “rest”, “know nothing”, “have no reward”, until we “rise to our reward”, rather than ascending to harp-playing consciousness in heaven immediately after death (Dan 12:13; Ecc 9:5; Jn 3:13). 21

The other problem with this passage is that the plain reading tells us that the souls under the altar are resting, wake up for a moment of consciousness to ask a question, then are put back to sleep. Does God really do this? It is tempting to say it does not mean what it plainly says and therefore must be some sort of allegory or metaphor.

Resting Souls “Disturbed” Twice In Bible

However, there is another precedent of this exact type of thing found in 1 Samuel 28 in the incident where King Saul asks a medium to call up the spirit of the prophet Samuel for him. The narrative plainly states that Samuel himself is actually brought up (rather than a deceiving demonic spirit as typically happens). This extraordinary event obviously shocks the medium (she screams!) and prompts Samuel to demand to know why Saul has “disturbed” him by “bringing him up”. It is quite an unreal scene, but when put together with the 5th seal, it begins to make sense. Thus, it appears that God on rare occasions and for special purposes does restore temporary consciousness to our souls after we die, and that is what the 5th trumpet describes as taking place in heaven. However, there seems to be no clue given as to when this 5th seal awakening takes place.

Soul Sleep Heresy?

Some Christians have a hard time with accepting the idea of “soul sleep” as they would label the above interpretation. One difference is that I'm not saying you do not go to heaven when you die, as soul sleep does. Your soul undeniably returns to God at death (Ecc 12:7). The question is whether you are fully alive and conscious. There is one passage that should be carefully considered before deciding.

Revelation 20:4-5 (ESV) — 4 Then I saw thrones, and seated on them were those to whom the authority to judge was committed. Also I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded for the testimony of Jesus and for the word of God, and who had not worshiped the beast or its image and had not received its mark on their foreheads or their hands. They came to life and reigned with Christ for a thousand years. 5 The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were ended. This is the first resurrection.

Note! Even the dead souls of the martyred righteous saints are said to only “come to life” (into their glorified spirit bodies) right before their reign with Christ during the Millennium! If they were already alive and conscious from the moment of their arrival in heaven after death, then this passage makes no sense. Even though they are righteous, these dead souls “come to life” after period of not being alive, just as the unrighteous dead souls who “come to life” after the Millennium clearly do. It plainly tells us that whether you are righteous or unrighteous, your soul waits (in heaven) as an inert soul until your assigned resurrection.

I know this teaching is a radical departure from a very comforting Christian doctrine of being consciously alive with Jesus upon death. I mention it in passing only for completeness sake to show how all the seals can make plain literal sense, even the difficult 5th seal. If you cannot accept it, do not let it bother you or deter you from finishing this book. The main conclusions of this book about future events do not depend on accepting my interpretation of the 5th seal.

1st - 5th Seals Recap

We have seen that the first four seals show evil spirits inspiring evil systems on earth that worsen gradually and continue visibly to the present day. In the case of the 5th seal, it describes something that takes place entirely in heaven, with no effect on affairs on earth. That being the case, we must consider it past as well, because anyone waiting for some sign of the 5th seal opening would never see one before the 6th seal comes upon them.

6th Seal through 4th Trumpet

That brings us up to verse 12 and the 6th seal which is the first seal that does not possibly fit with any historical event. It is therefore the next seal to be fulfilled. We will next see how the 6th seal fits what is expected to happen as Planet X makes its closest approach to Earth, and how the 7th seal, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th trumpets fit what is expected to happen after PX has passed and we encounter its trail.

21 More on this topic in the Appendix dealing with the Thief on the Cross story .

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 3: Planet X in the Book of Revelation

6th Seal — Heavenly Signs, Earth Changes, Panic As PX Nears

Revelation 6:12-17 (HRV) — 12 And I looked when he opened the sixth seal and there was a great earthquake and the Sun became black as sackcloth of hair and the whole Moon became like blood. 13 And the stars in the sky fell on the Earth, like a fig tree that casts its unripe figs when it is shaken by a mighty wind. 14 And heaven was melted as scrolls that are rolled up, and every mountain and every island were moved from their place. 15 And the kings of the Earth, and the great [ones], and the rulers of 1000s and the rich and the strong and all the servants and sons of freedom hid themselves in caves and rocks of the mountains 16 Saying to the mountains and the rocks, "Fall on us and hide us from the face of the Lamb, 17 Because the great day of wrath has come, and who is able to stand?"

It would be an understatement to call this a frightening scenario. It would also be safe to say that this event is yet future because nothing like this has happened in human history since the First Century when Revelation was written. This should cause every one of us to wonder if we are going to experience this event personally—and whether we will survive it. For the best chance of surviving it, it helps to understand properly what exactly we are facing.

Let's itemize and analyze the signs and events in the heavens and the Earth that we have described here:

A Great Earthquake

PX has already allegedly been causing an increase in serious earthquakes from a distance, so greater earthquakes make sense as it nears. Today, a great earthquake would mean around 9.0 on the Richter scale. There have only been five 9.0 Richter earthquakes in history (including the 2004 Sumatra Christmas Earthquake at 9.3). PX's gravity and magnetism could cause 10.0-15.0 Richter earthquakes during passage. This makes sense when you consider that the greatest quake in North America, the New Madrid of 1811, occurred after a comet that was visible all year had finished its closest approach.

A Total Solar Eclipse

The Sun black as sackcloth of goat's hair describes this perfectly. When the Sun is eclipsed, the rays of the corona look much like goat hairs coming out from the jet-black middle of sack cloth. Conversely, if the Sun is only blocked by something in the atmosphere, rather than the Moon, it would appear to be only dimmed (just as we will see at the 4th trumpet) without appearing black as sackcloth. For the Sun itself to appear black, you have to have light escaping around it, making a contrast with the jet black middle, just as we see in total solar eclipses.

A Total Lunar Eclipse

This seems like the most likely explanation as the “whole moon” is mentioned in some manuscripts and lunar eclipses only happen at the Full Moon. They often cause the Moon to turn different hues of red. If this is correct, then we have at least a two week warning of Planet X after the Great Earthquake happens. This is because there must be at least two weeks between the New Moon needed for the solar eclipse and the Full Moon needed for the lunar eclipse (if the moon is responsible for the solar eclipse) 22 . And since all solar and lunar eclipses are precalculated in advance, it also might help us to figure out the timing of the 6th seal if we could find a total solar/total lunar eclipse pair in a future spring—assuming it is not a set of unexpected eclipses due to the gravitational influence of Planet X pulling from below. Solar or lunar eclipses do not happen every month because the orbit of the moon is offset five degrees from the Earth's. Therefore, most of the time the moon is above or below the Earth's shadow and no eclipse happens even though it is a Full Moon. If the Earth were pulled down, an unexpected eclipse could occur.

Meteor Shower

The best explanation for the “stars falling to Earth” is not actual impacts from stars but a meteor shower, also commonly called “shooting stars”. Notice that it says it will be like figs falling from a tree in a mighty wind or like the “sky dissolving/rotting/crumbling” which also would be the impression given by a meteor shower. PX is reported by those who have observed it to be dragging much debris and dust with it. If we were to pass through this debris field or a debris trail left in our path from it intersecting our orbit just ahead of us, this would cause a meteor shower as described. It is also possible that what is described is a regular annual meteor shower like the Lyrids or Aquarids that happen in the spring. These form the same way, by the Earth passing through the trail of debris left by a regular comet.

22Unless the lunar and solar eclipses happen simultaneously which is what the text most readily seems to say. This is possible if Wormwood is much larger than earth and eclipses the sun at full moon casting both the earth and moon in its shadow.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

6th Seal through 4th Trumpet

Atmospheric Dust and Prelude to Pole Shift

The previous four events describe things that we are all familiar with and therefore are not unique by themselves (but significant if they happen in rapid succession together as in this case). But, when we have “the heavens departing like a scroll” and “every mountain and island being moved from their place” in relation to each other, this is something new to modern man. We are not talking about continental drift here at the rate that your fingernails grow. This is something catastrophic happening suddenly. This fits the expectation that Planet X's gravity and magnetism will be so strong as to cause the crust and mantle of the Earth to get out of sync and exhibit wrinkles or “crustal/mantle waves.” The heavens departing like a scroll is more difficult to explain, unless we compare with another description of this event in Isaiah:

Isaiah 34:4 — And all the host of heaven shall be dissolved, and the heavens shall be rolled together as a scroll: and all their host shall fall down, as the leaf falleth off from the vine, and as a falling fig from the fig tree.

This is exactly what verses 13-14 say, but with more detail and out of order (never count on the most Bible prophecies to give events in chronological order). The extra detail is that the heavens are rolling up like a scroll as well as falling or dissolving/crumbling as an explanation for how they disappear. So, what we have here is stars falling and also completely disappearing as if the sky was a scroll being rolled up. But what is rolling things up? The same material that appears as shooting stars when smaller would fill the atmosphere and block you from seeing the distant stars at all. If it came all at once, it would look like someone had just rolled up the sky. Perhaps this is why John does not simply say, “clouds appeared.” This is different than normal local water vapor clouds. This is something global that moves in completely and at once. It has been reported that those people who were near Mt. St. Helen's for the 1980 eruption had this verse come to mind as the gas plume rolled in and blocked the sky suddenly.

Global Panic and Run for Cover

The 6th seal ends by describing the response of humanity to all these frightening wonders: every single class of person on the planet runs for cover underground thinking (erroneously) “It’s Judgment Day!” There is strong indication from what they do and say that they know the worst is not yet over. For example, if the biggest danger so far has been an earthquake and mountains and islands moving, one would not expect people to be heading underground where there is danger of cave-ins from aftershocks. Also notice that they consider the time of God's wrath has come, not came, and ask who will survive, not who has survived. If we read ahead to see what happens next on Earth, we see devastating global winds, a severe hail of meteorites and a mountain-sized asteroid hitting the ocean, among other things. With science today able to warn us in advance of meteor showers and threatening asteroids, there is every reason to suspect that at the end of the 6th seal, people are aware of the four trumpets coming fast and this is why they are heading to the mountains and underground. Is it not better to risk being buried alive than to face near certain death from a falling rock or other projectile in tornado-like winds? Another big part of the universal expression of dread may be that the likely cause of all these things coming, Planet X, is now visible to all!

By the way, the conclusion of the 6th seal should dispel any question in your mind of whether the events described in the previous verses are to be taken literally or not. This type of global panic on earth after the previous global frights confirms we have no allegory here!

A question to consider in all of this is what span of time does the 6th seal cover from the great earthquake that it begins with until the sky disappears? If indeed the Moon causes the solar eclipse (and not PX, which cannot both pass in front of the Earth and eclipse the Sun), then it would have to be at least two weeks as solar eclipses and lunar eclipses happen at opposite times of the lunar cycle, at the new Moon and the Full Moon respectively. If the solar eclipse is caused by Planet X itself, then things are not constrained in this way.

Destructive Global Winds Restrained Until the 144,000 Sealed

Revelation 7:1-8 (NIV) — 1 After this I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the Earth, holding back the four winds of the Earth to prevent any wind from blowing on the land or on the sea or on any tree. 2 Then I saw another angel coming up from the east, having the seal of the living God. He called out in a loud voice to the four angels who had been given power to harm the land and the sea: 3 "Do not harm the land or the sea or the trees until we put a seal on the foreheads of the servants of our God." 4 Then I heard the number of those who were sealed: 144,000 from all the tribes of Israel. 5 From the tribe of Judah 12,000 were sealed, from the tribe of Reuben 12,000, from the tribe of Gad 12,000, 6

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 3: Planet X in the Book of Revelation

from the tribe of Asher 12,000, from the tribe of Naphtali 12,000, from the tribe of Manasseh 12,000, 7 from the tribe of Simeon 12,000, from the tribe of Levi 12,000, from the tribe of Issachar 12,000, 8 from the tribe of Zebulun 12,000, from the tribe of Joseph 12,000, from the tribe of Benjamin 12,000.

Revelation 7 is an inset chapter that breaks the narrative to give information about other things that do not necessarily sequentially follow the 6th seal. This includes some things that happen around the same time as the 6th seal (vs 1-8) and other things that happen much later (vs 9-17). The part we are interested in describes global winds about to harm the land, the sea and the trees, that consequently angels must restrain. But, how can winds of such strength capable of destruction be produced on all parts of the Earth at once? As we already heard from McCanney, when PX passes it can disrupt Earth's rotation due to its magnetism and gravity. But Earth's atmosphere will of course not be moving in sync immediately, causing tremendous devastating winds over all of Earth's surface in the process (which do not happen immediately when they should because of the angels).

Answered here is the apparently rhetorical question posed at the end of Chapter 6 of, “who shall be able to stand?” The winds are being supernaturally held back only until after God seals his servants with his name in their foreheads. The implication is that this will protect them from the effects of the first four trumpets on the Earth, sea and trees. This is confirmed at the 5th trumpet where the 144,000 are untouchable by Satan's army of fallen angels ascending from the bottomless pit. Those left standing after PX passes will include 144,000 male descendants of the twelve tribes of Israel whom God supernaturally protects. (See Mystery of Disunity for details.)

7th Seal — Angel Hurls Judgment to Hit Earth On Pentecost

Revelation 8:1-6 — 1 When he opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven for about half an hour. 2 And I saw the seven angels who stand before God, and to them were given seven trumpets.3 Another angel, who had a golden censer, came and stood at the altar. He was given much incense to offer, with the prayers of all the saints, on the golden altar before the throne. 4 The smoke of the incense, together with the prayers of the saints, went up before God from the angel's hand. 5 Then the angel took the censer, filled it with fire from the altar, and hurled it on the Earth; and there came peals of thunder, rumblings, flashes of lightning and an earthquake. 6 Then the seven angels who had the seven trumpets prepared to sound them.

After the 7th chapter explanation, we pick up the chronological narrative again with the 7th seal. This seal brings a short pause in the action while the prayers of the set-apart-ones are heard. Afterwards, an angel in heaven hurls fire from the altar at Earth to cause thunder and shaking there. This is interesting considering that the 1st and 2nd trumpets which follow next picture objects hitting the Earth. It seems that, were it not for the actions of this angel, Planet X would pass without anything hitting us and with much less trouble. This points to the fact that God wants this to happen, and is even directing it to bring certain effects (which are needed to make the Great Tribulation possible, as we shall see).

Although this seal may seem completely allegorical, there is reason to believe it will be fulfilled literally. In 2002, three asteroids passed by Earth, each progressively closer to hitting Earth than the last. An asteroid on January 7 missed us by a little over 8 hours. The next, on March 8, missed us by 4.5 hours. Then on June 14 an asteroid missed the Earth by about one hour! The whole series appeared as warning shots across the bow from God to those paying attention (with “eyes to see and ears to hear”). But, even more interesting is that the first two of the asteroids came towards the Earth out of constellations that picture altars—Libra and Ara—the altars of sacrifice and wrath respectively. From this we can see that the 7th seal can be literally fulfilled by having the meteorites and the asteroid that comprise the 1st and 2nd trumpets coming at us from one of these two possible altar constellations! (It is discoveries like this that have made me more and more convinced that everything mentioned in Revelation has a literal fulfillment, rather than figurative meaning only.)

After writing the above paragraph, I later discovered that Zecharia Stichin in Genesis Revisited, Book Seven of The Earth Chronicles series, wrote that PX is coming from Libra:

....By concluding that the inclination of Planet X might be as high as 30 degrees, modern astronomers corroborate Sumerian astronomical data.

So does the most recent determination that the planet is orbiting toward us from the southeast, the direction of the constellation Centaurus. Nowadays we see there the zodiac constellation Libra; but in Babylonian/biblical times that was the place of Sagittarius....

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

6th Seal through 4th Trumpet

So once again, information coming out about PX fits Revelation, as literally read, exactly.

This pause before the angel throws the fire at Earth appears to fit the time we just read about when the winds are held back until after the 144,000 are sealed. In fact, there is a real connection. The mention here of “thunder, rumblings, lightning and earthquake” is very reminiscent of the day of the giving of the Torah at Mt. Sinai. It is also possible that the Torah was given on the day of Pentecost. We will see later evidence that the sealing of the 144,000 happens on the day of Pentecost as well, just ahead of the unleashing of the global winds and the four trumpets of Revelation 8.

Let's recap before we go on. The 6th seal describes what happens apparently as PX makes its closest passage to us leaving debris in our path and what happens when we begin to encounter the debris. The pause of the 7th seal is a momentary lull probably when the 144,000 are sealed before the global winds rip and any big impacts happen. Next, we will see that the first four trumpets describe what happens when Earth then passes completely through the worst of PX's debris field and is impacted by many meteorites including one the size of a mountain.

1st Trumpet — Severe Hail of Meteorites From PX's Debris Field

Revelation 8:7 (HRV) — The first angel sounded his trumpet, and there came hail and fire mixed with water, and it was hurled down upon the Earth. A third of the Earth was burned, a third of the trees were burned, and all the grass of the Earth was burned.

Although hail usually means frozen droplets of water that reach Earth, this choice of word seems to come from a limitation of the original language Revelation was written in. There is no word for “meteorite” in the Biblical vocabulary (and “brimstone” refers to burning sulfur, a specific means of divine retribution). It appears that when “hail” is associated with “fire”, it must be talking about rocky hail, or meteorites, not ice hail. It makes no sense that grass and forest fires over all the Earth would follow icy hail, but makes perfect sense after a worldwide flurry of burning meteorites.

Rocks and ice are expected to be associated with PX. It is said that when PX travels through our solar system, it drags these materials behind it from the asteroid belt. PX watchers expect that we will pass through its tail and encounter these objects.

2nd Trumpet — Mountain-Sized Piece of PX's Tail Hits the Ocean

Revelation 8:8-9 (NIV) — 8 The second angel sounded his trumpet, and something like a huge mountain, all ablaze, was thrown into the sea. A third of the sea turned into blood, 9 a third of the living creatures in the sea died, and a third of the ships were destroyed.

A mountain burning with fire hitting the ocean is a great description of a several kilometer-sized asteroid glowing as it enters Earth's atmosphere and then impacting the most likely place for it to hit: the ocean. In fact, asteroids are commonly described as “mountains in space” by astronomers. The result of the impact described in verse 8 fits scientific models created at several universities in recent years. According to studies conducted at the University of California, an asteroid of this size would be so hot by the time it hit the ocean that it would make a large part of the ocean water anoxic (oxygen deficient) by simply boiling the oxygen out of a large area of the sea. Sea temperature would rise dramatically and the hot water would kill billions of sea creatures in a very large radius. The warmed, anoxic water resulting from the impact would also provide a perfect environment for the growth of red algae or what is known as red tide. Here blood may be describing the appearance of red algae, which thrives in oxygen deficient water.

However, turning waters to blood is a Hebraic figure of speech found in the Torah. John, the writer of Revelation was of course himself a Hebrew and well acquainted with the Torah. If you study Exodus 7:17, Psalm

78:44 and Psalm 105:29 you can see that in Hebrew “turning waters to blood” is an idiom for turning waters deadly so that they are undrinkable and inhospitable to all marine all fish, rather than meaning the waters turn to literal red blood.

The destruction of one third of the ships is explainable by the giant tidal waves created that would move for hundreds of miles in every direction until they strike the seaports of distant coasts.

3rd Trumpet — Waters Polluted From Wormwood's Debris

Revelation 8:10-11 (NIV) — 10 The third angel sounded his trumpet, and a great star, blazing like a torch, fell from the

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 3: Planet X in the Book of Revelation

sky on a third of the rivers and on the springs of water-- 11 the name of the star is Wormwood. A third of the waters turned bitter, and many people died from the waters that had become bitter

Without knowledge of PX, this trumpet is very difficult to understand. We saw in the previous trumpet a very clear description of an asteroid entering Earth's atmosphere and falling into the sea. Here we have something that at first sounds like another impact, this time not in the ocean but on the land. Yet this is not described in the clearest manner it could be. Oddly, the great star is said to fall from the heavens upon “the rivers and springs of water.” That cannot be describing a second asteroid hitting the Earth because it is impossible for a single object to impact a third of all the Earth's rivers and underground waters. It must be describing some other kind of interaction between this star and the Earth's fresh water supplies.

There is an important clue in the fact that this time it gives the object a name: “Wormwood.” Previously we have seen shooting stars described which are not really stars at all, but small rocks that when burning up in Earth's atmosphere appear as the size and brightness of stars because of proximity. Then we saw a burning object so big that it appeared mountain-sized because it too lit up in our atmosphere before a clear impact. Yet this Wormwood star is different. Although it does not pass through Earth's atmosphere and make impact, it is still said to be a “star burning like a torch.” This sounds at last like a real illuminated star near Earth. That conclusion is reinforced by it having a meaningful name, just as major bodies like stars, planets and comets are given. Planet X is said to be a brown or red dwarf, which would fit this description. So Planet X turns out to not be a planet according to the classical definition of a planet as a nonluminous body. According to the Bible, it is a bright star.

So how does a passing star affect only the rivers and underground waters? There seem to be a few possibilities. One possibility is that passage through its tail would bring toxic substances like cyanide into our water supplies. Another is that the polar shift or crustal waves it causes break up the springs and dirty the rivers. Another possible explanation, as we saw recently with the Sumatra Earthquake, is that the sheer number of dead rotting bodies contaminate the waters. Therefore, by saying it “falls on the springs and rivers,” it may be indicating that it influences or affects them not by direct contact.

What About The Chernobyl Interpretation?

It should be mentioned that the most popular interpretation of “Wormwood” is that it refers to the Chernobyl reactor leak of 1986. Up until a few years before hearing about Planet X, this was the best explanation I could find as well. However, the 3rd trumpet literally describes a “star” or a body in space with a proper name, not a man-made effect from here on earth. It is also hard to explain how nuclear fallout would only contaminate the rivers and springs and not all the air and land too. Finally, unlike a literal passing star, a nuclear reactor leak does not fit in with the surrounding trumpets, all describing cosmic disturbances and catastrophes on earth.

PX is so compelling as an explanation because it explains the entire progression of the four trumpets cohesively, naturally and literally, whereas Wormwood being nuclear war/fallout is an allegorical interpretation which leaves you unable to explain the other three trumpets literally (not to mention the 6th and 7th seals which PX explains quite literally). You are forced to find allegorical meanings for them as well, such as saying the obvious burning meteorites of the 1st trumpet are nuclear missiles, etc. These answers were good attempts in the times before PX consciousness arrived, but now look forced by comparison.

4th Trumpet — Sky Darkened From Fires, PX Debris, Volcanic Ash

Revelation 8:12 — Then the fourth angel sounded: And a third of the Sun was struck, a third of the Moon, and a third of the stars, so that a third of them were darkened. A third of the day did not shine, and likewise the night.

Some take this trumpet to mean that after everything that has happened, the Earth will be spinning one third faster thereby decreasing the shining of the day and night by one third. While it is certainly possible and likely that the movement of the Earth will be different after PX passes (even necessitating a new calendar—Dan 7:25), this is probably referring to something else. If a shorter day period is the intended meaning here, then there is no need to mention the light sources. It could simply have stated that the day was shorter, not that the day and night were darkened. Instead, the description goes to pains to list each possible source of light and how they all darken by the same amount. Therefore, the most logical explanation would be something in the air will be blocking the light then. Particulate in our atmosphere could obscure light in this way as cloud cover does.

This particulate can come from several sources. The smoke of the worldwide grass and forest fires in the 1st trumpet alone would be enough to darken the skies, just as Kuwait's burning oil wells did during Operation Desert

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

6th Seal through 4th Trumpet

Storm. The material from PX's tail could contribute (as it seems to in causing the sky to depart like a scroll in the 6th seal, perhaps to a lesser degree days later). Finally, airborne ash from volcanic eruptions has historically darkened the skies and lowered global temperatures. Volcanism would be extremely heightened both from PX's gravity and from the 2nd trumpet impact on Earth.

In its June 1989 edition, National Geographic featured an impressive article entitled “Extinctions,” which detailed the findings of scientists studying the effects of ancient asteroid impacts. It predicts a darkened sky after an asteroid impact and worldwide fires exactly as the 1st trumpet 2nd trumpets portray. The article described the following scenario on page 686:

Giant meteorite strikes Earth, setting the planet afire. Volcanoes erupt, tsunamis crash into the continents. The sky grows dark for months, perhaps years. Unable to cope with the catastrophic changes in climate, countless species are wiped off the face of the planet.

The article poses that great fires resulting from an asteroid would destroy crops, trees and vegetation. Worse than that, windstorms created by the fires would destroy buildings hundreds of miles from the impact. Dust and smoke from the fires spread by the jet stream would block much of the Sun’s light, thus altering the world’s climate and the chances of human survival.

The Account of Planet X's Effects Ends

—And So Does “The World As We Know It”

To sum up, from the 6th seal to the 4th trumpet we had a pretty linear account of the direct effects (earthquakes, dust, meteor shower, impacts, fires, destruction) and possibly only secondary effects (waters poisoned, darkened skies) from PX's near passage.

Now just imagine how horrible things will be at this point. Once the smoke clears, no doubt everyone will have to come to grips with the fact that the world's infrastructure is in ruins. Probably billions homeless (if that many are still alive) thanks to the winds, fires, hail and quakes. Roofs will be like Swiss cheese. Communications Out with satellites and telephone lines knocked down. No Electricity: If you still have a home, the lights will be out as certainly the power lines will be hit by meteorites, burned by the fires, knocked down by the earthquakes, or blown away by the winds. No Running Water: All the pipes are underground and vulnerable to the quakes and crustal shifts. In addition, you need power to clean the water and pump it through the pipes that are left intact.

Travel Troubles: Few roads, highways, overpasses, bridges, ramps, rails, docks and runways will be left untouched. Most if not all will be damaged to some degree, either broken, cracked, or completely destroyed, making travel difficult or impossible in places. Deliveries of gas to gas stations will be disrupted.

Famine: More importantly, this also makes delivery of the remaining undamaged food supplies hard to distribute to the supermarkets (which only have a few days of inventory on the shelves). With that and the fact that crops in the fields and orchards for the coming harvest are tremendously damaged from the hail and fires, worldwide famines seem like a sure bet (prophesied in Mt 24:7).

Unrest, Rioting, Looting, and Chaos: It always follows. When human beings are under enough stress, their true selfish nature comes out. To compare this to recent disasters, the 2004 Sumatra “QuakeWave” disaster or 2005 flooding of New Orleans are probably closest. Just as New Orleans no longer functioned as a city but was a toxic mess that had to be temporarily abandoned, no doubt people will have to abandon their cities to find food and safety from the chaos and violence after Wormwood. However, Sumatra and New Orleans had hope in the fact that the rest of the world was OK and could marshal relief efforts. Wormwood's disaster will be much different as every city and country will be busy dealing with their own problems. The resulting chaos and pandemonium will be unimaginable. Armed gangs will be able to loot mostly unopposed.

Imagine Half of Today's 6.5 Billion Population Gone

To fully comprehend how bad what is coming will be, we must consider the potential cost in human life. Understand that we can only speculate on this question as there are no human casualty figures given for any events prior to the 6th trumpet war (where we're told one third of the remaining population dies in a war waged by the Antichrist). However, there is a period of approximately nine months from when Wormwood's passage begins

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 3: Planet X in the Book of Revelation

(early summer) until when the Beast rises to lead the world out of the crisis in the following spring (see the Revelation Roadmap for explanation). I believe that at least half of the current world population of 6.5 billion will have died during those nine months. Here's why:

Just consider the cumulative global impact of each seal and trumpet that Wormwood causes. Fires, cold, toxic waters, famine and chaos will be everywhere on earth for months. Consider how ill-prepared and “soft” the mostly urban world population is today for living without infrastructure delivering their food, water, heat, clothes and security to them. The casualties from the human factor after Wormwood is gone could easily be greater than the casualties during the earthquakes, deep impacts, rain of meteorites, and tsunamis from Mother Nature. If it takes the Antichrist nine months to take control, I think the population won't be anywhere near six billion anymore. Either way, one thing is clear: no matter how light the casualties turn out to be, the human spirit of those who are left will be crushed and ready to accept help from anyone under any conditions just to have some food, peace and security again.

5th Trumpet

For the survivors, it will literally be the end of the world as we know it—until the “New World Order” arrives to replace it with Hell on Earth as many Bible prophecies describe. Indeed, the 5th trumpet does not continue with more detail of PX devastation, but begins a new subject. This is signaled to us by the last verse of Revelation 8 prior to the 5th trumpet:

Revelation 8:13 (NIV) — As I watched, I heard an eagle that was flying in midair call out in a loud voice: "Woe! Woe! Woe to the inhabitants of the earth, because of the trumpet blasts about to be sounded by the other three angels!"

The 5th trumpet must be something even more serious to merit such a break in the action in order to give a special warning that even PX's terribly devastating and deadly passage did not have. With the 4th trumpet, the account of the direct and indirect devastation from Wormwood ended. With the 5th trumpet, we come to the purpose for all of this being allowed to happen:

Revelation 9:1-3 (NIV) — 1 The fifth angel sounded his trumpet, and I saw a star that had fallen from the sky to the earth. The star was given the key to the shaft of the Abyss. 2 When he opened the Abyss, smoke rose from it like the smoke from a gigantic furnace....

Revelation 12:7-14 (NIV) — 7 And there was war in heaven. Michael and his angels fought against the dragon, and the dragon and his angels fought back. 8 But he was not strong enough, and they lost their place in heaven. 9 The great dragon was hurled down--that ancient serpent called the devil, or Satan, who leads the whole world astray. He was hurled to the

Earth, and his angels with him.10 the accuser of our brothers, who accuses them before our God day and night, has been hurled down. ... 12 ...woe to the Earth and the sea, because the devil has gone down to you! He is filled with fury, because he knows that his time is short." 13 When the dragon saw that he had been hurled to the Earth, he pursued the woman who had given birth to the male child.14 The woman was given the two wings of a great eagle, so that she might fly to the place prepared for her in the desert, where she would be taken care of for a time, times and half a time, out of the serpent's reach.

Daniel 12:1 — And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.

Revelation 13:4-16 — 4 And they worshiped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshiped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? who is able to make war with him? 5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months. 6 And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. 7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. 8 And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. 9 If any man have an ear, let him hear. 10 He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.... 16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: 17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

5th Trumpet 43

God now bars Satan from Heaven and releases him to execute his anger on Earth for a short time of great trouble—the Great Tribulation. What makes it so bad? For the past 6000 years, Satan has deceived the whole world and silently controlled all the governments and institutions. Yet there has been tolerance national sovereignty and for biblical faiths. But during the Great Tribulation, Satan will openly rule and enslave the entire Earth with a single world government. He will finally get away with requiring the worship of its ruler as god with zero tolerance for the biblical faith (or any other). Those who refuse this idolatry and are not either part of the 144,000 or part of “the Woman” of Revelation 12 hiding at “the place in the wilderness” (more on that later) will be put to death.

There is much more evidence that could be brought forth to show that the 5th trumpet is the start of the Great Tribulation (rather than the 1st seal as is often taught). A fuller discussion of the timing of Great Tribulation is found in the Revelation Roadmap . Hopefully, the reader can already see that this interpretation fits as well or better than the common teaching. This should be enough to show for our purposes here at least that after Planet X passes, the 5th trumpet begins a great time of trouble under the direction of Satan.

How and How Many Times Will Planet X Pass Us?

Planet X websites give conflicting ideas for what direction PX approaches and passes the Earth, and even how many times it does so. Some say it passes between the Earth and the Sun. Others say it comes from below and passes under and then over us. The clues in the Bible make it easy to get a good idea on how it will actually happen.

It is obvious we will be encountering PX's debris field. The question is, will the debris field come to us as it passes or will we come to it by running through what is left of it in our normal path? The latter must be the case since getting that close to PX would no doubt tear the earth apart.

So, if we are going to encounter the debris field, it would have to be left ahead of us. This would mean that PX intersects our orbit from either below the ecliptic or above at only one point. If that point is ahead of us in our orbit, then it is impossible for it also to pass between the earth and sun by intersecting at another point.

As stated earlier, there is a good indication that it will indeed be coming from beneath the ecliptic because of the mention of the altar in Revelation 7, which could refer to one of two altar constellations in the Southern Hemisphere. So Planet X according to the Bible is probably coming from the Southern Hemisphere and intersecting our orbital path in front of us some distance out.

Coming Literal 360 Day Calendar Confirms

There is an interesting confirmation of this from Revelation and Daniel. Those who have studied the Great Tribulation know that its duration is given three different ways: 3½ years (Dan 7:25; Rev 12:14), 42 months (Rev 11:2; 13:5), and 1260 days (Rev 11:3). In other words, 3.5 years = 42 months = 360 days, or a calendar on which a year is exactly 12 months and a month is exactly 30 days. Most people reading that do not see how it could literally be true in this world, so they look for some other, non-literal explanation, such as it being some kind of “prophetic calendar.”

In doing so, they are forgetting that our Bible declares we were on a 360/30 calendar once before. The Book of Genesis records that Noah endured the flood for 150 days or exactly 5 months to the day (Gen 7:11, 24; 8:3-4). 150 days divided by 5 months = 30 days a month x 12 months = 360 days. But not only the Bible, many ancient cultures used the same type of 360 day calendar until things changed in around the 8th century BCE. According to Chuck Missler 23 this change was brought on by a close flyby from Mars, which used to have a 720 day orbit bringing it close to Earth twice per year (the “Ides of March” was one of them). If you have ever wondered why we have 360 degrees in a circle and not 365, perhaps now it makes sense to you. When that concept of degrees in a circle was invented, the evidence suggests that there literally were 360 days in Earth's circular orbit to model it after!

The same type of calender change will happen again if PX passes close and in front of the Earth as predicted above. A large body passing in front of the Earth would give Earth a net orbital energy gain, causing it to orbit faster, thereby shortening the year by the prophesied 5¼ days down to 360 days. Likewise the length of the lunar month would increase. The moon would have more angular distance to travel to arrive at the New Moon position in conjunction with the Earth and the Sun each month, from 29½ currently up to 30 exactly! (See

23 www.khouse.org/6640/BP047/

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 3: Planet X in the Book of Revelation

www.direct.ca/trinity/360vs365.html for details.)

Perhaps this is what is meant by the Beast, “seeking to change times and seasons.” Prof. James McCanney says that the calendar will have to be recalibrated if PX passes in front of us, and the King of the World will be the one to institute it officially for all citizens as part of his complete solution to fix the world.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 4:

How to Understand Prophecy and its Survival Instructions

As dark as the scenario is that the previous chapters painted, we can take hope in knowing that both science and Scripture agree that there will be survivors. The question, of course, is how to make sure that you are among them? In life, those who are best prepared for challenges tend to be best able to overcome them. But how does one even begin to prepare for a global catastrophe?

If you research PX on the Internet, you will discover that people are preparing by building underground shelters and dome houses and moving to high ground or various spots on Earth considered better for surviving the tidal and crustal waves. Yet, does anyone know for sure in advance which places on Earth will turn out to be safe from everything? Or whether their underground shelter or dome will hold up? Or how much food they will need to outlast the famine? Or whether you will be able to prevent others who are stronger than you from taking any of these things away from you? Of course, the answer is obviously no to all. Yet, because they assume this is the best they can do when facing a difficult situation with a lot of unknowns, they make the best preparations they can as guided by limited knowledge and just “hope for the best.”

But, is this really the best we can do? Is there another approach other than relying on our own finite understanding and our own limited ability? What if we could find out in advance what to do from someone who knows the future and how to solve any problem? Clearly, that would be the ideal source to rely on for our survival.

God's Word is such a source. If we are familiar with the Scripture, then we know that God always takes care of his faithful servants in times of trouble. Has God changed in this aspect? He has already assured us on this question:

Malachi 3:6 — "I, YHWH, do not change. So you, O descendants of Jacob, are not destroyed.”

Thus, God must have a plan to deliver his servants from the Planet X catastrophe just as he helped Noah and others through other catastrophes. We will see later that Scripture does indeed record his plans to preserve his servants through Planet X, and beyond. There is no need to trust in our own unreliable strength and limited understanding when God has already recorded and preserved his survival plan down to this last generation of the age.

If I Trust God, Why Do I Need To Do Anything?

This chapter's subtitle may sound strange to some Christian readers. Many seem to believe that all they need to do is trust God, keep sharing the “gospel of Jesus Christ” with everyone they meet, and God will take care of the rest. But, is this paradigm of faith without follow up action really scriptural?

Scripture teaches that God expects a different response from his servants when he provides a warning of judgment or other trouble coming. God expects us to respond to the warning by following its associated instructions. The stories of Noah, Lot and Joseph are very illustrative of this fact. When Noah was warned 120 years in advance of the global flood, was he miraculously given gills or was he instructed to build a ship? When Lot was warned the day before Sodom was burned with brimstone, did the angel hand him flame-retardant pajamas so he could stay and witness to the Sodomites or was he instructed to leave his home behind and move out of Sodom immediately?

Now, when Joseph was warned by Pharaoh's dream about the seven years of famine coming in seven years, no angel had to come to instruct him on what to do about the warning. Since the dream also foretold seven years of plenty before the famine, it was obvious to someone familiar with how God works from the above stories that the next seven years of plenty were Egypt's “Noah's ark” for weathering the following seven years. Joseph also knew that it would be disastrous to just “trust in God” instead of implementing the escape plan which the advance warning from God implied.

We should see the similarity between Joseph's situation and ours. Like him, we have the stories of God's dealings with man preserved and known to us—everyone who wants a copy of the Bible can own one and become very familiar with it. Also like him, we have a warning about future trouble. In his case, nothing was written already about the famine, so the warning had to come directly to him. In our case, we have the Bible, almost one third of which is prophecy (called “the Prophets”). Most of this prophecy is unfulfilled and pertains to events

Chapter 4: How to Understand Prophecy and its Survival Instructions

unfolding in the last seven years of this age. These writings even declare that they were given to “warn God's servants about what must soon come to pass” (Rev 1:1) As we saw in the last chapter, one of the things that The Prophets warned will soon come to pass perfectly fits the secular expectations of PX. Therefore, if we are also wise like Joseph was, we should do as he did by responding to the warnings with appropriate action.

Ignoring Prophecy

Hopefully, we are beginning to see that prophecy is important in our walk with God and that he expects us to study it in order to know what to do. Yet, Christians are not taught typically to study prophecy, and are even told it is a distraction from “more important” areas of study or ministry activities, for various reasons.

One common reason for this is that they are taught they will be safe in heaven due to a pre-tribulation rapture before the bad stuff happens. Others teach that this understanding does not fit the natural, sequential timeline of Revelation. Indeed, there are good people on both sides of the argument. But since this could be a matter of life or death, would it not be prudent to find out for sure now by studying all the prophecies we were given?

Another common line of reasoning taught is that “'no man knows the day or hour' anyway, so why bother trying to understand prophecy?” However, as covered earlier, this idea misunderstands Jesus' statement in Mk 13:32 given to tell us timing information regarding when the angels would be gathering us to him, and then tries to misapply this artificial limitation to all prophecies. The Hebraic audience Jesus was speaking to understood that he was alluding to our gathering on the Feast of Trumpets.

Further, if you look at the rest of the verse you will read, “...knoweth no man, no not the angels which are in heaven, neither the son, but the Father.” This is another idiom. It is only meaningful to the Hebraic audience who instantly recognized it as a reference to a particular day in the customary marriage process. This is the day when the groom, after leaving his bride and promising to return after preparing a place for her (Jn 14:2-3), finally is told by his father that the place is suitable and he may now bring her (Rev 21:9). Thus the two parts of this verse, read in their correct textual and cultural context, are simply hinting that our gathering will happen on some future Feast of Trumpets! This verse does not apply to any other prophetic event, nor does it limit us from knowing the year and month of the 7th trumpet either (remember, according to the Books of Daniel and Revelation, once the Great Tribulation starts we will have 1260 days, 42 months, or 3½ years until it ends at the 7th trumpet).

Adding to the above misconceptions, there is the very real issue of so many well-known failed predictions based on Bible prophecy causing people to shy away from study of the prophecies. Most of us can state that we have never witnessed a prophetic prediction succeed. This gives the impression that it is futile and foolish to even try to use unfulfilled prophecy predictively. In other words, it appears obvious to the casual observer that prophecy is useful only in hindsight after it is fulfilled, not for foresight.

Yet, does the failure of so many predictions alone prove that Bible prophecy is not to be used as a guide? Just because it seems that every expectation about the fulfillment of prophecy so far has failed, does this mean that they always will and that using prophecy predictively is inherently wrong? Could there be other reasons for the failures indicating that the fault does not lie in the predictive use of prophecy at all? As covered in the Introduction , the reason is that the prophecies were sealed until the End Times when people would possess the right knowledge and wisdom to make sense of them at last.

The Wise Will Understand

Assuming that we are now in the End Times when the prophecies can be understood by the wise, who then are “the wise” of Daniel 12? In Scripture, the wise are not just those with a lot of general learning and understanding behind them. When Scripture talks about wisdom, it means a specific kind of learning. If you read through the Torah or Psalms and Proverbs (also called the Wisdom Literature), you will find the wise literally and clearly defined. Just a few examples will illustrate this:

Psalm 19:7-11 — 7 The Torah of YHWH is perfect, converting the soul: the testimony of YHWH is sure, making wise the simple. 8 The statutes of YHWH are right, rejoicing the heart: the commandment of YHWH is pure, enlightening the eyes. 9 The fear of YHWH is clean, enduring for ever: the judgments of YHWH are true and righteous altogether. 10 More to be desired are they than gold, yea, than much fine gold: sweeter also than honey and the honeycomb. 11 Moreover by them is thy servant warned: and in keeping of them there is great reward.

Deuteronomy 4:5-6 — 5 Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments ... 6 Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

The Wise Will Understand

great nation is a wise and understanding people. Proverbs 13:14 — The Torah of the wise is a fountain of life, to depart from the snares of death.

Here, in typical Hebrew parallelism, Psalm 19 equates Torah with the testimonies, statutes, commandments, and judgments of God contained in the first five books of the Bible, just as the Torah itself describes as its contents. Then it plainly says that this along with fear of God (Ps 111:10, Pr 1:7) makes the simple wise. A major message of the Wisdom Literature is that the wise are those who fear (revere, respect) God, and meditate on his Torah. Notice also how David even says that we are “warned” and “rewarded” by keeping them.

Thus, Daniel 12, as interpreted by the Bible, is saying that if you want to have proper understanding of the Prophets, then you should fear God (not men) and study the Torah.

I can testify to the accuracy of this interpretation. I am convinced that our understanding of the mysteries of Scripture depends on studying and applying the wisdom of God (which differs from how we receive eternal life, through trusting God—Gen 15:6). When my wife and I began doing so on Sabbath and the holy days, the Bible started to make sense in a way that it never did before. We could understand things that always puzzled us. Our understanding was blessed. Best of all, we developed a love for reading, studying and discussing the Bible that we never had when going to Sunday Church, no doubt because for once reading the Bible produced excitement rather than frustration.

Expected To Study The Prophets

Between the coverage in the Introduction and this chapter, you should now understand the prerequisites to understanding prophecy. Yet knowing these things will do no good if there still is no desire to apply them. As mentioned earlier, many have no desire to study prophecy due to a belief that it is a bad distraction from where we are supposed to be spending our time in the Bible. But, if we look again at Jesus' admonition about escaping End Times events, we will begin to see how mistaken this is.

Luke 21:35-36 — 35 for as a snare it shall come on all those dwelling on the face of all the land, 36 watch ye, then, in every season, praying that ye may have the strength to escape all these things that are about to come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man.'

We are told that what is coming will fall like a snare for those dwelling on the surface of the Earth. A successful snare is not usually seen before it is sprung. Unless, of course, those for whom it has been set have been warned of it and now know what to look out for. However, you cannot “watch” or “stay alert” for something that you do not know about. Therefore, Jesus' command to watch presupposes that we know exactly what to be watching for. You simply cannot know this without reading and understanding the writings of all The Prophets, including Jesus himself, “the prophet like unto Moses” (Dt 18:18). Peter reinforces this need to know the Prophets.

2 Peter 3:1-4,8-9 (NIV) — 1 Dear friends, this is now my second letter to you. I have written both of them as reminders to stimulate you to wholesome thinking. 2 I want you to recall the words spoken in the past by the holy prophets and the command given by our Lord and Savior through your apostles. 3 First of all, you must understand that in the last days scoffers will come, scoffing and following their own evil desires. 4 They will say, "Where is this 'coming' he promised? Ever since our fathers died, everything goes on as it has since the beginning of creation." ...8 But,... 9 ...The Lord is not slow in keeping his promise, as some understand slowness...

Peter clearly assumed we were familiar with the Prophets too, as the command to “remember” requires that you are already well familiar with something. It is also very interesting to note that he commanded this in response to an attitude he predicted would come in the last days. Believers would become tired of waiting for the second coming of Messiah.

Perhaps you have assumed that this passage referred to the world. But, does the world speak about “the creation,” or refer to the Messiah's “promises?” This is not the world speaking. It refers to people who confess belief in Messiah, yet act essentially no differently than the world around them (following one's own evil desires is something that comes naturally to everyone, but only God's servants have the knowledge and trust to follow his way consistently, even in the most difficult circumstances). These scoffing believers imply that Jesus' coming is of no concern for their lifetime.

If you still doubt whether these are believers, then notice that Jesus also warned of exactly this kind of thing happening to believers in his Parable of the Watchful Servants:

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 4: How to Understand Prophecy and its Survival Instructions

Luke 12:36-37,45-48 — 36 And ye yourselves like unto men that wait for their lord, when he will return from the wedding; that when he cometh and knocketh, they may open unto him immediately. 37 Blessed are those servants, whom the lord when he cometh shall find watching ... 45 But and if that servant say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming; and shall begin to beat the menservants and maidens, and to eat and drink, and to be drunken; 46 The lord of that servant will come in a day when he looketh not for him, and at an hour when he is not aware, and will cut him in sunder, and will appoint him his portion with the unbelievers. 47 And that servant, which knew his lord's will, and prepared not himself, neither did according to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes.

Unwatchful, Wicked Believers in the Last Days

We just read how both Jesus and Peter warned that believers would begin to scoff about unfulfilled prophecy and live like the world, instead of remembering what the Prophets said. Peter said this would happen in the “last days” and Jesus taught through the parable that he would actually return at the time when this lack of watchfulness among believers was going on—bringing punishment for those that were not watching, not prepared, and not living according to his will.

But, who could this group be? Frankly, there is only one group that fits. These unwatchful attitudes that Jesus and Peter spoke of mirror the general Christian indifference towards unfulfilled prophecy we covered above. Yet, they also clearly said that these believers would be acting wickedly and following their evil desires, too. Does this fit Christianity today? You have to admit, yes, if you honestly consider just the churches in America. Consider the scandals among its leaders, their divorce rate oftentimes higher than the world around them, the materialism, and the disappointing behavior of its followers. Such behavioral black eyes are familiar to all of us who have learned the hard way to be extra careful in our dealings with those strangers we meet who proclaim “I'm a Christian” to us.

This may sound like an unfair assessment based on isolated bad examples—until you remember the followers of Jesus were not supposed to be anything like this, and were not so in the beginning. It is one thing for the world to have this example who are expected to let their evil desires lead them generally. But, those who claim to follow the Messiah were to be a “light” among darkness—not just more darkness. If we go back to the example of the first assembly in Jerusalem described in Acts, we see how it is supposed to be. Instead of the commonly hypocritical reputation that Christians carry today, the original Hebraic followers back then “had favor with all the people” (Acts 2:47).

Laodicean Church Today

In fact, the churches of America are a clear fulfillment of another prophecy about believers in the last days. The prophetic message to the seventh and final era of believers to exist before the Messiah's Second Coming describes exactly the same spiritual condition (Rev 3:14-19). These Laodiceans say that they are rich, have many things, and lack nothing. Prosperity certainly distinguishes American Christians from the rest of the world where believers are poorer and often persecuted. Yet the Messiah tells them his spiritual assessment: in reality, they are lukewarm, wretched, pitiful, poor, blind and naked.

Each of these terms has a meaning clearly defined elsewhere in the Bible. Of special interest to us are the terms “blind” and “naked.” You are considered blind if you do not have the spiritual understanding of God's word, which we learned comes when we fear God and keep his commandments. You are considered naked if you do not have righteous works (Rev 19:8). Righteous works towards God and man are not up for us to decide in our own eyes, but have been defined for us by God in his Word (Mt 22:35-40).

Wickedness Prevents Understanding of Prophecy

If you are a Christian (and still reading!) then let me reassure you that my goal in covering all the above is not to put you down. On the contrary, up until 1999 when I moved out of America and studied on my own instead of going to church, I was a nominal Christian myself. Therefore, I know exactly what Christians typically have to learn (and unlearn) before they can see the study of unfulfilled prophecy in a proper light. And without having covered these things, most of my audience would have little chance of understanding the End Times plan. It will do you little good to be told something that you are unable to understand or believe because you did not realize you did not have the scriptural prerequisites for understanding it.

Let me restate that Daniel was specifically told that his writings were sealed until the end times when “none of the wicked shall understand but the wise shall understand.” Clearly, we had better be sure we are neither wicked nor unwise if we want to understand these important prophecies. We already saw in the Wisdom Literature that the

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Wickedness Prevents Understanding of Prophecy

wise are those who revere God and follow his commandments. If the wicked are the opposite of the wise, one would expect the wicked to be those who do not both revere God and follow his commandments. This is exactly what the Wisdom Literature declares about the wicked:

Psalm 36:1 — The transgression of the wicked saith within my heart, that there is no fear of God before his eyes. Psalm 119:53 — Indignation grips me because of the wicked, who have forsaken your Torah.

Clearly, God will not unveil his prophecies of the future to those who do not follow his ways. But, neither would the disobedient believe or accept the true message of the Prophets if it were to be explained to them. Just as the Laodiceans were told, a spiritual blindness comes from sin that prevents understanding of God's secrets until repentance and obedience are restored. This is why Jesus counseled the “blind” Laodiceans “to repent” (Rev 3:19).

The Book of Revelation also indicates that those who would understand its message would go beyond the nominal Christian standard of professing belief in Jesus. Notice that the resurrected and glorified Jesus said that his revelation was only for God's “slaves” (Rev 1:1, HCSB). A slave does the will of the one he serves. Now recall how we earlier read in Revelation 7 that God's 144,000 Firstfruit “slaves” are to be sealed on their foreheads. But, we never covered who these slaves are. In Revelation 14 and 12 we find additional details about them and the Woman:

Revelation 14:12 — here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.Revelation 12:17 (HCSB) — So the dragon was furious with the woman and left to wage war against the rest of heroffspring—those who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony about Jesus.

These righteous and mature protected saints have the faith or testimony of Jesus and keep God's commandments. This may sound odd to Christians who believe that the commandments (of the Law) were done away except for the single great commandment to love your neighbor as yourself. Meanwhile there are the Messianic or Hebrew Roots Christians who believe that the entire Torah is to be followed today and that these verses are therefore obviously referring to these saints keeping Torah. So, who is right and which “commandments of God” (plural) is Revelation referring to the End Times slaves of God keeping?

Which Commandments of God Today To Keep?

As is often the case, the answer to this question lies somewhere in the middle of what the opposite sides of the debate believe. First, it is easy to show that as Christians rightly understand, the Torah does not apply to anyone today (however, not for the reasons they think).

No Torah Today, But Later,Yes

Christians believe that the “impossible-to-keep” Torah was fulfilled by Jesus and done away forever at Calvary. However, Jesus contradicted this when he said he did not come to destroy the Torah which would remain until everything in it was fulfilled, at which point the heavens and earth would also have passed (Mt 5:17-19). Further, Christians will be shocked to find out that the prophets say the whole world will be keeping the entire “obsolete” Torah during Christ's millennial reign. This includes the Sabbath (Isa 66:23), the feasts (Zech 14:16-19) and the sacrifices in a millennial temple (Eze 40-48). This occurs all under the New Covenant not made already with Gentiles, but to be made with a regathered Israel and Judah (Jer 31:31ff).

However, that is not until the Millennium. Regarding today, Acts 15 plainly says that Gentiles are not required to follow the Torah at all 24 , including not as a prerequisite to salvation as was claimed by some of the Jews then. Paul as a Jew continued to keep (and to praise) Torah while at the same time making the same distinction that Gentiles were not required (Acts 21:24,25).

Why No Torah Today – Purpose of Torah

Why are there different Torah requirements between now and the Millennium and between Jew and Gentile during the First Century? This hard question took me years to figure out. To answer it you have to properly understand the purpose of the Torah and what it entails.

The Torah was not given until Abraham's offspring became a nation for a good reason. It is almost a national constitution that shows how to apply God's ways on a national level and thereby shines the light of God to the other nations who do not know him yet (Isa 49:6). The nations were to see Israel's great wisdom and understanding

24 See www.wcg.org/lit/bible/acts/act15.htm for a very insightful explanation

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 4: How to Understand Prophecy and its Survival Instructions

and know that God was with them (Dt 4:6-7; 1Ki 10:6-9). The Torah was never given as a route to personal salvation in some alleged “Dispensation of Law” until some “Dispensation of Grace” arrived. On the contrary, the sacrifices never took away sins (Heb 10:4) and grace has always been available since Adam (Rev 13:8) The purpose of the sacrifices is (not was) to remind us of sin (Heb 10:3) which is why they will return during the Millennium. The Kingdom's subjects then will be flesh as today and still benefit from these reminders (the Kingdom's “kings and priests” will be resurrected/raptured glorified men like Jesus is). Christ did not come to end reminders, but to fulfill some (but not all) of the prophecies (Mt 5:17-19).

The Torah is an all or nothing national proposition, not a personal one. James knew this when he decided that not only was the Torah not needed for salvation, but that it was also not a requirement for Gentiles to follow for any reason (Acts 15:19). For Gentiles to keep it would be troublesome, because they would need a national organization under a prophet with priests and a temple, etc.; things they did not have. Without all these things, nobody “keeps Torah” including Israel today. James took the time to clarify it because none of this is immediately obvious when someone reads the Torah or hears “Moses preached” (Acts 15:21). His decision was to give only four requirements to the Gentiles, all of which dealt with coming out of the cultic religious practices of the culture then (not “four Torah commandments needed to join fellowship before keeping the rest”!).

Therefore, Paul and other zealous Jews kept Torah in the First Century as long as they had prophets and the temple and priesthood to enable them. Once these disappeared in 70 CE with the destruction of the temple, nobody could keep Torah nor be required to. The Torah-breaking Jews and the temple services only lasted as long as they did in the land so that when Jesus came he could fulfill everything that depended on their presence. The Old Covenant had long ago been broken by Israel and by 70 CE God had made it clear he no longer upheld it either which is exactly why the promised New Covenant must be made (Jer 31:31ff). The return since 1948 of Torah-breaking Jews to Israel once again today and the planning of a Third Temple and Levitical priesthood has nothing to do with the Old or New Covenant but everything to do with the fulfillment of more prophecy. If they were being lead back to keep Torah, there would be a prophet sent to show them how to as in every previous occasion.

But More Than Just Love Thy Neighbor As Thyself

So, if we do not have the Torah to keep, is it enough to only intend to love our neighbor as ourselves? It is true that the Bible says loving each other fulfills the whole intent of the law (Mt 7:12; 22:40; Rom 13; Gal 5). Nevertheless, it does not mean that there are no other commands to obey. James says to break one of these commands makes you guilty of them all, and he lists a few of them:

James 2:8-12 (ESV) — 8 If you really fulfill the royal law according to the Scripture, "You shall love your neighbor as yourself," you are doing well. 9 But if you show partiality, you are committing sin and are convicted by the law as transgressors. 10 For whoever keeps the whole law but fails in one point has become accountable for all of it. 11 For he who said, "Do not commit adultery," also said, "Do not murder." If you do not commit adultery but do murder, you have become a transgressor of the law. 12 So speak and so act as those who are to be judged under the law of liberty. 13 For judgment is without mercy to one who has shown no mercy. Mercy triumphs over judgment.

Jesus lists similar ones as well:

Matthew 19:17-19 (ESV) — 17...If you would enter life, keep the commandments." 18 He said to him, "Which ones?" And Jesus said, "You shall not murder, You shall not commit adultery, You shall not steal, You shall not bear false witness, 19 Honor your father and mother, and, You shall love your neighbor as yourself."

This is where it is easy to get confused again. James and Jesus mention commandments that we recognize from the Ten Commandments of the Torah. This would seem to support the Hebrew Roots idea that we are all to keep the Torah today. But, notice that only mentioned are commands that people understand already without the Torah. Either they are against the law already in all governments (murder, theft) or they are taboos in most cultures already (adultery, partiality) or values of societies (respecting parents and the elderly).

Judgment Criteria

We can confirm this in another way. If we know the reasons that God judges a nation, then we can know what his commandments are that they broke. Consider why God destroyed Sodom when God had never given them the Torah or sent a prophet to teach them his commands. When Mystery Babylon is judged, it is compared to the destruction of Sodom (Jer 50:40; Isa 13:19) and similar reasons are given there for its destruction as well. In both of these cases, it has nothing to do with Torah commandments. They are judged for behaviors that every society

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Which Commandments of God Today To Keep?

recognizes as wrong or has laws against. They murder, steal, commit adultery, bear false witness, take bribes, pervert justice, ignore the cause of the innocent, poor, fatherless and widow and are prideful (Eze 16:47-50; Rev 18:3-5, 24).

I believe this is why that Jesus left out “thou shalt not take God's name in vain” (the Third Commandment) in his list. It is not a moral standard key to gaining eternal life that anyone would know without Torah. You also will not find it in this list of commandment-breakers kept out of the New Jerusalem, even though they will all know and use God's name then:

Revelation 21:8 (ESV) — But as for the cowardly, the faithless, the detestable, as for murderers, the sexually immoral, sorcerers, idolaters, and all liars, their portion will be in the lake that burns with fire and sulfur, which is the second death."

Christian Conduct

All Christians in their heart know that they should keep all these commandments diligently. Yet, as we discussed earlier in this chapter, Christians do not uphold these minimal standards of conduct much better than the world around them. However, Jesus raised an even higher standard for us when he said that even hating someone or lusting after women made you guilty of breaking God's commands. (Thought precedes action so if you had the thought habitually then, eventually, when given the opportunity, you would act on it.) Either way, even the basic morality found in the Ten Commandments is not as a rule being kept by those who come in Jesus' name today (Mt 24:5). Another group would have to exist of whom it could finally be said they have the “faith of Jesus and keep the commandments of God”.f

The righteous Woman and the 144,000 will be that very different group. They will be overcoming those sins and striving to walk with the real integrity that won the First Century Jerusalem Congregation acclaim from all the people (Acts 2:47).

Going Beyond Minimum For Salvation On To Wisdom

Just because we are not required to and cannot keep Torah does not mean we should not study it and cannot benefit from putting its wisdom into practice. As we were discussing earlier, Scripture says we need wisdom to understand Daniel and Revelation (and by implication all the other Prophets). It explicitly says that the wicked, those who turn from God's ways, will not understand. The Torah is associated with wisdom in both the OT and NT. Therefore for this reason alone we ought to want to study the Torah (not to mention the many, many other blessings promised for its practice).

I had warned earlier that repentance would be a theme throughout this book. Christianity does not teach Biblical repentance for the obvious reason that it requires a lot more from its membership than is comfortable for most. Repentance is not primarily about what you merely believe or think. It is mainly about what you do (because of faith). In fact, the word which repentance is translated from in the Hebrew means “return.” What we are supposed to return to is following God's commandments. Many people have the right belief in the God of the Bible. But, how many are willing to require right actions of themselves even when it hurts? These are the fruits of true repentance that John the Baptist required:

Luke 3:7-14 (NIV) — 7 John said to the crowds coming out to be baptized by him, "You brood of vipers! Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? 8 Produce fruit in keeping with repentance. And do not begin to say to yourselves, 'We have Abraham as our father.' For I tell you that out of these stones God can raise up children for Abraham. 9 The ax is already at the root of the trees, and every tree that does not produce good fruit will be cut down and thrown into the fire." 10 "What should we do then?" the crowd asked. 11 John answered, "The man with two tunics should share with him who has none, and the one who has food should do the same." 12 Tax collectors also came to be baptized. "Teacher," they asked, "what should we do?" 13 "Don't collect any more than you are required to," he told them. 14 Then some soldiers asked him, "And what should we do?" He replied, "Don't extort money and don't accuse people falsely--be content with your pay."

It is important to note that John's definition of right actions of repentance were not his invention as part of some new religion he was creating (i.e. he was not the first Baptist!). Rather, his teaching summarized aspects of God's commands we covered above, also called tzedakah (often translated “righteousness”, but more accurately translated as “justice”). These are the same right actions that Nehemiah before him had to remind the “returning” Jews about (Neh 5). Jesus after him focused on them, as well (Mt 5-7).

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 4: How to Understand Prophecy and its Survival Instructions

The lack of these high standards of conduct among its members is an indictment against all Bible-based religions today. Jesus said that those who followed God's commandments and ways, as he taught them, would be recognized by their love, a quality that sets one apart in this selfish world (Jn 13:34-35).

“I Already Do All This”

If you are already diligent about adhering to the Bible's commands of right action and thought, then you are way ahead of most. But there's always something more to overcome or master. Jesus set a higher goal than mere compliance to God's relatively few commandments, along with encouragement to strive for it:

Mark 10:17-31 (HCSB) — 17 As He was setting out on a journey, a man ran up, knelt down before Him, and asked Him, “Good Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?” 18“Why do you call Me good?” Jesus asked him. “No one is good but One—God. 19 You know the commandments: Do not murder; do not commit adultery; do not steal; do not bear false witness; do not defraud; honor your father and mother.” 20 He said to Him, “Teacher, I have kept all these from my youth.” 21 Then, looking at him, Jesus loved him and said to him, “You lack one thing: Go, sell all you have and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come, follow Me.” 22 But he was stunned at this demand, and he went away grieving, because he had many possessions. 23 Jesus looked around and said to His disciples, “How hard it is for those who have wealth to enter the kingdom of God!” 24 But the disciples were astonished at His words. Again Jesus said to them, “Children, how hard it is to enter the kingdom of God! 25 It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter the kingdom of God.” 26 So they were even more astonished, saying to one another, “Then who can be saved?” 27 Looking at them, Jesus said, “With men it is impossible, but not with God, because all things are possible with God.” 28 Peter began to tell Him, “Look, we have left everything and followed You.” 29 “I assure you,” Jesus said, “there is no one who has left house, brothers or sisters, mother or father, children, or fields because of Me and the gospel, 30 who will not receive 100 times more, now at this time—houses, brothers and sisters, mothers and children, and fields, with persecutions—and eternal life in the age to come. 31 But many who are first will be last, and the last first.”

This man was very moral and obedient to God, but he had a secret sin to overcome. Money or possessions were more important to him than learning God's ways making them idols that would eventually separate him from God if he did not deal with it.

We also have our own personal addictions, obsessions, anxieties and other secret sins that amount to idols if we are not willing to give them up when required. Looking out for these issues and overcoming them daily is what repentance is all about. Jesus said doing so would be rewarded in both in this life and the next. One of the rewards is assuredly the chance to understand God's mysteries contained in Bible prophecy and once you do what Jesus said will apply to you:

Luke 10:23-24 (ESV) — 23 Then turning to the disciples he said privately, "Blessed are the eyes that see what you see! 24 For I tell you that many prophets and kings desired to see what you see, and did not see it, and to hear what you hear, and did not hear it."

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 5:

Our Instructions For Surviving Wormwood

Having covered in the last chapter the obstacles to studying, understanding and believing prophecy, we are finally ready to consider the critical things specifically said about surviving Planet X.

We learned in Chapter 3 that Planet X appears to begin troubling the Earth and its inhabitants at the 6th seal:

Revelation 6:12-14 (HRV) — 12 And I looked when he opened the sixth seal and there was a great earthquake and the Sun became black as sackcloth of hair and the whole Moon became like blood. 13 And the stars in the sky fell on the Earth, like a fig tree that casts its unripe figs when it is shaken by a mighty wind. 14 And heaven was melted as scrolls that are rolled up, and every mountain and every island were moved from their place.

If you study Revelation enough, you will learn that in most cases what we read there was already spoken about elsewhere in the Bible. Only by looking at all these parallel passages together can we understand our instructions properly. The 6th seal is no different, as we find the same cosmic events spoken of by Joel:

Joel 2:30-31 — 30 And I will shew wonders in the heavens and in the Earth, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke. 31 The Sun shall be turned into darkness, and the Moon into blood, before the great and the terrible day of YHWH come.

Joel mentions both the solar and lunar phenomenon and aptly summarizes the other astrophysical aspects of the 6th seal as “wonders in the heavens and in the Earth.” It also confirms that we are not talking about the similar events at the very end of the Tribulation when again the Sun is darkened and the Moon gives no light (Mt 24:29), but events before that when the Moon turns to blood. This is very helpful because many people confuse the 6th seal with the post-tribulation “Sun turned to darkness, Moon not giving light” signs (Mt 24:29) which Jesus explained would immediately precede his return. Yet these are different events (Moon to blood vs. Moon no light) at completely different times (6th seal vs. 6th trumpet). Now notice the next verse of Joel 2 where we are told details about surviving these events:

Joel 2:32 — And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of YHWH shall be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as YHWH hath said, and in the remnant whom YHWH shall call.

Care must be taken not to read this verse too hastily and come to the wrong conclusion. A person trained only in churches might read this verse and conclude that God delivers all who cry out to him in trouble. Meanwhile, a “sacred namer” might find reassurance here that his sincere attempts to vocalize God's name correctly will ensure his deliverance. Yet, neither of these understandings comes from a careful reading that takes into account what Scripture defines as those who “call on the name of YHWH.”

What To “Call Upon The Name of YHWH” Does Not Mean

The call upon the name of YHWH here does not refer to any one-time emergency supplication to God by just anyone. We know this because Scripture tells us that the answering of prayers for deliverance in times of trouble is something reserved for the righteous only—those who already have been diligently seeking YHWH for some time.

Psalm 34:17 — 15 The eyes of YHWH are on the righteous and his ears are attentive to their cry; 16 the face of YHWH is against those who do evil, to cut off the memory of them from the Earth. 17 The righteous cry out, and YHWH hears them; he delivers them from all their troubles. 18 YHWH is close to the brokenhearted and saves those who are crushed in spirit. 19 A righteous man may have many troubles, but YHWH delivers him from them all;

Proverbs 15:29 — YHWH is far from the wicked: but he heareth the prayer of the righteous.

If this were not the case, then once the wicked saw their life in danger, they could simply cry out and be saved from going through it. Instead, YHWH responds to the cries of the wicked only during the period of warnings that always precede judgment. These warnings are given to wake people up so they can repent and come to have a saving relationship with YHWH of their own unfettered free will choice. Once the judgments begin to directly threaten peoples' lives, any repentance that results is now forced and meaningless. In other words, YHWH is not impressed with the repentance of those who have waited until they have a gun to their head before they seek him. This is why it is written:

Isaiah 55:6 — Seek ye YHWH while he may be found, call ye upon him while he is near:

Chapter 5: Our Instructions For Surviving Wormwood

Jeremiah 11:14 — Therefore pray not thou for this people, neither lift up a cry or prayer for them: for I will not hear them in the time that they cry unto me for their trouble.

The story of the Flood is a perfect illustration of this. YHWH gave the antediluvian world 120 years of warning through Noah's preaching and his observable construction of a ridiculously large ship. The ark had plenty of room for any who would respond to the warning. However, none did until rain began to fall for the first time in history— no doubt a frightening phenomenon to those outside the ark. Yet the door to the ark had been closed, and despite the unanimous calls of the wicked for deliverance, it would not be opened to them. Likewise, Joel is not referring to everyone who calls upon YHWH's name receiving deliverance—wicked and righteous alike—but only the righteous.

Neither is Joel 2:32 teaching that properly pronouncing the divine name with the correct vowels and accent is the basis of anyone receiving deliverance. While it is true that God's name is important to him (meriting the Third Commandment) and that few people have ever known it, this information alone does not save you. It should be obvious that God does not base who he saves off of what facts they know or because they address their prayers to “YHWH” instead of the titles “Lord” or “God.” If that were how it worked, then any wicked person who gained this information could save attempt to use these supposed “magic syllables” to save himself.

God's Name Fallen Into Disuse

To be sure, to call on YHWH's name requires that you know it, and understanding the issue of the divine name is a key to understanding our instructions in Joel 2:32. The fact is that knowledge of the name is indeed very rare, even among those who have read the entire Scriptures. If it even occurs to them that their Creator has a name, most of the time they believe it is either “The LORD,” “God,” “HaShem,” or “Adonai.” But, none of those are his name; they are just English and Hebrew titles.

On the contrary, the Hebrew Scriptures reveal that his name is four letters long and spelled Yod-Hey-Waw-Hey, best transliterated into English as “Y-H-W-H.” Since the divine name actually appears 6,828 times in the Hebrew text, you would think that it would be better known. Unfortunately, there is a tradition of replacing the name. It started with Judaism and continued with the other Bible-based religion, Christianity.

Traditional Judaism has long considered the name too sacred to pronounce and has forbidden its use. Instead, adonai (“lord”) or HaShem (“the name”) are used in place of pronouncing YHWH. Christianity has followed suit by translating YHWH as “LORD” or “GOD” in most of their English Bibles (the ASV being one notable older exception, along with many new translations coming out of the Hebraic Roots movement).

However, there is a major problem with these traditions. They break YHWH's express will as found throughout the OT to use his name. For example, the Torah is commanded to be read out loud every seven years (Dt 31:11) which alone requires vocalizing the divine name 1820 times. Many of the Psalms even command us specifically to praise and declare YHWH's name repeatedly. And of course the verse we are considering from the Prophets, Joel 2:32, leaves no doubt that to “call upon the name of YHWH” is proper.

But, unfortunately, the vast majority of people who read these verses about YHWH's name do so as members of either Judaism or Christianity. If it even occurs to them to ask about the obvious contradiction between their religion's practices and what the Scripture says on any subject, they are given the opinion of one of their denomination's revered wise men, explaining how those verses do not really mean what they literally say. This usually works, as most people do not have the discernment to see through these explanations. However, for those who are not satisfied with the explanation, they have still another reason to ignore what the Scripture really says. Members of an organized religion realize that their membership depends on accepting its “statement of faith.” To hold and confess views which contradict the party line would quickly get oneself ostracized from the organization —and from one's friends and business contacts there. Few love the truth so much that they are willing to face receiving the “left-foot of fellowship” while being told, “So, you want to develop your own views on what the Bible says? Well, let us help you do that by keeping your friends here and our services from cluttering your schedule!”

Misinformation On God's Name

Even those who have had the bravery to leave organized religion in search of truth may still not know exactly what YHWH's name is. False teachings that we have accepted tend to stay with us until we take the time to question and disprove each of them. All those ideas that we never get around to reevaluating remain a part of our

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

What To “Call Upon The Name of YHWH” Does Not Mean

distorted reality. This maintains our incorrect paradigm, which causes us to filter out any information to the contrary (called the paradigm effect by Joel Baker).

This is especially true regarding the divine name. If anyone is taught anything on the divine name, they are taught this: “we cannot know the pronunciation for sure because the original vowels of YHWH were replaced in the Hebrew Scriptures with the vowels for adonai.” This is the universally accepted view among scholars. Because of this, people look for evidence on the pronunciation to all kinds of external sources. They come up with all kinds of answers for how to pronounce YHWH. The most popular guesses are “Yahweh” and “Jehovah”, but there are many other “hebroid” permutations of the consonants and vowels in popular use.

Unfortunately, very, very few take the time to find out for themselves what the best Hebrew manuscripts actually say, instead of trusting what “they say” to be correct (a dangerous habit). In Jerusalem in 2002, I was fortunate enough to have met Karaite Jewish scholar Nehemia Gordon, author of The Hebrew Yeshua Vs. The Greek Jesus and learn the following on this subject.

Finding God's Full Name in Oldest Hebrew Manuscripts

The Ben Asher manuscripts are the most ancient complete texts of Scripture. If one checks them (Aleppo Codex and the Leningrad Codex B19a (L)) they will find that the spelling of the words adonai and yhwh are as follows (consonants capitalized and vowels in lowercase bold):

aDoNaY (vowels: hataf patach / cholam / kamats)

Y'H-VaH (vowels: sheva / no vowel / kamats)

The vowels of the two words are clearly different! If the word YHWH truly had the vowels of adonai, then it would show up as “Yahovah”, instead of “Y'h-vah” as it does. Clearly the original vowels were not replaced. However, one of them is missing. We can be sure of this omission because in Biblical Hebrew there is no such thing as a hey (H) in the middle of the word that does not have a vowel. What happened to the vowel? With the ban on the pronunciation of the name, the scribes apparently did not want people to accidentally pronounce YHWH when reading it, so they removed one vowel.

But, thankfully, they did not do this consistently in every manuscript. The B19a (L) manuscript is the earliest complete Masoretic manuscript (and the basis of BHS/Biblical Hebraic Stuttgartensia). Here, the divine name is not written consistently in all 6,828 instances as Y'H-VaH, but in over 50 instances appears as Y'HoVaH, with an “o” appearing in the place of the missing vowel (e.g. Mal 4:5). It is significant that no other vowel besides “o” (cholam) was “accidentally” inserted into the divine name. The scribes apparently forgot to suppress the name in a few instances. As they pronounced what they were copying, they probably followed the natural tendency of writing exactly what they were vocalizing, rather than omitting the cholam as it was written in the original (see this in the Interlinear NIV Hebrew-English Old Testament).

“Y'hovah” would also agree with the vowels used in the many compound Biblical names starting with the first three consonants of YHWH, such as Jesus, son of Nun (“YHWH saves”). Nevertheless, please note how when these same first three letters appear at the end of a name, that they receive different vowels, such as with Isaiah /YeshiYaHu. This is why reconstruction attempts like Yahweh, Yahueh, Yahuweh are ridiculed as “hebroid” by those who know ancient Biblical Hebrew. Obviously, Y'hovah is very similar to the popular pronunciation “Jehovah”, which is rejected by many for various reasons. As Hebrew does not have a “J” sound it disqualifies “Jehovah” immediately (the yod there actually sounds like a “Y”). In addition, the Hebrew texts indicate that the accent is on the last syllable, as in Y'hovah. To pronounce it with the accent on the second syllable, similar to how Jehovah is pronounced, would be wrong. (To hear the pronunciation, click this link. Press the play button if it does not play automatically: www.escapeallthesethings.com/yhovah.wav ).

But even with these corrections made to “Jehovah”, some people reject anything remotely similar to it, believing that such renderings require that the word YHWH descend from the Hebrew root H-V-H meaning ruin, calamity, and destruction—concepts they find unsuitable as the root meaning of God's name. However, this is yet another piece of misinformation that is cleared up by sound Biblical Hebrew scholarship. Because yod and vav often interchange when a Hebrew root is conjugated, the root of YHWH can still be H-Y-H, meaning to be, as Ex 3:14-15 points to and scholars generally accept as correct.

Who Are “Those Who Call Upon The Name Of Y'hovah”?

This has been just an overview of what the evidence from the most accurate Hebrew manuscripts shows God's

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 5: Our Instructions For Surviving Wormwood

name really is—Y'hovah. The point here has not been to comprehensively cover all aspects of this big and very old subject 25 . Instead, the main goal was to illustrate just how hard today it is to arrive at that knowledge needed to call upon God's name as Joel 2:32 describes.

First, one must realize it is important to know (which is evident when you literally read Joel 2:32 and many other Scriptures). Then, one must search diligently for it. Then, one must finally discover it and confirm its correctness for oneself. Misinformation, deception, opposition and even rejection are constant obstacles all along the way. However, this is all par for the course in searching out truth today.

From this illustration we can finally understand the identity of those who know the name of Y'hovah and call upon it in the end times. As a rule, they are not members of organized Judaism or Christianity. Traditional Judaism forbids the scriptural use of the divine name. Christianity does not teach about the name of God, largely focusing more on Jesus Christ than Y'hovah God. While Christianity and Judaism do have some truth to glean from, there are limits to what you can learn under such religious influence.

It can take courage to leave organized religion with all of its trappings. To then have to face trying to understand the Bible on your own can also be a scary prospect. Yet it is a necessary step for those who want to know the truth at all costs. Once they start understanding from their studies that religions do not teach what the Bible says, they have a decision to make. They either stay where they are and compromise the truth, or leave so they can comply with what they have learned and so be able to receive more truth (Lk 12:48).

This, by the way, is the only way that we can keep growing in grace and knowledge (2Pe 3:18). We must be willing to make sacrifices and other tough choices. Doing so proves to God that we are serious and no longer “lukewarm.” In other words, those who call upon the name of Y'hovah must love him and his truth above anything else. They are truly on the narrow path through the strait gate that Jesus spoke of (Mt 7:12-14). These are they who call upon the name Y'hovah habitually and confidently—and he answers them. Notice that Psalm 91 says exactly this and beautifully describes the close bond between Y'hovah and those who love him and know and call upon his name:

Psalm 91:9,14-15 — 9 Because thou hast made Y'hovah which is my refuge, even the most High, thy habitation ...14 Because he hath set his love upon me, therefore will I deliver him: I will set him on high, because he hath known my name. 15 He shall call upon me, and I will answer him: I will be with him in trouble; I will deliver him, and honour him.

This connection between knowing God's name and having a loving relationship with Y'hovah is well established in the OT. After the Messiah arrives to reign, he will be leading all of the lost tribes of Israel home to serve Y'hovah. Many prophecies (e.g. Jer 31) record that they will stop their sinful ways and have a relationship with God at last. Once again, the knowledge and use of the name is emphasized as part of right relationship following true repentance:

Jeremiah 16:21 — Therefore, behold, I will this once cause them to know, I will cause them to know mine hand and my might; and they shall know that my name is Y'hovah

Isaiah 52:6 — Therefore my people shall know my name: therefore they shall know in that day that I am he that doth speak: behold, it is I.

Zephaniah 3:9 — For then will I turn to the people a pure language, that they may all call upon the name of Y'hovah, to serve him with one consent.

Zechariah 13:9 — And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, Y'hovah is my God.

Thus, we see consistently that those who love and serve Y'hovah will eventually learn and call upon his name. This sets them apart from those who read the Bible as members of man's invented religions and do not know, nor use, Y'hovah's name. But let me stress again that this information, and its use, is not an end in itself. Instead, Scripture points to it as a sign of those few whose lives start and end with their love for Y'hovah (Ps 14).

How The Repentant Love Y'hovah

In the last chapter, we covered the importance of studying the Torah and keeping those few universal commandments that apply to us in order to understand the Prophets. The keeping of God's commandments comes

25 en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yahweh

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Who Are “Those Who Call Upon The Name Of Y'hovah”?

up again now in connection with knowing the divine name. We saw in Psalm 91 where it stated that those who know and call upon Y'hovah have “loved” him. It is important to understand how Y'hovah defines love of him:

Exodus 20:6 — And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me, and keep my commandments.

Joshua 22:5 — But take diligent heed to do the commandment and the Torah, which Moses the servant of Y'hovah charged you, to love Y'hovah your God, and to walk in all his ways, and to keep his commandments, and to cleave unto him, and to serve him with all your heart and with all your soul.

You can find many passages like this equating love of Y'hovah with keeping his commandments. But, once again, this is where organized religions go wrong. Rather than teaching people to look to Y'hovah's instruction book exclusively to find out how to love him, they teach people to follow some form of a doctrinal statement that is only biblically based. Christians may still be thinking that the above Scriptures are “Old Testament” and have not applied ever since Jesus died. Now notice what is said by The Messiah and his student John:

1 John 5:2-3 — 2 By this we know that we love the children of God, when we love God, and keep his commandments 3 For this is the love of God, that we keep his commandments: and his commandments are not grievous.

So once again we see the importance of keeping commandments to those of us who want the best relationship possible with Y'hovah. Note, I am not saying you must keep commandments or the law “to be saved.” Instead, in the last two chapters we have covered several compelling reasons that should stir you to want to keep the commandments. Not the least of which is how to love Y'hovah—according to Y'hovah himself.

Besides, it is not most effective to tell others that the Bible says they have to do anything, whether they are secular or Christian. To show why someone would want to do these things provides the best motivation. This, by the way, is Y'hovah's approach to promoting his entire way of life expounded upon in the Bible. He will never force anyone to go his way, but he will eventually teach the superiority of his way of life to all and force them to choose and commit to which way they do want to go for eternity, his or their own.

Righteous Delivered in Zion and Jerusalem

Let's continue with the rest of Joel 2:32 and its description of deliverance from PX. We can see now that the first part of the verse identifies the recipients of deliverance as those having a loving obedient relationship with Y'hovah. Their love for Y'hovah is why they are delivered, as Psalm 91 says.

As we learned earlier in the chapter from the examples of the patriarchs, simply loving God by obeying his commandments is not how we are delivered. There are always special instructions that God's servants must always pay attention to in order to be delivered out of large-scale trouble. To keep going on “saving souls” (or insert your favorite service dedicated to God here), while ignoring the signs of the times, is unwise, as the Proverbs say. In fact, this is written not just once but twice, to emphasize its importance:

Proverbs 22:3 & 27:12 (NIV) — A prudent man sees danger and takes refuge, but the simple keep going and suffer for it.

The warning about PX is certainly being ignored by all but a few who see the need to take refuge. So where are the righteous supposed to “take refuge” from Planet X? Let's continue now in Joel 2:32 to find out.

Joel 2:32— And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of YHWH shall be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as YHWH hath said, and in the remnant whom YHWH shall call.

Notice the context; “for in Mt. Zion and Jerusalem there shall be deliverance” or as some translations render it “because in Mt. Zion and Jerusalem there shall be an escape...” In other words, the method by which Y'hovah's righteous are delivered is through a place of deliverance (at least initially). This natural reading of things would seem wrong, tempting us to twist it, if we did not already understand from Revelation that the previous two verses in Joel refer to a global catastrophe brought on by PX starting at the 6th seal. During a global catastrophe, a safe place is desperately sought by all, and Y'hovah is going to provide one for his slaves only, just like in the days of Noah (except in Noah's time no one else besides the righteous survived, which is not the case this time).

We would also tend to doubt the correctness of this if we had not already shown that the ones delivered are not the millions of members of Christianity and Judaism. The actual number delivered will be much less than that, as there are very few today on the narrow path of following what the Bible says, rather than what men say. In fact, the

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 5: Our Instructions For Surviving Wormwood

size of one subgroup from the entire preserved saints is recorded in another prophecy parallel to this one.

Joel's “Delivered” Are the 144,000 Firstfruits on Mt. Zion

We already saw that Revelation identifies the 144,000 Israelites as Y'hovah's servants who will be able to stand through Planet X. But, could they be the same group that Joel speaks about?

Revelation 14 describes the identity of our 144,000 Israelites, who have just had a seal put on their foreheads (Rev 7:3):

Revelation 14:1-5 — 1 Then I looked, and there before me was the Lamb, standing on Mount Zion, and with him 144,000 who had his name and his Father's name written on their foreheads. 2 And I heard a sound from heaven like the roar of rushing waters and like a loud peal of thunder. The sound I heard was like that of harpists playing their harps. 3 And they sang a new song before the throne and before the four living creatures and the elders. No one could learn the song except the 144,000 who had been redeemed from the Earth. 4 These are those who did not defile themselves with women, for they kept themselves pure. They follow the Lamb wherever he goes. They were purchased from among men and offered as firstfruits to God and the Lamb. 5 No lie was found in their mouths; they are blameless.

So the 144,000 Israelites “who shall be able to stand” through Planet X are going to be gathered together on Mt. Zion, just as Joel said those who call upon Y'hovah's name would be. Clearly, the 144,000 Israelites are the group of whom Joel 2:32 speaks (or at least an important part of the entirely righteous group).

Then what are they doing on Mt. Zion with an obvious representation of the Messiah (the Lamb)? The clue to the answer for that comes through what the 144,000 Israelites are called in verse 4, “the firstfruits.” The term “firstfruits” probably has no significance to most Christians. But to those who understand Torah, it tells them immediately that this scene has something to do with the annual Feast of Pentecost.

The 144,000 Israelites Fulfill The Loaves of Pentecost

Pentecost is a spring feast of Y'hovah (called Shavuot in Hebrew). It is one of the three times per year that all the males of Israel were to make a pilgrimage to Jerusalem and perform specific “holy proclamations”. These portray events in Y'hovah's approximately 7000 year plan that would happen on the same holy day that they were to be performed. Notice the instructions for Pentecost:

Leviticus 23:17-21 (NIV) — 17 From wherever you live, bring two loaves made of two-tenths of an ephah of fine flour, baked with yeast, as a wave offering of firstfruits to Y'hovah. ... 20 The priest is to wave the two lambs before Y'hovah as a wave offering, together with the bread of the firstfruits. They are a sacred offering to Y'hovah for the priest. 21 On that same day you are to proclaim a sacred assembly and do no regular work. This is to be a lasting ordinance for the generations to come, wherever you live.

What we are seeing in Revelation 14, then, is the fulfillment of this Torah passage regarding the Feast of Pentecost. Let's compare the two in order to see this:

The Lamb = The Priest

The priest mentioned here is the Kohen HaGadol or high priest. The Lamb, of course, is Jesus (Jn 1:29) who, ever since he was glorified after his death as the Passover-lamb, became the High Priest for the fulfillment of Pentecost and the other holy days (Heb 3:1).

The 144,000 = The Two Leavened Loaves

The two loaves represent firstfruits of the harvest of the two houses of Israel—Judah and Ephraim—into which the twelve tribes became grouped (Eze 37:15-21). Moreover, we already read that the 144,000 also come from the twelve tribes. Neither the two loaves nor the 144,000 Israelites represent the entire houses of Israel as represented in Ezekiel 37, but just the firstfruits from the harvest of righteous Israel (Rev 14:14-16), or 12,000 from each entire tribe (Rev 7), i.e. “the cream of the crop.” They are “redeemed from the whole Earth” where the twelve tribes have been scattered until The Messiah regathers them at the start of his reign (Eze 37).

The “Lost Ten Tribes” are not completely lost to everyone, although they themselves are unaware who they are. The truth is that the majority of the 144,000 Israelites will be drawn from the United States, Great Britain and the other Western Democracies where the Lost Ten Tribes ended up. This, by the way, is the reason that these nations are generally Christian, acknowledging the same God of the Bible that their Jewish brothers do, rather than one of the many other pagan gods worshiped in the world. It is in their blood, and more importantly, guided by Y'hovah. God's purpose for Israel to be the chosen people will stand in spite of their rebellion and exile (see Mystery of

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

The 144,000 Israelites Fulfill The Loaves of Pentecost

Disunity for more coverage of this fascinating topic).

Mount Zion = Before Y'hovah

The presentation of the two loaves had to be done by the high priest “before Y'hovah.” This referred to the holy temple where he dwelt, on Mt. Moriah, or Mt. Zion. Although Mt. Zion is technically a different mountain on which David founded the City of David, throughout the Prophets Mt. Zion poetically refers to either all of Jerusalem or specifically the Temple Mount. Therefore, the 144,000 Firstfruits on Mount Zion would fulfill the Pentecost requirement that the two loaves be presented before Y'hovah. This is confirmed here by the thunderous voice of Y'hovah himself described as coming forth (Rev 1:15; cf Rev 10; Ps 29-Psalm of Seven Thunders) as well as the heavenly court in the heavenly throne room of Y'hovah acknowledging the Firstfruits by singing with them.

From this analysis we can see that Revelation 14:1-5 does not have to be taken figuratively as is usually done in Christian interpretation, but can describe the literal fulfillment of the Pentecost rehearsal as described in Leviticus 23:17-21. In fact, to fulfill all Torah as Jesus said must happen, something similar to what Revelation 14:1-5 describes must literally happen. The 144,000 Israelites must literally be presented on the Temple Mount on some future day of Pentecost before the Messiah returns to reign.

By the way, this is probably when and where the 144,000 sealing described in Revelation 7 takes place, given how little time there appears to be between the start of PX effects at the 6th seal (before Pentecost) and the big stuff happening at the 1st trumpet (immediately after Pentecost)—which are the prescribed time boundaries of the sealing. Admittedly, under current political conditions this scene would be impossible because Jews are not even allowed to go on the Temple Mount to pray, let alone 24,000 of them (Judah + Benjamin) holding a convocation with 120,000 “gentiles” (the other ten tribes). Only remember, this happens after the 6th seal has hit and everyone, including those who would normally stop this sort of thing, are running for shelter.

Nevertheless, all the 144,000 must be in position before the 6th seal happens. This requires that Y'hovah finally send a prophet to notify them that it is now the time to fulfill the prophecies and move to Israel. I expect the promised Elijah before the Day of the Lord will arrive first and do this. Moreover, current immigration policy which limits tourist visits to three months would probably have to change to give everyone enough time to move there in waves and get settled. If another war against the Muslims were to come, perhaps immigration would be opened up to compensate for the many dead in Israel.

Joel 2:32 Also Fulfilled On Pentecost

If the above passages were all we had on the subject, we could already be fairly confident that the 144,000 Firstfruits are sealed in Jerusalem on Pentecost when PX is passing. However, there is one more passage that will make this conclusion inescapable for even the most skeptical.

On the day of Pentecost when the baptism of the Holy Spirit fell upon the Jewish followers of Jesus of Nazareth gathered in Jerusalem, notice which prophecy Peter quoted:

Acts 2:14-21 — 14 But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and said unto them, Ye men of Judea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to my words: 15 For these are not drunken, as ye suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day. 16 But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel; 17 And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams: 18 And on my servants and on my handmaidens I will pour out in those days of my Spirit; and they shall prophesy: 19 And I will shew wonders in heaven above, and signs in the Earth beneath; blood, and fire, and vapour of smoke: 20 The Sun shall be turned into darkness, and the Moon into blood, before that great and notable day of Y'hovah come: 21 And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of Y'hovah shall be saved.

Astounding! Peter was inspired to quote Joel 2:30-32 on the very day of Pentecost, even though none of what is described in those last three verses of Joel 2 was fulfilled that day. But, Peter's apparent over quote was not a mistake. The Holy Spirit inspired this to interpret Joel 2:30-32 for us. Peter referred to those around him who were just baptized in the Holy Spirit as a forerunner of those whom Joel referred to who called on the name of Y'hovah in Mt. Zion (which refers poetically to Jerusalem) right before the Day of the Lord.

Therefore, this passage finishes our examination of PX prophecies by bringing us full circle back to Joel 2:32, where we started. It makes for a strong case that the 144,000 Firstfruits of Righteous Israel, who call upon the name of Y'hovah, are sealed with protection from PX in Jerusalem on the Feast of Pentecost right before the four trumpet catastrophes of PX's passage begin.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 5: Our Instructions For Surviving Wormwood

Now you may ask, why Jerusalem, or why only Jerusalem? God has a plan that this fits in with. We mentioned earlier that to escape the Great Tribulation you need to be either part of the protection-sealed 144,000 who are safe wherever they are, or part of the Woman of Revelation 12 who are safe only in the prepared place of hiding. Well, as it happens, this hiding place is not far from Jerusalem, in modern day Jordan according to Daniel 11 (“Edom, Moab, and ... Ammon”). So those whom God has led to Mt. Zion to escape Planet X will be strategically positioned to escape the Great Tribulation as well. This is also why in the Olivet Discourse Jesus said, “when you see the Abomination of Desolation, those who are in Judea flee to the mountains ... for then there shall be Great Tribulation.” This instruction is not some side comment for a small subset of the body of believers in one particular city. This instruction will be relevant to essentially all the saints left after Planet X passes!

We can also conclude that Peter's Pentecost in the First Century was only an intermediate fulfillment of what we can expect when Pentecost is completely fulfilled during our visitation from PX. We can expect the baptism of the Holy Spirit to be poured out at least once more on God's slaves on the Feast of Pentecost in Jerusalem.

What better time is there for the light of God's Spirit to powerfully manifest in his servants again than when the world is reeling from global catastrophe and about to be deceived by the Beast? How many of us cannot help but relate to both the zeal of Peter for God's things and also some of his more foolish words and acts when his human spirit ruled him? Yet when the baptism of the Holy Spirit is poured out again, we may also be able to relate to the “post-Pentecost Peter” who spoke and acted wisely and effectively.

How Do We Know When It Is Time For Us To Move To Israel?

The Bible does not explain directly how we will come to be gathered to Jerusalem. It only explicitly says we will be safe there. Nevertheless, we can get a good idea of how and when we will arrive there by using careful deductive reasoning:

1.     We learned that the 144,000 Firstfruits must already be in Jerusalem before Pentecost for them to be sealed there that day.

2.     Yet it appears that something radical must happen in the Middle East first to allow 144,000 non-Muslim, mostly non-Jewish believers to move to Israel securely (without being kicked out after 3 months due to current Israeli immigration policy)

3.     Similarly, something radical must happen to allow the construction of the prophesied altar on the Temple Mount and the resumption of the morning and evening oblation (Dan 9:27; 12:11) right before the Great Tribulation begins (the halting of these sacrifices is the chief sign we are given for the start of the Great Tribulation—Mt 24).

4.     The solution to both of these problems could be found in the unfulfilled prophecies speaking of another (and probably final) Arab/Muslim-Israeli conflict. This conflict is brewing now with the tension between Israel and Iran over Iran's uranium enrichment which Israel has threatened to bomb (like they did to Iraq's). This war is prophesied to happen before the Great Tribulation (See The Middle East Nuclear War ). However, even when we see this prophesied war and the altar under construction, or even already sacrificing,

all we know from this is that we are one step closer to the Great Tribulation. We do not know how long from the war or the sacrifices until the time we are to move to Israel. We still do not know enough to say “OK, that's it! Time to quit our jobs, leave everything behind and move the family to Jerusalem.”

Also, it may just be that the Third Temple is built in response to the PX devastation. Israel might be inclined afterwards to turn back to God as a nation. They would then begin to erect the Third Temple after decades of preparation by groups such as the Temple Mount Faithful under Gershon Salomon and Temple Institute under Rabbi Chaim Richmond.

Regardless of when and why the Third Temple is built, it does not tell us it is time to move to Israel. There has to be a much clearer, unmistakable indication given to God's servants so they know when to move. What could it be?

“Elijah truly shall come first...”

Throughout history, God has always raised up a leader to move his people (Moses for the Exodus from Egypt, Zerubbabel, Joshua the high priest, and Ezra for the return from Babylonian exile). In the case of a move to Jerusalem from all parts of the globe, God must again raise up someone with clear, demonstrable power and authority (something none of us who know our Bibles recognize in existence today). It calls for a true prophet working signs and wonders.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Joel 2:32 Also Fulfilled On Pentecost

It so happens that there is a prophecy of a prophet coming in the End Times before Jesus comes. Malachi says “Elijah” is to come and properly teach a return to the faith and commandments of God before the Day of the Lord (Mal 4, Mt 17:11). Jesus even said of him that he would “restore all things” or “fulfill all things” (Lamsa).

Part of Elijah's commission must include gathering God's servants to Jerusalem. As for the 144,000, he will probably be the one to train and prepare them for their sealing/waving—and their mission afterwards (see the Revelation Roadmap and Mystery of Disunity for more details). Therefore, it seems probable that most of us will be moving to Israel only after Elijah appears on the scene to tell us that it is time to follow the scriptural instructions regarding moving forth out of Babylon to Jerusalem (Rev 17-18, Jer 50-51, Joel 2). To move now before that door is open would require facing many present obstacles of immigration rules, lack of work and high taxes and cost of living in modern Israel.

Summary

Through having carefully put together all of these survival instruction verses (Joel 2, Rev 7, Rev 14, Lev 23, Acts 2) we can now understand the following key points:

We are advised to study the prophecies, pray, and watch so that we may be “accounted worthy” to be given “the strength to escape” end-time events: We saw that studying the entire Bible (including the Torah) and obeying God's commandments is key to being able to achieve any of this. This brings wisdom, understanding, discernment, blessings and, most importantly, shows Y'hovah we love him first in our lives.

Scripture warns us about Planet X and describes how the servants of Y'hovah must be delivered from it: This is clear simply from how God sends his angels to hold back the global winds and deliver the 144,000 right before the four trumpets devastate the Earth as Revelation and Joel record.

Those delivered are both the 144,000 Firstfruits and “the Woman”of righteous descendants of Israel who “call upon the name of Y'hovah”: The linking between Revelation 7 & 14 and Joel 2 is undeniable because they both have his divine name and are both in Mt. Zion/Jerusalem on Pentecost to be delivered from the same description of PX's passage. “The Woman” group is also implied in this survival group since they are found later protected during the Great Tribulation.

PX deliverance is promised only in Jerusalem: Joel and Revelation both specifically mention Mt. Zion in connection with those whom Y'hovah delivers from PX. There is simply no indication of another place of deliverance. This perhaps is hard to understand or accept for some, but it is confirmed by several other prophecies such as the Olivet Discourse.

Planet X objects will begin hitting the Earth immediately after the 144,000 Firstfruits are sealed on Pentecost: The suspicion of this fact was first raised by the rumblings resulting from the angel throwing fire at Earth during the 7th seal—right before flaming meteorites first begin hitting Earth at the 1st trumpet. These rumblings are reminiscent of the scene at Mt. Sinai when the Torah was given—on the day of Pentecost (according to Jewish tradition, or certainly within days of it according to Ex 19:1). Peter's quotation of Joel's description of PX effects (Joel 2:30-31), also on the day of Pentecost, confirms this is the correct time frame.

This is not so strange, but again, fits the pattern of how God has worked in similar matters through history. For example, immediately after righteous Lot left Sodom, fiery rocks rained down from heaven on the wicked (Lk 17:29). Again, on the very day that righteous Noah and his family moved into the ark, the Earth shook, the springs of the deep burst, and the first rains ever began, bringing the flood (Gen 7:11-13; Lk 17:27. This is by the way what “just like in the days of Lot and just like in the days of Noah” refers to: how the wicked are judged immediately after the righteous are taken to safety).

Pentecost...Of Which Year?

The big question after understanding all of this is of course, “when will it happen?” For a few years, I could only say for sure that Planet X could not come that year or in the next given the absence of a prophet to call people to Jerusalem. The exodus would takes some lead time to accomplish, perhaps two years from his first appearance (Jer 51:45-46).

However, in 2005 I realized I had forgotten something learned a few years before in my research. I'm referring to the demonstrable fact that the 70th Week of Daniel is in fact a Sabbath year cycle. The ramifications of this are huge and will be covered in the Part 2: Revelation Roadmap.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 5: Our Instructions For Surviving Wormwood

No Time To Waste

After reading this far, you now are among the few alive who have foreknowledge and understanding of Wormwood and other disasters coming before the rapture and how to escape them. But knowledge alone is not going to help you. You must act on it.

It is human nature to put off things that do not seem urgent to us. So when I state (as of this writing in 2007) that Planet X cannot come any year soon, I feel responsible to caveat that with a warning against procrastination, apathy or distraction. I hope you do not decide to put what is coming out of your mind and let the cares of this world take hold of you again. Jesus warned about this pitfall specifically:

Luke 21:34-36 (HCSB) — 34 “Be on your guard, so that your minds are not dulled from carousing, drunkenness, and worries of life, or that day will come on you unexpectedly 35 like a trap. For it will come on all who live on the face of the whole earth. 36 But be alert at all times, praying that you may have strength to escape all these things that are going to take place and to stand before the Son of Man.”

Jesus said we have to have keep our focus on the big picture and right priorities. The knowledge you now have should help you to reassess your priorities and motivate you to change them accordingly so that you stay alert and keep the right focus.

I cannot overemphasize the importance of daily repentance as a topmost priority. You will not be delivered simply from having repented enough to understand and believe what I have shared. You need the faith and strength (Lk 21:36) to actually follow through and do what the prophecies instruct, even when they seem too hard or impossible to the natural mind. This strength only comes from a deep, close relationship with God like the patriarchs had (which by the way we can have too!). But this level of relationship requires diligent daily repentance, with no compromises and nothing less than 100% commitment. Mystery of Disunity in particular provides helpful guidance on how to move in that direction (while teaching still more about End Time prophecy). In my experience, it takes several years to build a slave-like close relationship with God, so do not delay. Begin seeking God in prayer immediately about these things as Jesus said and do not stop until you stand before him.

Common Concerns

After learning the details of God's escape plan, many have some doubts or concerns about personally being able to “make it”. In this section I will address the more common ones.

Do You Have to Be One of the 144,000 To Survive?

The 144,000 are often misunderstood at first to be the only survivors of God's people. But remember, there is also “the Woman” of Revelation 12 who is obviously protected through Planet X or they would not be around to be protected 42 months in the Great Tribulation that follows. Apparently these are those who did not have the maturity in time for Pentecost to be a Firstfruit, but who demonstrated enough seriousness about going God's way to be set apart for protection “in the wilderness” for the 3½ years of the Great Tribulation. In contrast to the Firstfruits who have the faith and sealing to be safe wherever they are, the Woman is, as a whole less mature and needs to be kept in a safe, nurturing environment in Jordan (Edom, Moab, Ammon – Dan 11:41). The 144,000 appear to be only those of the Woman who are both mature and have been assigned to the special mission of preaching the Gospel as a witness to the whole world (Mt 24:14), rather than being all that survive.

Also, do not forget that even a large percentage of the general population will survive Planet X without God’s protection. We know this because there has to be someone left to take the Mark of the global Beast government that follows. Once PX hits, there will probably be many of these who hear the 144,000's messages (Rev 14:6-12) and repent to escape being enslaved or beheaded. Nevertheless, it is not advisable to leave your survival up to time and chance when you can secure supernatural protection. It takes seeking God early and often during the good times such as we enjoy today.

Husbands, Finances, Passports, Smarts

If you have an unbelieving spouse or a spouse whose belief simply does not go so far as to accept the explanations of this book, then it may be discouraging to hear of a required future move to Jerusalem. It may seem impossible if you have young children or disobedient teenagers, lack of money or passports. Some are even concerned that they may miss out because they are not smart enough to understand the Bible yet.

There is no reason to be anxious about any of these perceived obstacles if you remember that God gathered and

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Common Concerns

saved all of his people in much worse circumstances before. I'm referring to the Exodus when he took poor, probably uneducated slaves and not only set them free and moved them to safety from Pharaoh's army, but also paid them back wages on the way out! If you doubt God would do that again, then you may be missing a parallel between both events:

Exodus 19:4 (HCSB) — You have seen what I did to the Egyptians and how I carried you on eagles’ wings and brought you to Me.

Revelation 12:14 (HCSB) — The woman was given two wings of a great eagle, so that she could fly from the serpent’s presence to her place in the wilderness, where she was fed for a time, times, and half a time.

If you are afraid you will not be strong enough, supported enough, financed enough, or smart enough to make it, you may be correct. However, Jesus would not have told us to pray for strength (Lk 21:36) if we were expected to be able to overcome all the obstacles on our own strength or understanding (Pr 3:5)!

Not a Salvation Or Crown Issue, But Exciting

Regardless of how successful you are at following God's survival instructions, realize they are just that, physical survival instructions. Your success with them has nothing to do with your spiritual salvation, or even your “crown” (rule with Christ during the Millennium). They are merely instructions that can bring wisdom and blessings in this life. Some would then ask, why bother trying to survive if you would just be resurrected and given your crown? The answer is you would miss out on experiencing and seeing all of God's plan unfold and climax in transition from this age to the next. As for me, I don't want to miss witnessing anything that God has planned.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Part 2:

Revelation Roadmap

Why I Put Together A Roadmap

I'm sure this will be the most read and referenced part of this entire volume. I say that with confidence because after having a prophecy website for years, I can tell you that the number one question people always ask is some form of, “How long do you think we have?” People will often ask this question before they even know what it is exactly that is supposed to be coming when our time runs out!

That is a question that novices rush to answer but that the older and wiser eschatologists have painfully learned is historically better not to answer. If you answer this question and are wrong, you run the risk of a great backlash from disappointed people, even if you said you were only guessing, or speculating. They never remember your qualifiers. Failed “date-setting” has marginalized many a Christian ministry, including two I have personally followed closely over the years. Christians are already nervous about focusing on prophecy, so if you are known as a “false prophet” ministry you will only prove their assumption that prophecy is not only a waste of time, but a harmful distraction, giving them all the reason they need to not only ignore you, but to even attack you.

In spite of that, in the following chapters I will fearlessly both tell you exactly what I have concluded is coming and also when I expect it to at the earliest, naming years. So am I a naive or just crazy?

Neither, as far as I know. I am fully aware that posting a timeline with years on it is provocative and controversial. Yet I'm willing to do this for the following reasons:

1.     I am not setting any dates: none of the years given are set in stone. People continue to write me and tell me, for example, that the end is in 2028 based on the 6000 years or Jubilee years. But I no longer believe that the Bible gives any way to set dates for End Times events so far in advance 26 . It only gives relative timings such as the 1290 days that work once you see certain signs within the 70th week.

2.     Nevertheless, I feel that formulating and testing projections andpotential dates accelerates you along the growth curve for mastering the prophecies. When you make a projection that seems reasonable and see it fail, it forces you to go back to the drawing board, see where you went wrong and find better explanations (like I did in 2001 after I realized 2000-2007 could not be the 70th Week as I thought it was in 2000). Only when you fully formulate projections like that which you can watch and test, does your understanding grow by leaps and bounds, as I feel mine has since 2000. Before 2000 I never immersed myself into prophecy to that extent and never made anything I'd classify as a revolutionary discovery.

3.     Writing my projections down and fearlessly publishing them is the only way that I can receive feedback from the widest audience possible and acquire potentially valuable insights that I would not otherwise have thought of myself.

4.     I never claim that “the Lord showed me” or otherwise make predictions “in the name of the Lord” or God forbid, as a “thus saith the Lord.” Instead, I'm careful to qualify these projections as based on my own current understanding of Bible prophecy, nothing more. I'm not a prophet and I claim no new revelation.

5.     As such, realize that my timeline is subject to revision and change in the future as my understanding of certain as yet unclear verses improves.

Finally, allow me to remind you that the motivation driving my quest to understand the prophecies is not anxiety or fear of the future. I simply want to understand the entire Bible, neglecting no part of it just because it is hard, so hard that nobody could explain it plainly to me. If someone could have taught me all of this when I looked for it, then I never would have needed to write the book you are now reading.

Understanding the Roadmap

The chapters that follow pick up where Planet X in Bible Prophecy left off in explaining the End Time events and prophecies from Revelation and elsewhere. They lead up to the Revelation Roadmap which puts everything on a helpful timeline chart with brief overview descriptions and verse citations. Because of its briefer explanations, if you skip directly to it first you are much less likely to understand it and may end up frustrating yourself. Therefore, I recommend you first read every chapter in order from here to the timeline.

26 See www.escapeallthesethings.com/6000-year-timeline.htm

Chapter 6:

Next: The Middle East Nuclear War

Most Christians are familiar with the Bible's prediction of the “Battle of Armageddon” between Christ at his return and the world's armies under the Antichrist. Very few are aware that the Bible has potentially more chapters of coverage about another war coming years before it. Yet the war of which I speak is not well known at all. It seems to be off most prophecy teachers' radar, even though it is likely a nuclear war. It will probably be the first nuclear war that the world witnesses (and unfortunately, Bible prophecy tells us, it will not be the last). Multiple cities and their inhabitants will be incinerated in minutes. The world will be shocked, if not outraged. Who will fight this unexpected nuclear war?

Israel Will Nuke Damascus and Other Muslim Cities

Surprisingly, the usual suspects will not be engaged in it. Instead, Israel will strike out with her nuclear bombs against several Muslim nations. She may do so to repel a final Arab-Muslim onslaught overrunning her New Hampshire-sized borders again (like the Yom Kippur War). It may also be in reaction to the Muslim's finally possessing the nuclear weapons needed to fulfill their threats to destroy the State of Israel. (A single successful nuclear strike on Tel Aviv could accomplish this). Either way, Israel will have no choice but to resort to the so-called Samson Option nuclear policy.

The Samson Option is Israel's version of MAD, or mutually assured destruction. Although she officially neither confirms nor denies it, it is well known that Israel has had nuclear weapons for decades. Her nuclear policy is named after the hero from Judges who, although defeated and blinded, took out a large number of his enemies, including all their leadership (Judges 16:4-30) in a final costly act. Paralleling that story, if Israel's very survival is threatened, the Samson Option will immediately kick in. Damascus will be only one of the cities wiped off the map in the process, leaving very little of the Muslim Middle East left, in spite of the grave international consequences that are sure to result.

After the Islamic nation's humiliating defeat, shock waves will reverberate throughout the world. The Bible seems to indicate that there will be a major economic constriction following it. It may turn out to be a global “9-11” event that makes life tougher throughout the world afterwards just as the 9-11 attacks did for Americans.

Why It is Not Well Known

You may be wondering why you have never heard about such a major prophecy as this before. One of the reasons for its obscurity lies in how it is not mentioned anywhere in the Book of Revelation. Instead, the prophecies that directly indicate this war are all in the Old Testament, which is much less studied by Christians than the New Testament. Further, most people simply cannot conceive of anyone being crazy enough to use nuclear weapons on each other or of a modern nation's capital being wiped out forever. A person in this paradigm is likely to conclude many of these prophecies are already fulfilled or to mistake them for some other future event such as the Battle of Armageddon.

Already Fulfilled? Not If A Dual Prophecy

We will cover several prophecies, some of which are unmistakably unfulfilled, with others having partial or even complete historical fulfillments. But we must never forget that just because a prophecy was fulfilled once, does not mean it cannot be fulfilled again. Some believe that all prophecy as a rule has at least dual fulfillments. That claim is hard to prove, however as we shall see, these same prophecies of destruction on Muslim cities are repeated in several of the Major and Minor prophets. When clearly unfulfilled and possibly already fulfilled prophecies are repeatedly found side by side, it implies that both prophecies will have a (or another) fulfillment in the End Times.

Damascus – Isaiah 17, Jeremiah 49, Amos 1

Isaiah 17:1 (HCSB) — An oracle against Damascus: Look, Damascus is no longer a city. It has become a ruined heap.

Here we are plainly told that Damascus, the capital of Syria, will one day be no more a city, but ruins. Some say that this prophecy was partially fulfilled in 732 BCE when the Assyrians conquered Damascus (Aram). But Damascus never ceased to be a city. On the contrary, Damascus is widely claimed to be the “oldest continuously inhabited city” in the world 27 . In fact, the continued existence of Damascus today in light of Isaiah 17 often appears

27 en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Damascus

Chapter 6: Next: The Middle East Nuclear War

on Bible skeptic's lists for reasons why the Bible is not true and cannot be trusted! Jeremiah 49 confirms this fiery fate leaving Damascus abandoned:

Jeremiah 49:23-27 (HCSB) — 23 About Damascus: Hamath and Arpad are put to shame... 24 Damascus has become weak; she has turned to run; panic has gripped her. Distress and labor pains have seized her like a woman in labor. 25 How can the city of praise not be abandoned, the town that brings Me joy? 26 Therefore, her young men will fall in her public squares; all the warriors will be silenced in that day. ... 27 I will set fire to the wall of Damascus ; it will devour Ben– hadad’s citadels.

Amos may also predict End Times fiery destruction in Syria:

Amos 1:3-5 (HCSB) — 3 The Lord says: I will not relent from punishing Damascus for three crimes, even four, because they threshed Gilead with iron sledges. 4 Therefore, I will send fire against Hazael’s palace, and it will consume Ben– hadad’s citadels. 5 I will break down the gates of Damascus. I will cut off the ruler from the Valley of Aven, and the one who wields the scepter from Beth–eden. The people of Aram will be exiled to Kir.

Today, the most likely way to make a major city becoming a burnt heap of ruins is of course from a nuclear blast. Isaiah 17 later gives reason to suspect it is a nuclear bomb from Israel:

Isaiah 17:12-14 (HCSB) — 12 Ah! The roar of many peoples— they roar like the roaring of the seas. The raging of the nations— they rage like the raging of mighty waters. 13 The nations rage like the raging of many waters. He rebukes them, and they flee far away, driven before the wind like chaff on the hills and like dead thistles before a gale. 14 In the evening —sudden terror! Before morning—it is gone! This is the fate of those who plunder us and the lot of those who ravage us.

From this passage, we learn other key things about this conflict:

1.     Part of a wider war (“many peoples...many nations”)

2.     Results from an attack on Israel (“plunder...ravage us”)

3.     Begins and is decided in a single night (“evening...morning”)

Israel's Neighbors – Zechariah 12

Yet these conclusions about the nature of this war do not depend on Isaiah 17 alone. That Damascus' destruction results from Israel's nuclear bombs during an Arab/Muslim-Israeli war is supported by several OT prophecies. Zechariah 12 is one of them.

Most Christian prophecy teachers consider Zechariah 12 to be a prophecy of the Battle of Armageddon. Up until 2000, that is what I assumed, too. But after recognizing the plain and most likely meaning of Isaiah 17, I looked again at Zechariah 12 and saw some problems I never saw before with it being the Battle of Armageddon:

Zechariah 12:1-6 (HCSB) — 2 “Look, I will make Jerusalem a cup that causes staggering for the peoples who surround the city. The siege against Jerusalem will also involve Judah. 3 On that day I will make Jerusalem a heavy stone for all the peoples; all who try to lift it will injure themselves severely when all the nations of the earth gather against her. 4 ... I will keep a watchful eye on the house of Judah but strike all the horses of the nations with blindness. 5 Then [each of] the leaders of Judah will think to himself: The residents of Jerusalem are my strength through the Lord of Hosts, their God. 6 On that day I will make the leaders of Judah like a fire pot in a woodpile, like a flaming torch among sheaves; they will consume all the peoples around them on the right and the left, while Jerusalem continues to be inhabited on its site, in Jerusalem.

Judah Will Consume All the Peoples Like a Torch Among Sheaves

Did you catch it? Here the armies of Judah are the ones who bring the victory. Judah, the ancient tribe from which we get the name “Jew” makes up the State of Israel today (in fact, they almost named it the State of Judah). Israel already possesses the nuclear weapons that can literally burn up their enemies like a torch does to dry grass. But when Jesus returns after God's seven bowls of wrath, he alone will supernaturally wipe out the enemies of God at Jerusalem. Revelation 19 shows a sword coming out Jesus' mouth to defeat God's enemies:

Revelation 19:15 (ESV) — From his mouth comes a sharp sword with which to strike down the nations, and he will rule them with a rod of iron. He will tread the winepress of the fury of the wrath of God the Almighty.

Zechariah 14 describes the effects of this sword on the people:©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Israel's Neighbors – Zechariah 12

Zechariah 14:12 (ESV) — And this shall be the plague with which the Lord will strike all the peoples that wage war against Jerusalem: their flesh will rot while they are still standing on their feet, their eyes will rot in their sockets, and their tongues will rot in their mouths.

By the way, some say that this prophecy describes a nuclear weapon's effects. That sounds good until you consider that God allowing a nuclear weapon to be detonated around Jerusalem would leave radioactive fallout on his capital. Also that idea contradicts how Jesus is shown as the source of the plague (Rev 19:15) and not some external bomb.

“All Nations of the earth” – Yet Not Armageddon

Verse 3's “all nations of the earth” is the main reason people peg this prophecy as part of “Armageddon”. It would seem to contradict our other conclusion that this battle is going to be short and only involve Israel and her neighbors.

The original word there for “earth” is eretz. This Hebrew word is a problematic one because it can mean land (as in Eretz Yisrael, or Land of Israel; 1Sam 13:19) or earth (hug haaretz or “circle of the earth”; Isa 40:22) depending on the context and usage. In this case, based on a correct understanding of the context as not Jesus' Armageddon fight but Judah's pre-trib fight, “land” seems like the better choice, referring to the Middle East area around Israel as verses 2 and 6 mention.

Arab-Muslim Conspiracy – Psalm 83

Psalm 83 may also be a prophecy of this war. Yes, prophecy. Many overlook that the psalms are prophetic even though the NT quotes many of them to explain why Jesus did certain things. He had to fulfill all prophecies about his First Coming, including from the Psalms.

Again, up until 2000, I had other ideas about this prophecy. Just like with Zechariah 12, I was taught that this psalm was a prophecy of Armageddon. The reason given was that if you count the nations listed in the chapter, there are ten, just like there are ten heads or ten horns of the final Beast Empire which will take control of Jerusalem where the “Antichrist's” headquarters will be.

Not Armageddon

However, the reasons for the nations' attack simply do not fit the Antichrist's takeover of Jerusalem. Look at what the psalm says

Psalms 83:2-5 (HCSB) — 2 See how Your enemies make an uproar; those who hate You have acted arrogantly. 3 They devise clever schemes against Your people; they conspire against Your treasured ones. 4 They say, “Come, let us wipe them out as a nation so that Israel’s name will no longer be remembered.” 5 For they have conspired with one mind; they form an alliance..

The Antichrist will take over Israel for his headquarters so he can present himself as God in the Third Temple (2Th 2:4) which he will keep in place and sit in. By contrast, the Muslims would without a doubt destroy the temple and everything Judaic in Israel according to the stated goal to wipe out all memory of Israel's name.

Nuclear Destruction Described Again

Psalms 83:13-14 (HCSB) — 13 Make them like tumbleweed, my God, like straw before the wind. 14 As fire burns a forest, as a flame blazes through mountains,

This passage likens the fate of the attackers to that of being burned up or turned to stubble, something that again fits nuclear blasts well. Nuclear weapons can also create extreme winds or storm-like atmospheric effects described.

Does God Do It Himself Supernaturally?

One bothersome thing is that the psalmist asks God himself to do it, rather than to empower Judah directly to do it with her weapons. Before it bothers you too much, remember that the psalmist also goes on to ask they be dealt with as God did with the other enemies of Israel including the Midianites, Sisera, Jabin, Oreb, Zeeb, Zebah and Zalmunna (vss 9-11). The Book of Judges describes the defeat of all these enemies. With none of them did God bring supernatural victory, like through an angel. Instead, he blessed Israel or inspired them with a winning strategy, such as in the case of Gideon against the Midianites (using 300 courageous men to surprise them at night with torches carried in pitchers).

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 6: Next: The Middle East Nuclear War

So a fulfillment of Psalm 83 does not require that God burn Israel's enemies supernaturally. Thus, we should look for Israel to defeat her enemies in a way that looks surprisingly “lucky” or “smart” to the typical secular observer. This has been exactly the case in all of Israel's other thrilling modern military victories. For this reason, it is said by military strategists that Israel's victories are impossible to emulate.

All the Modern Islamic Enemies Identified

Who does the prophecy say these enemy nations are exactly?

Psalms 83:5-8 (HCSB) — 5 For they have conspired with one mind; they form an alliance against You— 6 the tents of Edom and the Ishmaelites, Moab and the Hagrites, 7 Gebal, Ammon, and Amalek, Philistia with the inhabitants of Tyre. 8 Even Assyria has joined them; they lend support to the sons of Lot. Selah

In Israel in Crisis: What Lies Ahead?, David Dolan identifies them:

The first seven people groups were all located east of Israel. They were semi-nomadic tribes whose fluid boundaries often overlapped. The first two, Edom and the Ishmaelites, have also become synonymous today with the entire Arab-Muslim world. This is because both peoples are thought to have migrated further south into the Arabian peninsula--the seat of Islam. On top of that, Ishmael is an important figure in Islamic theology. So in modern terms, these names could be referring to the oil-rich country of Saudi Arabia, which backed front-line Arab forces in 1948 and 1967, or to the entire Arab-Muslim world that stretches from Morocco to Oman. I believe the former option is the most probable one.

Moab was situated due east of the Dead Sea, with Edom to its south and Ammon to its north. The other listed eastern tribes--the Hagrites, Gebal and Amalek--mingled in this area. Of course, the name Ammon is very much still with us today. It is the capital of the modern Kingdom of Jordan (usually spelled Amman in English). The fledgling country where these ancient tribes roamed played a pivotal role in both the 1948 and 1967 wars.

It is not hard to identify the modern equivalent of Tyre. In biblical days, it was the leading city of Phoenicia. The area is now part of the battle-scared country of Lebanon. Israel’s northern Arab neighbor officially took part in both the Independence and Six Day wars, although her military contribution was negligible. Since 1970, south Lebanon has been the most active battle zone between Arab (and Iranian) Muslims and Israeli Jews.

...One of the main Philistine towns was called Gaza. The modern city by that name has served as the unofficial seat of the Palestinian autonomy government, while the Gaza Strip is home to over one million Palestinians. This provides a strong hint as to who the modern equivalent of the ancient Philistines might be. An even greater hint is the very name “Palestinians,” derived from the ancient Philistines.

Although they were not a significant military power in 1948 or 1967, Palestinian Arabs were at the political center of the wars that broke out in those years. Had their leaders wholeheartedly accepted the 1947 United Nations partition plan, as a few recommended, surrounding Arab states would have found it morally difficult to attack the emerging Jewish State. Palestinian sufferings over the years have provided a potent excuse for the enduring “holy war” struggle against re-born Israel.

The last nation mentioned in Psalm 83 is the powerful Assyrian empire, which acts as “a help to the children of Lot,” i.e. to Moab and Ammon. The biblical Hebrew literally states that Assyria has become “an arm” to Lot’s descendants. The great empire stretched over the territory of several modern countries, including western Iran, parts of Turkey, most of Syria and even very briefly along Egypt’s Nile river. But it was centered in what is today Iraq, with its capital, Nineveh, situated on the banks of the Tigris river.

Baghdad took a very active role in the 1948 and 1967 Mideast wars. However, it was mainly a supporting role, with Iraqi forces bolstering those of Jordan and Syria. In that sense, Assyria’s modern equivalent was literally acting as a “helpful arm” to the eastern front-line states.

So to summarize, the modern countries where the ten ancient people groups resided are Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Lebanon, the Lord’s land itself, Iraq and probably Syria.

Dolan would probably revise his summarization today to include Iran which was indeed part of Assyria as he touched on, given that Iran is Israel's arch enemy (and Jeremiah 49's prediction of its devastation).

Egypt – Isaiah 19

Egypt is not mentioned in Psalm 83's perspective of the conspiracy to destroy Israel, but she is mentioned in Isaiah 19 as receiving devastation, just like Damascus is in Isaiah 17:

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Egypt – Isaiah 19

Isaiah 19:4-18 (HCSB) — 4 I will deliver Egypt into the hands of harsh masters, and a strong king will rule it.... 5 The waters of the sea will dry up, and the river will be parched and dry. 6 The channels will stink; they will dwindle, and Egypt’s canals will be parched. Reed and rush will die. 7 The reeds by the Nile, by the mouth of the river, and all the cultivated areas of the Nile will wither, blow away, and vanish. 8 Then the fishermen will mourn. All those who cast hooks into the Nile will lament, and those who spread nets on the water will shrivel up. ... 10 ... all her wage earners will be demoralized. 11 ... Pharaoh’s wisest advisers give stupid advice! ... 13 ... Her tribal chieftains have led Egypt astray. 14 The Lord has mixed within her a spirit of confusion. [The leaders] have made Egypt stagger in all she does, as a drunkard staggers in his vomit. 15 No head or tail, palm or reed, will be able to do anything for Egypt. 16 On that day Egypt will be like women. She will tremble with fear because of the threatening hand of the Lord of Hosts when He raises it against her. 17 The land of Judah will terrify Egypt; whenever Judah is mentioned, Egypt will tremble because of what the Lord of Hosts has planned against it. 18 On that day five cities in the land of Egypt will speak the language of Canaan and swear loyalty to the Lord of Hosts. ...

How the “sea” of the Nile river at overflow dries up is not specified., Nevertheless, just as Isaiah 17 implicates Israel at the end by explaining it came from nations trying to rob her land, so does Isaiah 19. It says the Egyptians are feeble like women owing to their dread of Judah (again, the main tribe of Israel making up the State of Israel). Bad leadership is given as a reason for Egypt's situation. Egypt has already battled Israel four times under such leadership with grave economic and human consequences.

There is speculation that in a war with Egypt, Israel would bomb the Aswan High Dam on the Nile or divert the Nile in a narrow chasm in the upper Sudan. Conquest by Israel may also be indicated by how five cities of Egypt become Hebrew-speaking (and eventually loyal to God in the Millennium).

Iran, Saudi Arabia – Jeremiah 49

Modern Iran is represented by the Biblical names of Persia and Elam, although there is some debate over whether Elam is not part of Iraq instead. If Iran were not already on a collision course with Israel, it would be easier to dismiss this prophecy of Elam as being Iran:

Jeremiah 49:35-37 (HCSB) — 35 ... I am about to shatter Elam’s bow, the source of their might. 36 I will bring the four winds against Elam from the four corners of the heavens, and I will scatter them to all these winds. There will not be a nation to which Elam’s banished ones will not go. 37 I will devastate Elam before their enemies, before those who want to take their lives. I will bring disaster on them, ... I will send the sword after them until I finish them off.

Elam's devastation will be so bad that it causes all the inhabitants to scatter. With Iran's many nuclear reactor and uranium enrichment facilities, it is not hard to imagine a bad radiation leak or uranium contamination scattering the population. Israel's threat to attack Iran's nuclear program could easily play into this (covered below).

Jeremiah 49:28-33 (HCSB) — 28 About Kedar and the kingdoms of Hazor...this is what the Lord says: Rise up, go against Kedar, and destroy the people of the east! 29 They will take their tents and their flocks along with their tent curtains and all their equipment. They will take their camels for themselves. They will call out to them: Terror is on every side! 30 Run! Escape quickly! Lie low, residents of Hazor ... 32 Their camels will become plunder, and their massive herds of cattle will become spoil. I will scatter them to the wind in every direction, those who shave their temples; I will bring calamity on them across all their borders. ... 33 Hazor will become a jackals’ den, a desolation forever. No one will live there; no human being will even stay in it as a resident alien.

The passage describes the total military devastation of Saudi Arabia causing the inhabitants to be scattered worldwide. Verse 33 states that Saudi Arabia's desolation will last forever, unlike Iran's.

Jordan – Isaiah 15, Amos, Obadiah, Ezekiel 25

Isaiah 15:1, 6 (HCSB) — 1 An oracle against Moab: Ar in Moab is devastated, destroyed in a night. Kir in Moab is devastated, destroyed in a night. 6 The waters of Nimrim [northern part] are desolate; the grass is withered, the foliage is gone, and the vegetation has vanished.

There is no historical record of the fulfillment of this prophecy (and even if there was, that does not rule out it being dual). The interesting thing that may tie it to the coming war is that it again mentions destruction in a single night like Isaiah 17. And again the associated desolation of the land and vegetation is consistent with nuclear blasts.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 6: Next: The Middle East Nuclear War

Obadiah 5-9,17-18 (HCSB) — 5 If thieves came to you, if marauders by night— how ravaged you will be!... 6 How Esau will be pillaged, his hidden treasures searched out! 7 Everyone who has a treaty with you will drive you to the border; everyone at peace with you will deceive and conquer you. Those who eat your bread will set a trap for you. He will be unaware of it. 8 ...will I not eliminate the wise ones of Edom and those who understand from the hill country of Esau? 9 Teman, your warriors will be terrified so that everyone from the hill country of Esau will be destroyed by slaughter. 17 ... the house of Jacob will dispossess those who dispossessed them. 18 Then the house of Jacob will be a [blazing] fire, and the house of Joseph a [burning] flame, but the house of Esau will be stubble; they will set them on fire and consume them. Therefore no survivor will remain of the house of Esau, for the Lord has spoken.

Obadiah says Jacob will dispossess Jordan's land after burning them like stubble. Jacob is the original name of Israel. In End Times prophecy, it seems to refer to the Lost Ten Tribes especially when it is mentioned with the house of Joseph (while the House of Judah refers to what is Modern Israel). As is discussed in the Mystery of Disunity , these Lost Ten Tribes have migrated to become the Western Democratic nations (the only place where the literal 144,000 Israelites of Revelation 14 who “have the faith in Jesus” could possibly come from). If the verse about Joseph burning Esau part of the End Time fulfillment of this prophecy, then it could mean that American forces already in the area strike Esau.

Ezekiel 25:12-14 (HCSB) — 12 ...“Because Edom acted vengefully against the house of Judah and incurred grievous guilt by taking revenge on them, 13 therefore ... I will stretch out My hand against Edom and cut off both man and animal from it. I will make it a wasteland; they will fall by the sword from Teman to Dedan. 14 I will take My vengeance on Edom through My people Israel, and they will deal with Edom according to My anger and wrath...

Ezekiel 35:7-9 (HCSB) — 7 I will make Mount Seir a desolate waste and will cut off from it those who come and go....9 I will make you a perpetual desolation; your cities will not be inhabited.

Ezekiel 25 and 35 confirm that Israel will bring the end of Edom (and, with it the complete annihilation of the descendants of Esau):

Jeremiah 49:1-5 (HCSB) — 1 About the Ammonites ... Why ... has Milcom dispossessed Gad and his people settled in their cities? 2 Therefore look, the days are coming ... when I will make the shout of battle heard against Rabbah of the Ammonites. It will become a desolate mound, and its villages will be burned down. Israel will dispossess their dispossessors... 3 Wail, Heshbon, for Ai is devastated; cry out, daughters of Rabbah! ... Milcom will go into exile together with his priests and officials. 4 Why do you brag about your valleys, your flowing valley, you faithless daughter? You who trust in your treasures [and boast]: Who can attack me? 5 Look, I am about to bring terror on you— ...from all those around you. You will be banished, each man headlong, with no one to gather up the fugitives.

Moab (central Jordan) will also be destroyed, although not completely. A remnant of Moab will return (Jer 48:47). As for Ammon (northern Jordan), it will be partially destroyed prior to becoming a possession of Israel as depicted in Jeremiah 49.

Palestine – Amos 1, Zephaniah 2,

Amos 1:6-10 (HCSB) — 6 The Lord says: I will not relent from punishing Gaza for three crimes, even four, because they exiled a whole community, handing them over to Edom. 7 Therefore, I will send fire against the walls of Gaza, and it will consume its citadels. 8 I will cut off the ruler from Ashdod, and the one who wields the scepter from Ashkelon. I will also turn My hand against Ekron, and the remainder of the Philistines will perish. The Lord God has spoken. 9 The Lord says: I will not relent from punishing Tyre for three crimes, even four, because they handed over a whole community of exiles to Edom and broke a treaty of brotherhood. 10 Therefore, I will send fire against the walls of Tyre, and it will consume its citadels.

Zephaniah 2:4-5 (HCSB) — 4 For Gaza will be abandoned, and Ashkelon will become a ruin. Ashdod will be driven out at noon, and Ekron will be uprooted. 5 Woe...nation of the Cherethites! The word of the Lord is against you, Canaan, land of the Philistines: I will destroy you until there is no one left.

Until the 2006 withdrawal, Gaza was Israeli. Now that it is full of Palestinians, the devastation of Gaza becomes conceivable along with the other Palestinian areas who would marshal infantry against Israel.

Other Prophecies

There are many other prophecies that could fit this same war, including several of the “burdens” of Isaiah from ©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Palestine – Amos 1, Zephaniah 2, 71

chapter 13 through 24, Zechariah 9, et al. More details about the war may be found there if the reader cares to dig deeper with a cross reference and notes how the same enemy nations above are mentioned together in prophecies of desolation against them there, too. However, watch out for a few that seem to fit but do not such as the following:

Ezekiel 38 & 39

Ezekiel 38 and 39 contain several clues pointing to a different timing. They both include statements about “everyone will know the Lord”,“from that day forward” and never will He hide His face from them again” and never will they pollute His name again”. This cannot ever describe a pre-tribulation event with the Antichrist still to come afterward and convince everyone that he is God (2The 2:4). Instead, compare these chapters with Revelation 20 and 19, respectively, and find they match two separate post-tribulation battles: Satan's final rebellious attack on a defenseless Israel and Armageddon with the birds feasting on the fallen's flesh (Eze 39:17-20=Rev 19:17-20).

Isaiah 29

Isaiah 29 may seem at first to refer to this same war. Yet notice that in verse 6 God says he will visit Israel's enemies with thunder, storm, fire and earthquake and they will disappear like they were just a bad dream. Unlike Psalm 83, there is no simile used or comparison to Israel's past victories on her own. These statements at face value mean God's supernatural power will accomplish it, just as we know from Revelation 19 will be the case at Armageddon.

Why Would the Muslims Attack Nuclear Israel?

Currently, the Islamic nations listed in Psalm 83 do not quite seem militarily allied as the psalm predicts. What has to happen next is that all the Islamic peoples mentioned in Psalm 83 and other prophecies unite to the singleness of mind and military purpose.

Only the extreme states like Iran or Syria already openly express the stated goal of Psalms 83 to cut Israel off completely. They voice a bitter “everlasting hatred” (as Hal Lindsey calls it in his book by the same title) that the Bible predicted (Eze 35:5; 25:15; Gen 16:13-16; 17:18-21; 21:9; Ob 10-14). They also desire to erase the embarrassment of an Israeli state in their midst which they have failed to remove several times already. Yet Israel's formidable nuclear arsenal and her will to use it still deters the extreme Muslim states.

Many of the moderate states have peace treaties with Israel. As far as the peace treaties are concerned, the Islamic notion of hudna says it is legitimate to enter into false treaties with infidels and then break them when in a position of strength.

Therefore, it appears that they only thing keeping the Muslims at bay has been Israel's nuclear deterrent. What then will convince them to disregard the risk of being incinerated and attack?

I wondered the same thing in 2000 when it first came to my attention that Isaiah 17 was an unfulfilled prophecy of Israel nuking Damascus in to prevent her own genocide. When the Second Intifada began in 2000, I was watching carefully to see if this was the start. Months later, no wider war had been triggered. I soon realized that suicide bombings would not trigger the prophesied war. I just could not see anything else on the horizon that could do it.

Iran's Nuclear Reactor Makes Headlines

An answer appeared. I began to hear in the news that Iran was building a nuclear reactor with Russia's help, just as Iraq did in the 1980s with France's help. What happened to Iraq's reactor is important to remember (or learn it for the first time as I had to because I was an oblivious junior high student when it happened).

On June 7, 1981, Israel launched a preemptive strike against Iraq's nuclear reactor at Osirak, just prior to the reactor going hot (so to avoid Chernobyl-like fallout from the attack). Israeli intelligence had confirmed Iraq's intention of producing weapons-grade uranium. So they sent 14 jets flying below radar that were able to level the reactor in a mere minute and a half. The international response was outrage. However, when America fought Desert Storm against Iraq, there were finally expressions of appreciation to Israel for delaying Iraq's nuclear bomb program as the Osirak attack succeeded in doing.

See, just like Iraq was, Iran is one of the largest oil producers in OPEC 28 so it is obvious they do not need to pursue nuclear technology for energy. When this “axis of evil” country claims their program is for “energy needs”

28 en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

72 Chapter 6: Next: The Middle East Nuclear War

but refuses to compromise on it, many countries have concluded they have secret plans to build nuclear weapons. Israel is one of them. Israel considers Iran her number one enemy. She has repeatedly stated that she will not allow Iran to acquire nuclear weapons. In September 2006, Israel even leaked attack plans for Iran's core nuclear facilities 29 .

Iran's Fanatical New President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad

Expecting a repeat of the Osirak raid with Iran, I kept watching the news to see when this reactor was about to go live and force Israel to make Osirak: the Sequel. I stopped wondering when that reactor would go live once another development in Iran appeared. This development made me fully convinced I was on the right track about a future “Atomic Iran” being able to trigger the war. It was when Mahmoud Ahmadinejad became president of Iran in August 2005 and soon began his outrageous public record of belligerent words against Israel and the U.S. He has made headlines repeatedly calling for Israel to be wiped off the map, for being a Holocaust Denier and for taking a hard line stance on Iran's nuclear program 30 .

His boldness seems to come from his radical version of Islamic fundamentalism. He is a true religious zealot, living in a simple apartment and believing that the Mahdi is coming back in only a few years and so he operates “on the basis of the Expectation of the Return”. The Mahdi, or “12th Imam” (12th grandson of Mohammad), is the Shiite Muslim version of the second coming of the Messiah—apocalypse and all. Ahmadinejad believes that bringing an apocalypse with Israel will facilitate the return of his Messiah in a few years (2-3 years as of 2006). Of course, if he fervently believes that the Mahdi can come back soon, why would he be anything but tough, just as he is so famous for. This makes him exactly the type of “lunatic” classically imagined as pushing “the button”.

Steady Nuclear Program Progress in 2006

In 2006 many were alarmed as Ahmadinejad announced by March that it had enriched uranium and by November that they possessed the “full nuclear fuel cycle”. This means that in a matter of years, Iran can enrich enough uranium to make nuclear weapons—which few in the West doubt is the real intent.

Russia and China On Iran's Side

Not only does Ahmadinejad vigorously fight the international community for Iran's right to possess nuclear technology, he has Russia and China's support. Russia supplies the nuclear fuel for the reactor and both Russia and China have stated in 2006 that they will oppose sanctions against Iran in the UN Security Council.

Experts expect that Iran will be able to continue to stall any serious UN or US sanctions against the development of her nuclear weapon program. Iran will continue until she has multiple deployable weapons leading to a showdown with Israel. Israel has typically chosen to preemptively attack such threats, just like she did with Osirak or with Egypt in the Six Day War.

Israel's Nuclear Advantage Must Be Erased Somehow

There are others who see the inevitability of a war in the Middle East because of Iran's pursuit of nuclear weapons—even without the aid of prophecy. Jerome Corsi has written a book called Atomic Iran warning of not only that, but of a wider war involving global powers (which I contend prophecy does not agree with because of how quickly and decisively Israel will win).

Yet there is always a good chance you can be wrong when making predictions based on current events. Current developments may seem to fit prophecy well only until something better comes along that fits even better. It may not be Iran who triggers the war. That in spite of how she obviously shares the same hatred for Israel that the Arabs do and how her president has spoken words very close to Psalm 83's “let's wipe them out as a nation so they are remembered no more”. Iran is not the only one who may be developing nuclear weapons. Jordan announced in 2007 her own “peaceful” nuclear energy program31. You may recall that Jordan jumped in the fray against Israel in 1967's Six Day War. We just do not know for sure who will cause the conflict or how or when.

The important point is that for this prophesied Middle East Nuclear War to happen, it seems most likely that the Muslims must first find a way to neutralize Israel's nuclear advantage, probably by matching it with their own. Therefore, whether it is Iran under Ahmadinejad who provides them or not, I would expect the Muslims to

29 www.timesonline.co.uk/article/0,,2089-2535310,00.html

30 en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mahmoud_Ahmadinejad

31 haaretz.com/hasen/spages/815304.html

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Why Would the Muslims Attack Nuclear Israel?

continue to wait until they have acquired nuclear weapons. Once Israel's enemies possess or near the possession of nuclear weapons, watch for them to ally together and begin talking more like Psalm 83 says they will prior to their joint attack, and for Israel to perhaps preempt their plan.

Results of the War

Regardless of what triggers the war, it will happen and we can easily imagine the aftermath of it. The world will be in shock over the first nuclear attack since 1945. It could be very harmful for the world economy, just as there was a recession in America following the shocking 2001 World Trade Center “9-11” attack.

Energy Crunch and Recession?

Israel nuking several M.E. cities could spread fallout in the oil-producing region and disrupt oil production. Even if that is completely avoided, Iran has threatened to disrupt the oil flow if attacked. She plans to torpedo oil tankers going through the Strait of Hormuz where one quarter of the world's oil supply passes. The result in either case would be a major energy crunch worldwide. The global economy could be hurt with temporarily higher energy prices.

Jerome Corsi claims that sleeper cell Hezbollah agents exist in America ready to strike targets on American soil, perhaps even with low yield nuclear weapons, in defense of Iran. This could seriously constrict the US (and world) economy even worse than 9-11 did.

Economic Setback in Isaiah 17

Isaiah 17:4 (HCSB) — On that day the splendor of Jacob will fade, and his healthy body will become emaciated.

Isaiah 17 may confirm that the Western nations or at least America will be hurt economically from the attack on Damascus, in the use of the term of Jacob in the End Times (as we saw in Obadiah above). A similar “emaciation” of America's economic health, or recession, happened from the 1973 OPEC oil embargo in retaliation for America helping Israel in the Yom Kippur war.

Jordan Destroyed In Preparation For the Woman?

If the destruction of Jordan happens, it could explain how the way is prepared for the Woman of Revelation 12 to flee to Edom, Moab and Ammon (which Daniel 11:41 lists as the only place that the Antichrist cannot control). Perhaps these parts of Jordan will be deserted so that they can be prepared specially for God's servants to stay for the Great Tribulation. Living in a desolated land is not so far fetched when you consider that we will need supernatural protection to be safe from the Antichrist there or anywhere anyway.

War Timing

We have covered why several of the above prophecies do not fit the Second Coming of Christ. So when do they fit in the scheme of things? When can we expect this war to happen? Our choices are few and thankfully the process of elimination rules out all but one of them. Armageddon does not fit as we already discussed. The millennial or post-millennial periods do not work either. The former is 1000 years of peace and the latter has only one brief war right when Satan is released and then he is cast into the Lake of Fire (Rev 20).

Only Pre-trib Fits – Next Prophecy On Roadmap

That leaves the tribulation or pre-tribulation periods. What many do not realize is Jesus said that the Great Tribulation will be its own type of Millennium with peace and prosperity. Like Christ, the Antichrist will conquer and control all nations who resist him near the beginning of his reign (Dan 11:44=Rev 9:13-21). After that, we have a picture of peace and prosperity: eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage—until the day the Jesus gathers his bride in the rapture (Mt 24:38-41).

Thus, only a pre-tribulation timing fits for this war since it is not a war between the Antichrist and the opposition to his reign. Although you cannot find any mention of this war in Revelation, the 6th seal and 7th seals of Revelation 6 actually require a major sea-change event just like it to make their fulfillments possible. ( Planet X in Bible Prophecy details the reasons why).

For these reasons, I am convinced that the next major prophecy ready to be fulfilled is the Middle East Nuclear war. This will be followed by the coming of the promised End Times prophet like “Elijah”. He will gather God's people to Jerusalem by calling them maybe for a couple of years prior to the 6th seal's arrival (Jer 51:45-46). In other words, I expect it to happen near the start of the 70th Week or final seven years.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 6: Next: The Middle East Nuclear War

Iran May Have Capacity Before 2010

Thus, if it is a pre-70th week event, it could happen anytime now. However, if Iran really is the leading catalyst for it, then the attack will not happen until Iran becomes sufficiently nuclear armed and inspires the Islamic countries to join together against Israel. Various intelligence sources disagree on how soon Iran will have nuclear bombs. The CIA has said it is “far off” while Israeli intelligence argued in 2006 that it was possible “within a couple years”.

When I asked geopolitical analyst Jeff Nyquist about which opinion he believed on how close Iran is to having a bomb: he had this reply by email near the end of 2006:

I don't know the answer, but Yossef Bodansky says they had two bombs more than a decade ago. The question really isn't the possession of the bomb, which they might already have. It is a capacity to build 20 to 30 bombs a year. That is the real concern. One nuclear bomb is hardly enough to win a war, even against Israel. But 20 or 30 a year is a catastrophe, and they certainly don't have this capacity yet. Perhaps they will have this in the next five years. Maybe in two years. Hard to say. JRN 32

I believe Jeff is correct that we therefore have at least until 2009 before Iran will become the catastrophe that Israel fears and must take preemptive action against. This timing happens to coincide with what we'll see later from the sabbath year cycles for the earliest start of the 70th Week. Of course, one never knows for sure. This is why we were told to “watch and pray” (Lk 21:36).

32 www.JRNyquist.com
©2007 Tim McHyde
-All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 7:

Daniel's 70 Weeks & The Great Tribulation

The Bible's Central Prophecy

Daniel 9:24-27 (HCSB) — 24 Seventy weeks are decreed about your people and your holy city—to bring the rebellion to an end, to put a stop to sin, to wipe away injustice, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most holy place. 25 Know and understand this: From the issuing of the decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until Messiah the Prince will be seven weeks and 62 weeks. It will be rebuilt with a plaza and a moat, but in difficult times. 26 After those 62 weeks the Messiah will be cut off and will have nothing. The people of the coming prince will destroy the city and the sanctuary. The end will come with a flood, and until the end there will be war; desolations are decreed. 27 He will make a firm covenant with many for one week, but in the middle of the week he will put a stop to sacrifice and offering. And the abomination of desolation will be on a wing of the temple until the decreed destruction is poured out on the desolator.”

The 70 Weeks Prophecy of Daniel 9:24-27 is unquestionably a key prophecy of the Bible. It details the timing of both the First and Second Coming of Israel's Messiah. It predicted the construction of the Second Temple and predicts the morning and evening sacrifices of the Third Temple and the Antichrist who will stop them and inhabit the temple. It is from the 70th week of Daniel, as interpreted by Jesus in the Olivet Discourse, that we receive the term “Great Tribulation” and learn its main events. Simply put, without this prophecy a complete Revelation Roadmap could not be made.

If You Are Unfamiliar With Daniel's 70 Weeks

Not surprisingly, the Revelation Roadmap outlined in the previous chapter is based on the final and 70th Week of Daniel, so understanding the roadmap requires being familiar with this most fundamental of prophecies. Yet, because this prophecy is so familiar and adequately explained by many other sources, I will skip explaining it verse by verse in the present writing in the interests of allowing more time and space for those insights and prophecy solutions I offer which do not seem to be available elsewhere.

For those who are totally unfamiliar with the 70 Weeks or why the 70th Week must be after a time gap and yet future, I can recommend some free articles by Thomas Ice. They explain much of the 70th Week from a literal approach, and highlight the problems with the allegorizers' approach (Preterism). Although Ice works with Tim LaHaye and is naturally a pre-tribulation rapturist, he nevertheless has much worth listening to. (I'm a firm believer in that we can and must learn from everyone if we truly are diligently seeking the truth on a subject, regardless of prejudice we may naturally have because of incorrect views on other subjects a teacher may hold.)

The 70 Weeks of Daniel by Thomas Ice at Rapture Ready

www.raptureready.com/featured/ice/ttcol.html (scroll down to “27. 70 Weeks of Daniel I” through “38. 70 Weeks of Daniel XII)

My Own View on the 70 Weeks

Of course, it goes without saying that I do not agree 100% with everything in any source I may reference, including those above. Here, then, is a brief overview of the defining points of my 70 Weeks understanding that may or may not differ from those of Thomas Ice. The reasons why I believe each are expounded in subsequent chapters.

 Time Gap Between 69th and 70th Week: I see a clear gap allowed for and required between the 69th and 70th week because Scripture itself delineates it and several of the “Six Prophetic Purpose Clauses” of the 70 Weeks from verse 24 are not literally fulfilled yet.

 70th Week for End Times: Daniel 11:35-45 states that the Antichrist shall take over Jerusalem in the “time of the end” until God's wrath completes things and Daniel 8:9-17 identifies the Antichrist in Jerusalem ending the sacrifices and committing the abomination in the “time of the end.” Thus, contrary to what Preterists teach, we are still in the time gap. This requires a yet future 70th week with a wicked ruler seizing Jerusalem, stopping the sacrifices and setting up an abominable statue as Antiochus Epiphanes IV did to foreshadow or partially fulfill the 70th Week.

Are Sabbath Year Cycles: The 70 weeks are not just any set of seven years, but as anyone who has studied the Torah might suppose, are groups of seven years which end in a Sabbath year, just as the Sabbath year cycle

76 Chapter 7: Daniel's 70 Weeks & The Great Tribulation

does. The Bible and other ancient accounts support this.

“He” Who Makes the Covenant is Antichrist: This can only be the Antichrist, because Daniel 11:31-36 describes the one who committed the first Abomination of Desolation as speaking despicable things against God, something Jesus never did.

The Seven-year Covenant Is With Ten Kings, Not Israel: Amazingly, there is not one plain verse to support that the “covenant confirmed with the many” is between the Antichrist and Israel. The meaning of the word HaRabim translated “the many” in Daniel 9:27 is ambiguous and inconsistently used elsewhere in Daniel for peoples other than Israel (Dan 11:33, 39; 12:3). There is, however, good support that the covenant mentioned in Daniel 9 is the same as the secret covenant between the Antichrist and the ten rulers detailed in Revelation 17 for destroying America and dominating the world in her place.

Confirmation of the Covenant Not Public: There is no sign that the start of the seven-year covenant is a public event that we can watch for and respond to. To the contrary, Jesus pointed to an event 3½ years later as the visible signal of the Great Tribulation: the Abomination of Desolation. If it were a conspiracy between the Antichrist and these other men of power to rule together after destroying America as Revelation 17 describes, then by no means would it be public. This would partly explain why Jesus did not tell us to watch for any treaty as the earliest warning sign.

Abomination of Desolation Was and Will Be a Statue at the Temple (Image of the Beast): There is surprisingly much confusion on the Abomination of Desolation considering that Daniel clearly references two fulfillments of this, including one historical fulfillment by Antiochus Epiphanes IV (Dan 11:31) and one for the “time of the end” (Dan 9:27=Dan 8:12-17=Dan 12:9-11). It seems safe to say that this will be the Image of the Beast that the False Prophet commands to be made of the Antichrist for worship (and he also brings to life) given that Antiochus, as the type of the Antichrist, put up a statue of Zeus/Jupiter for his Abomination of Desolation.

 The 69th Week Predicts the Start of Jesus' Ministry, Not the End: The 69th Week predicts the year of the start of Jesus ministry after his baptism, not the year of the end of his ministry. He was publicly proclaimed by John the Baptist to be the Lamb of God at his baptism so it is a better natural fit for the first fulfillment of “until Messiah the Prince” of Daniel 9:25. We will see later that the historic Sabbath year cycle confirms this. As does the Gospel account of when Jesus read from Isaiah in the synagogue at Nazareth proclaiming it was a Sabbath year right after his baptism by John the Baptist.

No “360-day Prophetic Calendar” Basis: There are various conflicting predictions based on turning the 70 Weeks into years multiplied by a “360 day year prophetic calendar” value to give day counts which supposedly allow you to pinpoint the very day of his “triumphal entry” (usually in some year after 30CE). The major problem with this is that there is no such thing as a prophetic calendar used or defined in Scripture, but this belief comes from allegorizing the literal 1260 days and 42 months of the Tribulation because they do not presently fit our 365¼-day year reality (but they will after Wormwood passes).

 The 69th Week is a Dual Prophecy: The 69 weeks not only predict the year by which Jesus would be cut off, but also give us the literal week into his ministry after which he was cut off. This would explain why the word seven alone was used without a qualifier such as “years”. Michael Rood's “70 Week Ministry of the Messiah” series first alerted me to this possibility. It provided the answer to the problem I was having with a 3 BCE birth of Messiah, a 30 year age at start of his ministry in a historically confirmed Sabbath year, and a death in 30 CE followed by exactly 40 years of cessation of miracles in the temple service before the destruction of it in 70 CE (as the Talmud records). Those time points leave only room for a 1½-year ministry. It appears that the traditional “3½ ministry” is based on two misinterpreted or mistaken verses in the Book of John, which seem to refer to the Feast of Passover but do not 33 .

 The Great Tribulation is only the Second Half of the 70th Week: Six places the Bible gives a length of 3½ years for the Great Tribulation events, and yet the belief persists that the entire 70th Week is the Great Tribulation, making for a “7-year Tribulation”. (Given that much evidence against it, I have a hard time not

33John 5:1 is only assumed to be the Feast of Passover and 6:4 (MT) actually says Passover but the Nestle-Aland 26th Edition has an alternate reading from an older Greek fragment that omits Passover. See Michael Rood's 70 Week Ministry of the Messiah for details.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

My Own View on the 70 Weeks

cringing when I hear someone mention the “7-year Tribulation”)

The Great Tribulation

The Great Tribulation is directly tied to the 70 Weeks of Daniel, so it is natural to cover them both together. This also is a very familiar prophetic term describing the time when the Antichrist will rule from Jerusalem, enforce the Mark of the Beast on the world, and persecute and “destroy” the holy people. The period is first introduced in the Book of Daniel.

Daniel 11:45-12:1 (HCSB) — 11:45[the Antichrist] will pitch his royal tents between the sea and the beautiful holy mountain, but he will meet his end with no one to help him. 12:1 At that time Michael the great prince who stands watch over your people will rise up. There will be a time of distress such as never has occurred since nations came into being until that time. But at that time all your people who are found written in the book will escape.

However, it was Jesus who gave us the label “great tribulation” in the Olivet Discourse:

Matt 24:15–22 (KJV) — 15 When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand:) 16 Then let them which be in Judaea flee into the mountains: 17 Let him which is on the housetop not come down to take any thing out of his house: 18 Neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes.19 And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days!20 But pray ye that your flight be not in the winter, neither on the sabbath day: 21 For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. 22 And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened.

Daniel 8:24 (HCSB) — His power will be great, but it will not be his own. He will cause terrible destruction and succeed in whatever he does. He will destroy the powerful along with the holy people.

“Destroy the Holy People”? — Why God Allows the Tribulation

It is at first odd to read how God says several times in Daniel that the Antichrist will “destroy the Holy People” (Dan 8:24; 12:7) during the Great Tribulation, or to comprehend why he would allow this to happen at all. Although this is clearly not a complete destruction, it is hard to find a good explanation for even a partial one, unless we understand God's 7000-year plan of which the first 6000 he is for the most part hands off. Why has he chosen to do it this way?

God is the master teacher and is at work teaching the present world and posterity several important lessons and precedents. He is letting it be proven that man's way (even with Satan's “help”) does not work and results in great suffering and inevitable destruction. If he interfered with our free will and did not allow this to take its course, posterity could make the case that we never got a full fair chance to try other ways than God's way once it is fully enforced with an rod of iron during the Millennium (Rev 2:27; 12:5; 19:15). Consequently, the argument that “God interrupted us right before we were about to get it right and is forcing us to go his way!” will be preposterous in the face of this historical record showing that God waited until “no flesh would be saved alive” (Mt 24:22) before stopping the failed experiment in human self-governance.

Suffering From Lack of Wisdom

It also helps to remember that “my people are destroyed for a lack of knowledge” (Hos 4:6). Also instructive is the parable of the ten virgins (Mt 25) where, while they are all “virgins”, five are foolish in their preparations and suffer a great loss because of it. Yes, righteousness will gain us all the same “one denarius” payment (Mt 20) of eternal life. It will not matter which century we lived in or of how shortly before we died that we finally committed to God's way (like the thief on the cross ). In contrast to eternal life, how well and how long we live in this earthly life is largely determined by how wise and diligent we are. How to go beyond securing eternal life and live wisely and bear fruits now in this life is a part of the Bible that Christianity does not focus on enough.

If we truly have free will, it could be no other way. The lesson for the righteous in this, then, is to not only to seek righteousness, but to seek wisdom. This includes learning all of the Bible that God went to the trouble of preserving for us (not just Paul's letters on which most Christian doctrine is based). I believe how well we diligently seek God and apply our hearts to wisdom that will determine the how many of “all these things” we will escape. Part of our reward is to see everything that God is going to do up through the climactic end of this 6000-year epoch and also the transition into the Millennium. That experience is something I do not want to miss having, especially not due to premature death I could have avoided with more prayer, diligence, and wisdom.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 7: Daniel's 70 Weeks & The Great Tribulation

If it sounds like I believe that it is largely up to us whether we escape all these things or not, rather than mostly up to God, then yes, I do. If it were not so, then God would not tell us to pray, watch and be wise throughout his word. To instruct us to do these things must make a significant difference in the results we experience or our free will is a sham. And one of the areas that I expect it to make a difference in is End Times survival, whether we live to “stand before the Son of Man” (Lk 21:36) or not.

Why the 5th Trumpet is the Great Tribulation

One of the longstanding frustrations I used to have with the Book of Revelation was not even being able to find the Great Tribulation in it. Surely something as important as the Great Tribulation had to have its own seal, trumpet or bowl. But, I could not for the life of me figure out which one was it. This went on for many years, even after properly understanding the post-tribulation timing of the Rapture. Once someone finally pointed it out to me, I could not understand why I had not seen it sooner. Here are the steps to see it for yourself:

1.     Daniel 12:1 (quoted above) points out that the Great Tribulation begins with the archangel Michael standing up to do something (although without stating what) at the End Times.

2.     Revelation 12 also mentions yet future activity of Michael. It details his involvement in a war with Satan that results in Satan being cast down and barred from Heaven. Satan responds by beginning his great wrath which brings three woes on Earth over 3½ year period during which God must protect his people. (Note that Satan has not been cast down yet as he continues to be the accuser of the brethren as the Book of Job testifies).

Revelation 12:7-17 (HCSB) — 7 Then war broke out in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon. The dragon and his angels also fought, 8 but he could not prevail, and there was no place for them in heaven any longer. 9 So the great dragon was thrown out—the ancient serpent, who is called the Devil and Satan, the one who deceives the whole world. He was thrown to earth, and his angels with him. ... 12 Therefore rejoice, O heavens, and you who dwell in them! Woe to the Earth and the sea, for the Devil has come down to you with great fury, because he knows he has a short time. 13 When the dragon saw that he had been thrown to earth, he persecuted the woman who gave birth to the male. 14 The woman was given two wings of a great eagle, so that she could fly from the serpent’s presence to her place in the wilderness, where she was fed for a time, times, and half a time. 15 From his mouth the serpent spewed water like a river after the woman, to sweep her away in a torrent. 16 But the Earth helped the woman: the Earth opened its mouth and swallowed up the river that the dragon had spewed from his mouth. 17 So the dragon was furious with the woman and left to wage war against the rest of her offspring—those who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony about Jesus.

Revelation 14:12 (HCSB) — Here is the endurance of the saints, who keep the commandments of God and the faith in Jesus.” [speaking of the 144,000 who are scattered through every nation preaching the Gospel as a witness, see Mystery of Disunity]

Revelation 8:12-13 — 12 And the fourth angel sounded, ... 13 And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven, saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the Earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels, which are yet to sound!

3. Revelation 9 describes the 5th trumpet as beginning with a star or angel (Rev 1:20) falling from Heaven followed by three woes which are equated with the 5th, 6th and 7th trumpets (Rev 8:13; 9:12; 11:14). This begins the torture of people to the point they wished they were dead.

Note that I am not equating the angel in verse 1 who falls with the “the angel of the bottomless pit” in verse 11 who rises and rules over the locusts. The angel who falls matches Satan and no other since no angel of God would “fall” from heaven, given the clear negative connotation of this word through Scripture (Isa 14:12; 18:2). Meanwhile, Apollyon/Abaddon is clearly not also Satan, but one of Satan's chief ruling angels currently imprisoned by God in the abyss who is appropriately labeled the “angel of the abyss”. This distinction is often lost in a casual reading and especially by a reader who is not familiar with the Book of Enoch which explains the abyss and why God imprisoned certain fallen angels there 34 .

34 While it is true the Book of Enoch is not currently part of the canon, it is apparently quoted in Jude 1:14 and at one time is said to have been part of the canon before Revelation was added. I am not endorsing everything in the book, but I do find that its coverage of the abyss and the sin of the fallen angels there harmonizes with the rest of the Bible.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

The Great Tribulation

Revelation 9:1-3, 11-13 (HCSB) — 1 The fifth angel blew his trumpet, and I saw a star that had fallen from heaven to earth. The key to the shaft of the abyss was given to him. 2 He opened the shaft of the abyss, and smoke came up out of the shaft like smoke from a great furnace so that the sun and the air were darkened by the smoke from the shaft. 3 Then out of the smoke locusts came to the Earth, and power was given to them like the power that scorpions have on the Earth. 4 They were told not to harm the grass of the Earth, or any green plant, or any tree, but only people who do not have God’s seal on their foreheads. 5 They were not permitted to kill them, but were to torment [them] for five months; their torment is like the torment caused by a scorpion when it strikes a man. 6 In those days people will seek death and will not find it; they will long to die, but death will flee from them. ... 11 They had as their king the angel of the abyss; his name in Hebrew is Abaddon, and in Greek he has the name Apollyon. 12 The first woe has passed. There are still two more woes to come after this. 13 The sixth angel blew his trumpet...

The above parallel passages together say Michael will stand up at the 5th trumpet to cast Satan down and begin three woes over 3½ years of the Great Tribulation. Even without identifying Satan as the fallen angel in Revelation 9:1, the fact that three woes begin at the 5th trumpet there and also at the fall of Satan in Revelation 12, is very compelling.

Length of the Great Tribulation Given As 3½ Years — Six Times

Jesus explicitly tells us in the Olivet Discourse (quoted above) that the Great Tribulation begins very soon after the Abomination of Desolation. You may recall from above that Daniel 9:27 says that the abomination happens in the middle of the 70th Week, or halfway into the final seven years. This would indicate a 3½ year tribulation instead of the commonly believed seven years. It is critical to correctly establish this time period for an accurate roadmap. An overabundance of verses confirm it as the correct length:

Half of 7 years: Daniel 9:27 tells us that the Abomination of Desolation and ceasing of the daily oblation will happen in the middle of the final 7 year period (not the beginning) and Jesus speaks of this Abomination event as the signal to head to the place of safety (Mt 24:15) as the Great Tribulation follows it (Mt 24:21). Half of 7 years = 3½ years

3½ years: Daniel 7:25 says the Little Horn (Antichrist) will oppress the holy ones for time, (pair of) times, and half of time or 1 + 2 + ½ = 3½ years

3½ years: Revelation 12:14 says the Woman is protected from Satan for this same length of time.

42 months: Revelation 11:2 says that the Gentiles armies will trample Jerusalem for this same period of 42 months.

42 months: Revelation 13:5 says the Beast (Antichrist) will have power for 42 months

1260 days: Revelation 11:3 says that the Two Witnesses prophesy during this same period for 1260 days

In other words, the 1260 days of the Two Witnesses preaching is the same 42 months that the Temple Mount is trampled (Rev 11:1-3). It is also the same 3½ years that the Woman is protected in the desert (Rev 12:14). All these events relate to the Great Tribulation period when the Antichrist continues for “time (pair of) times and half a time” as Daniel 7:25 says.

How 1260 Days = 42 Months = 3½ Years Literally

The above timing numbers given by Daniel and Revelation present a serious problem to the literal interpreter. The only calendar they work on is one with a 360-day year and a 30-day month, which of course does not fit our present reality of a 365¼-day year and 29½-day lunar month. I say “present reality” for a reason, as you may remember from Chapter 2 of Planet X in Bible Prophecy where a solution to this dilemma was first touched on. Without this solution interpreters generally solve this problem by concluding that some mystical “prophetic calendar” must be what is meant here, rather than a literal 360/30 calendar as the plain sense requires.

The solution, once again, is that Star Wormwood will literally tug on the Earth when it passes in front of us (which it must do to be visible and lay all the dense debris in our path that hits us). The result will be the speeding up of our orbit, thereby shortening the solar year by 5¼ days. Models I have seen show that just by that happening, the lunar month will lengthen by exactly ½ day due to the greater distance the moon must travel to catch up to the Earth's more quickly receding shadow.

This scenario is not so far-fetched as it sounds when you remember that prior to Noah's flood the calendar had

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 7: Daniel's 70 Weeks & The Great Tribulation

30-day months—five 30 day months listed in a row, in fact. Other ancient calendars from that time all used a 360-day year. This also better explains how we ended up with 360 degrees in a circle instead of 365¼. 360 was the actual length of the year at the time the Babylonians invented degrees.

Another Reason Why the Great Tribulation Cannot Be 7 Years

Another way to prove that the Tribulation cannot be 7 years long is by using the 1290 days of Daniel 12, which we have not touched on yet:

Daniel 12:11-13 (HCSB) — 11 From the time the daily sacrifice is abolished and the abomination of desolation is set up, there will be 1,290 days. 12 Blessed is the one who waits for and reaches 1,335 days. 13 But as for you, go on your way to the end; you will rest, then rise to your destiny at the end of the days.”

1.     Daniel 9:27 says there will be a pact for 7 years and then halfway through it the sacrifices will be stopped and an abomination erected on a wing of the temple (same day apparently) by the Prince who shall come (Antichrist).

2.     Daniel 12:11 confirms that the sacrifices will be stopped and abomination set up on the same day, adding the detail that its exactly 1290 days from the end of the 7 years, which indeed is in the middle (not to the very day of course).

3.     In Matthew 24:15, Jesus says that the abomination spoken of by Daniel would stand (Mk 13:14) in the Holy Place immediately preceding the Great Tribulation

4.     Therefore the Great Tribulation must be less than or equal to 1290 days long and not 7 years long since it starts after the Abomination which is said to come in the middle of the 7 years.

This confirms that the Great Tribulation is at most 1290 days or roughly 3½ years long. So why does this myth of a 7-year tribulation persist? It seems to come from the assumption that the Antichrist making a “covenant with Israel” for 7 years is the real start of his public reign of terror, instead of what Jesus says starts it: the Abomination of Desolation 3½ years later. But, this breaks Daniel 7:25 stating that the Antichrist oppresses, or causes tribulation for the holy ones, for 3½ years only. Also, as stated earlier there is no verse indicating that the confirmation of the covenant is done by the Antichrist as part of a public office, let alone with Israel.

Revelation's 1260 Days vs. Daniel's 1290 Days – Why the 30 Day Difference?

You may have noticed above that Daniel 12 gives 1290 days from the Abomination until the end, while Jesus says the Abomination heralds the Great Tribulation and Revelation 11:3 says the Two Witnesses prophesy for exactly 1260 days. In other words, at first the 1260 and 1290 days seem to both be talking about length of the Great Tribulation. Why, then, is there a difference of 30 days?

The reason why the Two Witnesses preach for 1260 days and not 1290, and the gentiles trample for only 42 months not 43 months, etc., can be deduced easily. If Jesus instructed believers to flee Judea to the mountainous safe place prepared for the righteous remnant (Mat 24:15-16=Rev 12:14), then there ought to be some time allocated for that flight to be of any use. Thus, it seems that we are to deduce that the Great Tribulation is in fact only 1260 days long. It starts at the 1290 day point, exactly 30 days after the sacrifices are stopped and the Abomination of Desolation is stood up. This works because Jesus never said specifically that the Great Tribulation would be “at that day” when you see the Abomination, but “at that time there will be great tribulation.” He left out the detail of exactly how long we have to flee, which we can easily extrapolate from carefully comparing Daniel and Revelation.

1335 Days – From the Same End Point, Not Start Point

By the way, the above observation that the 1290 days start before the 1260 days is a big part of why I conclude that the 1335-day count also shares the same end point, rather than the same starting point. I could not find any way to make sense of having God tell us we would be blessed if we only just wait until 45 days after the Great Tribulation ends on the eve of Tishrei 1 (which would be 30 days after the Millennium begins on Tishrei 15) as the assumption of a common starting point requires. Why would God have to give us any specific instructions today in prophecy on what to do on the 30th day of the Millennium when Jesus will be reigning and God's instructions will no longer be hidden, but plainly spoken for weeks before that point?

No, the need to record instructions about it now and there being blessing for following them better fits the time

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

The Great Tribulation

right before the Great Tribulation begins when the Antichrist is in the process of convincing and tricking the world to install him as king. Most believers will already be there in Jerusalem, the place they were gathered to right before Wormwood passed in a prophet-lead community (Mt 24:15-16). From Jesus' Olivet Discourse we will know that the Antichrist will soon come to surround Jerusalem with armies (Lk 21:20) and take it over right before he sets up the Abomination—which Jesus said was the drop dead date for fleeing Judea. We will therefore be understandably anxious about remaining there once the Antichrist is on the rise. We may desire to get out of Judea prematurely and travel to the place in the wilderness prepared for the Woman for the duration of the Great Tribulation (Rev 12:14). I believe that this mass exodus, or second gathering (Zeph 2:1) to Edom, Moab, and Ammon (Dan 11:41) may very well commence at the start of the 1335 days. I therefore speculate that the blessing for waiting until then may be that you are a part of the group and/or witness to inspiring exit miracles or other events that God has planned up until the end. God always seems to like to play things close. For a large group possibly traveling on foot from Jerusalem to Jordan, 45 days seems about right for the move.

First Half of the 70th Week

Clearly the Great Tribulation is only the second half of the 70th Week. So what does Scripture say about the first half of the 70th Week? Apart from the 1335 which I believe spills 45 days into the first half (without telling us specifically what happens on that day) the only other timing data we have are the 2300 evenings and mornings from Daniel 8.

2300 Evenings and Mornings

At this point, I am sorry to say I am not sure about the 2300 evenings and mornings. They appear to refer to the daily morning and evening sacrifices that the Torah prescribes to be done at the Temple and altar. It may be telling us how many days from the end of the 70th Week that the sacrifices actually start up again after 2000 years. Alternatively, it may be counting from the start of the sacrifices in the Third Temple during the Millennium (Ezekiel 40-48). However, in either case there will not be sacrifices going on for the duration of the 2300 days because the Antichrist will stop them at the 1290 days.

Other Likely Events of the First Half

Nevertheless, it is probably a safe bet that the sacrifices will start up again during the first half after the Muslims are defeated in the Nuclear Middle East War, perhaps with the destruction of the Dome of the Rock, which rests over the Holy of Holies of Solomon's Temple 35 .

Apart from that, as the Roadmap shows, we can suspect that the first half will be filled with developments that directly make the Great Tribulation possible. This thanks to the conspiracy of the Antichrist and the Ten Kings that kicks off the entire seven years. They will probably enable or make happen the Nuclear Middle East War, Wormwood's devastating passage (keeping it a surprise through control of media), Nuclear World War III and America's destruction. Only after that series of events will we have the stage set with a Third Temple for the Antichrist to “sit in and show himself that he is God” and a chaotic starving world desperate enough to believe and accept him.

First Half Is Not the “Time of Jacob's Trouble”

For years I believed as I was taught that the first half of the 70th Week was what the “Time of Jacob's Trouble” referred to.

Jeremiah 30:6-9 — 6 Ask ye now, and see whether a man doth travail with child? wherefore do I see every man with his hands on his loins, as a woman in travail, and all faces are turned into paleness? 7 Alas! for that day is great, so that none is like it: it is even the time of Jacob's trouble; but he shall be saved out of it. 8 For it shall come to pass in that day, saith the LORD of hosts, that I will break his yoke from off thy neck, and will burst thy bonds, and strangers shall no more serve themselves of him [enslave him]: 9 But they shall serve the LORD their God, and David their king, whom I will raise up unto them.

Time of Jacob's Trouble = Wrath of God

However, today I see there is no support for this conclusion in the one mention of the phrase by Jeremiah. Instead, I see many similarities in that Jeremiah passage which fit other descriptions of the time of God's Wrath:

35 www.templemountfaithful.org/Articles/temple-location.htm ©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 7: Daniel's 70 Weeks & The Great Tribulation

Isaiah 13:6-16 — 6 Howl ye; for the day of the LORD is at hand; it shall come as a destruction from the Almighty. 7 Therefore shall all hands be faint, and every man's heart shall melt: 8 And they shall be afraid: pangs and sorrows shall take hold of them; they shall be in pain as a woman that travaileth: they shall be amazed one at another; their faces shall be as flames. 9 Behold, the day of the LORD cometh, cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate: and he shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. 10 For the stars of heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light: the sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to shine.

What Jeremiah says about the cessation of Jacob's serving among the nations and his return to serve under David instead, is consistent with what we know about the post-tribulation time period called the Millennium. King David and the other saints will be resurrected to glorified bodies. Then God's wrath commences and ends on the tenth day with the Day of the Lord. The reign of Messiah and the saints, including King David, begins. Soon after that, many prophecies state that the Lost Ten Tribes and Judah which constitute “Jacob” or Israel will be regathered out of the many nations they have been scattered to. None of this can happen before the Great Tribulation, so the Time of Jacob's Trouble cannot possibly fit there.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 8:

America's Destruction in WWIII

If you were to describe Revelation's Wormwood passage scenario to a stranger off the street, they would probably say it sounds like the end of the world, or what they imagine Armageddon might be like. Indeed, the major Hollywood motion picture called Armageddon is about a comet on a collision course with Earth. It sounds like the ultimate test of mankind which, once over, lets us breathe a sign of relief before returning to our normal, comfortable, carefree existence, just like in the movies.

Unfortunately, Wormwood's passage is only the start of the major tragedies on the Revelation Roadmap. What clearly follows Wormwood in the Book of Revelation are three more trumpets. Less clear is the fact that among these trumpets are a nuclear World War bringing America's destruction and an “alien invasion” coupled with the enslavement of the entire world by a satanic global dictator who deceives everyone into believing he is God himself. The only notable difference in between these calamities and Wormwood is perhaps in their sources. While Wormwood is essentially a disaster of Nature, these other problems will be caused directly by Man and Satan. Still, the coming together of these conflicts is so bleak that no single movie I know of has conceived of such a dystopic vision of our future. To even come close you would have to watch at least four movies together: Armageddon (1998) about a comet impact, The Day After Tomorrow (2004) about a sudden ice age, The Day After (1994) about the defeat of America by Russia in a nuclear war, and 1984 (1956) about a completely controlled society, and perhaps a few others.

God's Escape Plan Applies Here, Too

Nevertheless, understand that the same thing that applied to Wormwood applies to these calamities. God has a plan to save those who are his and we do not have to worry about being left out of his plan if we sincerely seek God starting today. And no pre-trib rapture is needed to accomplish this, just as God did not need a rapture to protect his people in Egypt while he poured the Ten Plagues out.

It is also not like the surface understanding of the Parable of the Ten Virgins where they fall asleep and miss the wedding in spite of intending to be a part of it. It is often overlooked that the virgins falling asleep is not an indication of sick spiritual condition. We all sleep every night and it was the actual custom at that time for the bridal party to together await the arrival of the groom, even if it took a few days. However, only five of those are called wise. The problem comes in when it is discovered that the other five had simply not done what was required to be prepared before they fell asleep as the five wise had done. Their lack of preparation, representing lack of good works, had already determined their fate, even though they had knowledge of what was coming and some degree of desire to not be left out. This results for various reasons, as the Parable of the Sower explains (i.e., deception, persecution, and distraction), but can be avoided if you heed Jesus warning to work while it is day (John 9:4).

With that said, let us proceed to the evidence for what follows the end of the Wormwood scenario of the 4th trumpet: the destruction of America.

“America Is Not Mentioned In Bible Prophecy”

The same teachers who teach the Scripture-breaking pre-tribulation rapture doctrine also usually teach an idea that is arguably even more preposterous: the idea that the United States of America is not found in Bible prophecy. These prophecy teachers are no doubt aware of the fact that Bible prophecy predicted the actions or outcomes of every great empire that affected the course of ancient history including Babylon, Persia, Egypt, and Rome. Yet they somehow entertain the strange notion that the fate of the greatest nation in history is somehow left out of End Times prophecy.

However, this oversight is quite understandable. America's identity in the Bible is so well hidden that it is even labeled a “mystery” by the Bible itself. Unlike those nations mentioned above whose symbols were often explicitly made plain later in the prophecy (like the ram and the goat of Daniel 8), America is described in a way that is easy to miss and doubt. I know, because I have had the experience of trying to share America's identity in the Bible with several people and always found it to be frustrating, even with people who had above average understanding of Bible prophecy.

Quite Negative Mentions At That

Adding to the difficulty, the two main places where America appears in the Bible also describe her sudden, shocking destruction. It is hard to believe that the greatest nation, the “last remaining superpower”, can

Chapter 8: America's Destruction in WWIII

fall like that when no single nation seems militarily capable of making it happen. It makes no sense.

While nobody is prepared to hear that their home country will ultimately be defeated militarily and left as ruins, Americans also have a mythos of the invincibility and greatness of their country that makes it even harder for them to accept this scenario. This is why, for example, that the general public believes the 9-11 Commission Report's uncorroborated conspiracy theory of what happened—because the alternative “conspiracy theory” that objectively fits the facts better requires them to accept that our great, noble country could have been complicit in murdering its own citizens. It is an unthinkable concept for the “land of the free and home of the brave” where ideally “never is heard a discouraging word”. In addition, because of this mythos, American optimism abounds, just as is needed to keep our consumer-based economy afloat. The stock market always rebounds and we cannot conceive of it doing any less than that.

Yet as great as it is, let us not forget that America is just one country. Is it not much more unthinkable that God would let devastation as terrible as Wormwood happen to the entire Earth? Nevertheless, God will allow both disasters to happen for his purposes. We will see next that the unthinkable nuclear WWIII resulting in the end of America is also described as being allowed by God, and understand the reason for and relative timing of it.

America as Babylon

The first prophecies about America that we will look at are those which refer to her by various forms of the name “Babylon” (Isa 13) including “Mystery Babylon” (Rev 17-18) and the “Daughter of Babylon” (Jer 50-51, Isaiah 47). A whole book of its own can be written on this topic covering all the evidence and revealing all the flaws in the arguments for other identifications of this Babylon. In fact, a book has been written on this topic already that I recommend for those who are still not convinced after the evidence I present (even though at this point I have one more strong proof that even that book does not cover). The book is America the Babylon by Rick Coombes 36 . In it the author covers every prophecy in detail and how only America fits each and points out the unsurmountable problems with the alternative theories.

For me, the key to this argument is, as always, reading every verse carefully and literally, just as we have done with other parts of Revelation in this book successfully. If you begin to allegorize any part of that passage, or simply ignore a verse, you will be able to arrive at any of the alternative interpretations that are common such as Rome, the Vatican, Modern Iraq or an organization like the U.N.

Relative Timing of Babylon's Fall in Revelation 14

My approach to making a brief case for America is to use the one prophecy that actually gives us the relative timing of the fall of Mystery Babylon. This prophecy is not addressed in any other prophecy book I have seen, including America the Babylon, even though it is extremely helpful for identification and construction of the Roadmap. It is found in the verses of Revelation 14 immediately after the verses describing the 144,000 sealed on Mount Zion to begin their mission of preaching the Gospel as a witness to all nations (Mt 24:14):

Revelation 14:6-11 (HCSB) — 6 Then I saw another angel flying in mid-heaven, having the eternal gospel to announce to the inhabitants of the Earth—to every nation, tribe, language, and people. 7 He spoke with a loud voice: “Fear God and give Him glory, because the hour of His judgment has come. Worship the Maker of heaven and earth, the sea and springs of water.” 8 A second angel followed, saying: “It has fallen, Babylon the Great has fallen, who made all nations drink the wine of her sexual immorality, which brings wrath.” 9 And a third angel followed them and spoke with a loud voice: “If anyone worships the beast and his image and receives a mark on his forehead or on his hand, 10 he will also drink the wine of God’s wrath, which is mixed full strength in the cup of His anger. He will be tormented with fire and sulfur in the sight of the holy angels and in the sight of the Lamb, 11 and the smoke of their torment will go up forever and ever. There is no rest day or night for those who worship the beast and his image, or anyone who receives the mark of his name.

There are several things of significance to note in this passage:

1. Messages Are Delivered By the 144,000 Beginning After Their Sealing At the 6th Seal: As Mystery of Disunity explains, the angels are not delivering these messages themselves to mankind (against Biblical precedent), but to the 144,000 who then go forth preaching them, just as Jesus sent out 72 to preach (144,000 / 72 = 2000 or 1000 pairs). This is why this passage immediately follows the description of their gathering after being sealed on Mt. Zion. The first message that the 144,000 will preach is the same eternal “Gospel” which Matthew 24:14 says will be preached to the whole world as a witness before the end can come. This establishes

36 You can find it at www.AmericaTheBabylon.com

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

America as Babylon

the start of the first angel message as no earlier than the 6th seal, or 4th trumpet probably, given how the entire range of the 6th seal – 4th trumpet happens in rapid succession as a result of Wormwood's passage.

1.     Three Separate, Sequential Messages: The three angels deliver the three messages one after the other in order. Just as the numbered seals, trumpets and bowls only make sense as being serial, we must accept the plain meaning of these being in order, especially when it says the second and third angels “followed” the preceding angel rather than John saying he witnessed three angels all together at once in the beginning of his description.

2.     Mark of the Beast Comes After Babylon Falls: The third angel's message is a stern warning about not taking the Mark of the Beast. Yet, somehow, this comes after the second angel's announcement of the destruction of Babylon. This is a serious problem when you consider that Babylon is clearly identified with the empire ruling the nations that God's judgment pours out on at the end of the age (Isa 14) which in Revelation 13 is also called the Beast, the same Beast that introduces the Mark of the Beast. The solution will be presented after the next section.

As far as timing goes, what we can conclude from the above is that Babylon falls after the 4th trumpet with Wormwood past and before the 5th trumpet when the Great Tribulation starts and the Mark of the Beast is first rolled out.

How and Why Babylon Falls

The question is whether this pre-tribulation / post-wormwood timing of the fall of Daughter Babylon is just coincidental or is consequential? How does Babylon fall and exactly why, anyway? Thankfully, the answers are found in Revelation 17 where Mystery Babylon the Great Whore riding the Beast with ten horns is described:

Revelation 17:1-18 (HCSB) — 1 Then one of the seven angels who had the seven bowls came and spoke with me: “Come, I will show you the judgment of the notorious prostitute who sits on many waters. 2 The kings of the earth committed sexual immorality with her, and those who live on the earth became drunk on the wine of her sexual immorality.” 3 So he carried me away in the Spirit to a desert. I saw a woman sitting on a scarlet beast that was covered with blasphemous names, having seven heads and 10 horns. 4 The woman was dressed in purple and scarlet, adorned with gold, precious stones, and pearls. She had a gold cup in her hand filled with everything vile and with the impurities of her prostitution. 5 On her forehead a cryptic name was written: BABYLON THE GREAT THE MOTHER OF PROSTITUTES AND OF THE VILE THINGS OF THE EARTH 6 Then I saw that the woman was drunk on the blood of the saints and on the blood of the witnesses to Jesus. When I saw her, I was utterly astounded. 7 Then the angel said to me, “Why are you astounded? I will tell you the secret meaning of the woman and of the beast, with the seven heads and the 10 horns, that carries her. 8 The beast that you saw was, and is not, and is about to come up from the abyss and go to destruction. Those who live on the earth whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world will be astounded when they see the beast that was, and is not, and will be present [again]. 9 “Here is the mind with wisdom: the seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman is seated. ... 12 The 10 horns you saw are 10 kings who have not yet received a kingdom, but they will receive authority as kings with the beast for one hour. 13 These have one purpose, and they give their power and authority to the beast. 14 These will make war against the Lamb, but the Lamb will conquer them because He is Lord of lords and King of kings. Those with Him are called and elect and faithful.” 15 He also said to me, “The waters you saw, where the prostitute was seated, are peoples, multitudes, nations, and languages. 16 The 10 horns you saw, and the beast, will hate the prostitute. They will make her desolate and naked, devour her flesh, and burn her up with fire. 17 For God has put it into their hearts to carry out His plan by having one purpose, and to give their kingdom to the beast until God’s words are accomplished. 18 And the woman you saw is the great city that has an empire over the kings of the earth.”

This passage tells us that Babylon falls because the Beast she is riding, or dominating and preventing from ruling over the earth in her place, rises up against her with the help of ten kingdoms. In fact, the ten kings who wish to rule the earth with the Beast hate the Whore and gladly give up their sovereignty to the Beast so that they can accomplish her destruction with fire and rule together. Note that this woman cannot be referring to an organization, church, minor nation or mere city. It is an empire with a great city that can be burned and takes ten powerful kings to do so.

So, If I Were to Ask You Which Major Nation Today...

1.     Qualifies as being over all nations, or the greatest most influential nation (vss. 1, 9, 15, 17)?

2.     Historically is in the way of other empires that include Russia, Germany and England (that make up the Beast

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

86 Chapter 8: America's Destruction in WWIII

she rides according to the animal symbols—see below) from dominating or taking over the world—pictured by her sitting on the Beast with the ten horns (vss 3, 7, 9-10)?

1.     Is openly despised by not only the Beast empire but by many others including his satellites (vs. 16)?

2.     Has influenced the nations of the world with her sinful values and culture? (vss 2, 5; regardless of whether she has blessed the world in other ways. Remember, in God's eyes, good deeds do not make up for sin, only repentance from the sin does)

...What would your immediate intellectually honest answer be, besides the United States of America?

There are other aspects of this prophecy that do not seem to fit America at first, such as how Babylon is guilty of the blood of all the saints and the slain of the earth (v. 24; compare Matthew 23:34-35 for the strange precedent making this possible). I will not stop to discuss them all here because they can fill many chapters, but there are solid answers for every one of these objections already provided in America the Babylon.

World War III in Revelation 14 — America vs. Russia, China & Others

The thing to note, as well, is that if Mystery Babylon is America, it would take several nations working together to take her down, just as the ten kings or kingdoms imply. And what would you call a war which leads to America's destruction at the hands of many nations other than “World War III”? It is indeed the next prophesied world war as the Nuclear Middle East War is regional and does not qualify as a world war. Moreover, the 6th trumpet world war obviously comes after the 5th trumpet by which time Babylon's fall has happened.

Who or where are the Ten Kings today who will pull off the defeat of the mighty United States? We should obviously look to the enemies of America today, those who “hate the whore” and can literally “burn her with fire”. Revelation 18 says the defeat will be fiery as well and accomplished in a single day, even an hour. This obviously points to a nuclear missile strike which would literally incinerate America's cities and set off fires everywhere. It is probably easier to ask which enemies of America do not have nuclear weapons today (if Iran is not on that list yet, it could be soon).

Although most people cannot conceive of it due to the brilliantly orchestrated “Collapse of Communism”, there is sufficient evidence from defectors and other sources that Russia is still communist to the core. She has been planning and continues to plan for a nuclear showdown with the United States. Russia has a visible military alliance with China and has aided Iran's troublesome nuclear program. Russia is helping Korea, Iran, Cuba, and other communist countries, dictatorships, and terrorist organization to arm and become thorns in America's side. These groups are not interested in having a shopping mall democracy like the U.S. is. They hate America, the policeman of the world, and wish to see her out of the way. When we think communists and terrorists are just like us and want only peace and prosperity too, we cannot understand how evilly motivated they really are, nor see their true goals.

“But Russia And China Have Too Much To Lose”

Some argue that neither Russia nor China would ever attack America when she funnels so much money into their economies through trade and aid. I tend to agree that them killing the goose that lays the golden egg is far fetched. However, that is only true so long as the golden eggs keep coming. That does not prevent them from attacking America the day after the world economy is smashed and there is nothing for them to lose—such as after Star Wormwood arrives, which as we already saw, is the biblical timing of America's fall!

To anyone who has not looked into the truth about Russia's intentions, I suggest they begin their study at Jeff Nyquist's geopolitical analysis website 37 . He has been watching Russia and China for years and has even interviewed top military defectors from Russia who tell of Russia's plans to destroy America. He concludes from his research (without any help from Bible prophecy) that Russia and China will go to war with America one day and probably win, because America's “shopping mall regime” eschews the values and ideas that are required to prepare for and to win that war. He has a convincing video about his research from his tour at the Prophecy Club called “Top Secret Soviet War Plans for Amerika” which I also recommend 38 . You can even listen to audio outtakes for free on the website right now 39 .

37 www.JRNyquist.com

38 www.prophecyclub.com/bookstore/index.php?CategoryID=7&ProductID=200

39 www.prophecyclub.com/audio_nyquist.htm

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

America as Babylon

Ten Kings Not Exactly Ten Nations

One thing to be clear on is that the ten kings or “rulers” do not equate exactly to heads of states of ten nations. They appear to be ten powerful, influential men, probably Satan's own seed (as the Antichrist is 40 ) who can steer the nations through their influence. These are they who Satan continued to give power over the kingdoms to once Jesus rejected his own “kingdom offer” during the 40 days of fasting. These men choose who are the figureheads who fill the posts of heads of state and whose strings they pull. The infamous Illuminati may be the closest named group we have as a match for these ten rulers. Note, I am not saying that these “kings” cannot be literal kings, ever. It is just that Revelation 17:12-13 tells us they are men of power and authority who have not received positions over a kingdom yet. They will when they help the Antichrist and he in return lets them reign under him.

Dual Prophecy of Two Babylons: Mother and Daughter

Above we observed an apparent contradiction in Babylon falling before its own Mark of the Beast appears. The solution to this is hinted at in the many times that Babylon is said to be “fallen...fallen.” One might consider this repetition poetic and insignificant, but when it is repeated in three separate places throughout both the Old and New Testaments (Isa 21:9, Rev 14:8; Rev 18:2) it demands notice. God does not repeat anything unless it is important. The hint in it is that there are two falls to Babylon and therefore two Babylons being spoken of (Babylon's fall is always described as her end as a nation forever, so it cannot be the same nation falling, rising and falling again). This suggestion is verified by Jeremiah who explicitly names a Daughter Babylon and her Mother Babylon that spawned her. The mother is left separately alive yet humiliated after her daughter's destruction:

Jeremiah 50:12 (NIV) — your mother will be greatly ashamed; she who gave you birth will be disgraced...

Of course, America began as the colony of Great Britain until her Revolutionary War and Declaration of Independence from the King of England. America today is one of the few nations that has a prominent and visible mother country who she also has very close ties to and alliance with. But for this to be true, Great Britain, as the Mother Babylon, would somehow have to become the great Beast of Revelation 13 that falls after America in the Battle of Armageddon. Is there confirmation of this transformation anywhere else? The next astounding prophecy we look at confirms the close ties and mother-daughter relationship between the Babylon nation that remains to be the mark-issuing Beast after the first Babylon falls. Even better, it gives the identity of each through well-known animal symbols used today.

America In Daniel 7

The second key prophecy about America is Daniel 7. Here four beasts are described which it also interprets for us as four kingdoms:

Daniel 7:1-7 (HCSB) — 1 In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon, Daniel had a dream with visions in his mind as he was lying in his bed. He wrote down the dream, and here is the summary of his account. 2 Daniel said, “In my vision at night I was watching, and suddenly the four winds of heaven stirred up the great sea. 3 Four huge beasts came up from the sea, each different from the other. 4 “The first was like a lion but had eagle’s wings. I continued watching until its wings were torn off. It was lifted up from the ground, set on its feet like a man, and given a human mind. 5 “Suddenly, another beast appeared, a second one, that looked like a bear. It was raised up on one side, with three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. It was told, ‘Get up! Gorge yourself on flesh.’ 6 “While I was watching, another beast appeared. It was like a leopard with four wings of a bird on its back. It had four heads and was given authority to rule. 7 “While I was watching in the night visions, a fourth beast appeared, frightening and dreadful, and incredibly strong, with large iron teeth. It devoured and crushed, and it trampled with its feet whatever was left. It was different from all the beasts before it, and it had 10 horns.

Why the strange bestial imagery instead of naming which nations they are? We learn at the end of Daniel 12 that God choose to obscure the meaning to seal it up until the End Times. But since we're in the End Times now as described in Daniel 12 (“many shall go to and fro and knowledge shall be increased”) we should be able to understand them plainly.

End Times or Modern Times?

Because this prophecy is 2600 years old, one might wonder if it was not already fulfilled thousands of years ago. Indeed, most interpreters identify these beasts as ancient nations such as Media-Persia, the same nations that

40 www.escapeallthesethings.com/beast-antichrist-false-prophet-lake-fire.htm

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 8: America's Destruction in WWIII

you can find covered in Daniel 2's golden statue from Nebuchadnezzar's dream. They mistakenly assume that this vision is just a parallel of that one. However, keep reading Daniel 7:

Daniel 7:8-14 (HCSB) — 8 “While I was considering the horns, suddenly another horn, a little one, came up among them, and three of the first horns were uprooted before it. There were eyes in this horn like a man’s, and it had a mouth that spoke arrogantly. 9 “As I kept watching, thrones were set in place, and the Ancient of Days took His seat. His clothing was white like snow, and the hair of His head like whitest wool. His throne was flaming fire; its wheels were blazing fire. 10 A river of fire was flowing, coming out from His presence. Thousands upon thousands served Him; ten thousand times ten thousand stood before Him. The court was convened, and the books were opened. 11 “I watched, then, because of the sound of the arrogant words the horn was speaking. As I continued watching, the beast was killed and its body destroyed and given over to the burning fire. 12 As for the rest of the beasts, their authority to rule was removed, but an extension of life was granted to them for a certain period of time. 13 I continued watching in the night visions, and I saw One like a son of man coming with the clouds of heaven. He approached the Ancient of Days and was escorted before Him. 14 He was given authority to rule, and glory, and a kingdom; so that those of every people, nation, and language should serve Him. His dominion is an everlasting dominion that will not pass away, and His kingdom is one that will not be destroyed.

We know from many other places in the Bible such as Revelation 13 that the Antichrist is going to rule all nations of the world for 3½ years . Here we have described the same thing in the lifetime of these nations; with the Antichrist here identified as the “little horn” (the Antichrist has many other names throughout the Bible besides that). It even tells us that they are going to give up their dominion to the Antichrist in exchange for continuing for a little while with him themselves. This is beginning to confirm that this is indeed an End Times prophecy, despite what most prophecy books teach you.

Going further, this becomes undeniable when an interpretation of the above is provided for us in the text itself, revealing the identity of the one who takes dominion away from these nations and the little horn:

Daniel 7:15-28 (HCSB) — 15 “As for me, Daniel, my spirit was deeply distressed within me, and the visions in my mind terrified me. 16 I approached one of those who were standing by and asked him the true meaning of all this. So he let me know the interpretation of these things: 17 ‘These huge beasts, four in number, are four kings who will rise from the Earth. 18 But the holy ones of the Most High will receive the kingdom and possess it forever, yes, forever and ever.’ 19 “Then I wanted to know the true meaning of the fourth beast, the one different from all the others, extremely terrifying, with iron teeth and bronze claws, devouring, crushing, and trampling with its feet whatever was left. 20 [I also wanted to know] about the 10 horns on its head and about the other horn that came up, before which three fell—the horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spoke arrogantly, and that was more visible than the others. 21 As I was watching, this horn made war with the holy ones and was prevailing over them 22 until the Ancient of Days arrived and a judgment was given in favor of the holy ones of the Most High, for the time had come, and the holy ones took possession of the kingdom. 23 “This is what he said: ‘The fourth beast will be a fourth kingdom on the Earth, different from all the other kingdoms. It will devour the whole earth, trample it down, and crush it. 24 The 10 horns are 10 kings who will rise from this kingdom. Another, different from the previous ones, will rise after them and subdue three kings. 25 He will speak words against the Most High and oppress the holy ones of the Most High. He will intend to change religious festivals and laws, and the holy ones will be handed over to him for a time, times, and half a time. 26 But the court will convene, and his dominion will be taken away, to be completely destroyed forever. 27 The kingdom, dominion, and greatness of the kingdoms under all of heaven will be given to the people, the holy ones of the Most High. His kingdom will be an everlasting kingdom, and all rulers will serve and obey Him.’ 28 “This is the end of the interpretation. As for me, Daniel, my thoughts terrified me greatly, and my face turned pale, but I kept the matter to myself.”

Clearly, all of these beasts are on the earth at the Second Coming of Jesus Christ, including obviously the fourth beast ruled by the Antichrist who Jesus replaces as King of the Earth. Since we are in that last generation of the End Times who will see Jesus' coming these four beasts are modern nations present today that we should therefore be able to identify.

Identity of the Nations

What modern nations literally fit these animals that are used to represent the kingdoms? There are four prominent modern nations that have animal symbols matching these very beasts. They are all familiar to us, found in dictionaries and encyclopedias and used in news media. Note that there are of course other nations that use the same animal symbols sometimes, in which case other requirements are used to decide who it must mean. For example, the eagle is used by Germany on their coat of arms. However, America's use of the symbol is much more prominent and well-known. Here are the identifications:

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

America In Daniel 7

1.     Lion = Great Britain: The lion is a well-known national animal symbol of the British people, and of course a one-time world empire, still prominent today. Eagle's Wings = America: Found in the Great Seal of the U.S. and more commonly seen on the back of the One Dollar Bill 41 . The U.S. dominates the world today.

2.     Bear = Russia: The “Russian Bear” is extremely well-known 42 . The Soviets have always sought world dominion, and secretly still do today, according to defectors.

Bald Eagle from the back of the U.S. One Dollar Bill

3. Leopard = Germany: Germany had its leopard tank, and was known for the leopard like speed of its blitzkrieg attack in WWII. She, too, has sought dominion in two world wars and is still the most prominent nation in the

E.U.

4. Terrible Beast = Combination of All Beasts minus the Eagle: Revelation 13 depicts this same beast as an amalgamation of the lion, the bear, and the leopard, showing it is a world-ruling empire that combines them all, except the eagle (after the eagle's wings are already plucked in WWIII)

More could be said to prove the above identifications, but our point is in establishing the identity of the eagle as America and the lion as England, together representing both fulfillments of prophetic Babylon.

However, we must not overlook the fact that Ancient Babylon used a lion with eagle's wings as its animal symbol, and that of her chief god Ishtar 43 . It is incredibly elegant how God worked it out that the U.S. and U.K. as Daughter and Mother Babylon respectively would end up using animal symbols that fit together to match the ancient symbol of Babylon and identify them collectively as Babylon, just as Isaiah and Revelation refer to them!

Significance of the Eagle's Wings Being Plucked

Some commentators believe that the plucking of the wings represents the Declaration of Independence in 1776. I at first wondered if that was the intended meaning, as well. However, then I realized three problems with this:

Chapter 8: America's Destruction in WWIII

1.     When wings are removed from an animal, the animal can conceivably live on but the wings will die apart from their host. They cannot live on their own and will disappear.

2.     In Revelation 13 where the same animal symbols are used to depict the One World Government Beast as in Daniel 7, the eagle's wings are still missing and completely out of the picture, rather than detached or as a separate full eagle as they ought to be.

3.     The lion who loses the wings does not die or just live on unchanged, but apparently undergoes a great transformation afterwards depicting it as standing like a man. How did Great Britain fulfill this after 1776, essentially changing from a lion into a man? Does it not better fit a yet future radical transformation that will come upon her, meaning the plucking of the wings is yet future and not speaking of 1776?

The only conclusion that I see fitting is that the plucking of the eagle wings is the same event as the destruction of Daughter Babylon described as happening before the Mark of the Beast is warned about in Revelation 14. The lion's transformation we talk about next also confirms this timing.

Meaning of the Lion's Transformation After Losing its Wings

What, then, is the meaning of the wingless lion being lifted up above the earth, standing like a man and receiving the mind of a man, or the heart of a man—as more literal versions render it?

Daniel 7:4 (HCSB) — “The first was like a lion but had eagle’s wings. I continued watching until its wings were torn off. It was lifted up from the ground, set on its feet like a man, and given a human mind.

Daniel 7:4 (KJV) — The first was like a lion, and had eagle's wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made stand upon the feet as a man, and a man's heart was given to it.

Also, is there any significance to the fact that the lion is the first beast listed and also holds the prominent position of being positioned at the head of this final Beast?:

Revelation 13:2 (HCSB) — The beast I saw was like a leopard, his feet were like a bear’s, and his mouth was like a lion’s mouth. The dragon gave him his power, his throne, and great authority.

I believe this all points to the United Kingdom being the place where the One World Beast government will begin or where the Antichrist will rise to control first. Of course, Daniel says that the Antichrist will rise out of the people who came and destroyed the Second Temple (Dan 9:26), or the Roman Empire. United Kingdom was a definite part of the Roman Empire when that happened in 70 CE. Today we see the (western) Roman Empire coming together again through the European Union, which, again the U.K. is a part of.

By the way, does the “heart/mind of a man” sound familiar to you? Have you ever noticed a similar statement about the Beast and a man?

Revelation 13:18 — Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.

There is more than this loose similarity connecting the Antichrist to England. The evidence we have for the identity of the Antichrist further supports this connection.

The Antichrist From England

If the by far leading candidate for literally fitting the prophecies of the Antichrist was a top leader in England today, then that would certainly support the theory of the Antichrist arising in England. What if this man was directly associated with a literal picture of the wingless lion standing on his feet like a man? Prince Charles of Wales is such a man. Here is his partial Antichrist resume:

1.     His official name “Prince Charles of Wales” adds up to 666 in English using the ancient Hebrew gematria when adapted by using a natural one-to-one sequential mapping of the Hebrew alphabet values to the English alphabet (A/aleph = 1, B/bet = 2, C/gimel = 3, J/yod = 10, K/kaf = 20, etc.)

2.     His official Hebrew name in newspapers transliterated as Nasich Charles Mem Wales also adds up to 666 using the ancient Hebrew gematria.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

The Antichrist From England

Table 2: English Gematria

Hebrew

Value

 

English

 

Hebrew

Value

English

aleph א

 

1

A

 

לlamed

30

L

bet ב

 

2

B

 

מmem

40

M

gimel ג

 

3

C

 

נnun

50

N

dalet ד

 

4

D

 

סsamech

60

O

heh ה

 

5

E

 

עayin

70

P

vav ו

 

6

F

 

פpeh

80

Q

zayin ז

 

7

G

 

צtzadee

90

R

khet ח

 

8

H

 

קqof

100

S

tet ט

 

9

I

 

רresh

200

T

yod י

 

10

J

 

שshin

300

U

kaf כ

 

20

K

 

תtaw

400

V

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

WXYZ

Table 3: “Prince Charles Of Wales” = 666

PRINCE

CHARLES

OF

WALES

70 + 90 + 9 + 50 + 3 + 5

3 + 8 + 1 + 90 + 30 + 5 + 100

60 + 6

0 + 1 + 30 + 5 + 100

227

237

66

136

 

666

 

 

1.     His official heraldic achievement pictures a wingless lion-like beast standing on two feet like a man, as Daniel 7 describes.

2.     Closer examination reveals that this beast only has a lion head and mouth while the rest of it matches the bear feet and leopard body of the beast of Revelation 13.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 8: America's Destruction in WWIII

Heraldic Achievement of Prince Charles of Wales

Note that points 3 and 4 do not necessarily contradict each other. As pictured in Daniel 7, the Great Britain has finished its personal transformation but has not yet been assimilated into the dreadful and terrible fourth beast that incorporates the lion and the other animals (minus the eagle) ruling the entire world. Prince Charles' heraldic achievement pictures that final global fourth beast, but the fact that this beast is pictured standing up and looking most like the lion is very significant and telling us that England will be most prominent in this empire, no doubt because it is Prince Charles' power base.

Much more evidence is available for Prince Charles if you are interested, to the point that some claim there is more evidence to identify him with the Antichrist than there is for any of us to prove who we are. An article on my website written by Monte Judah (the man who discovered the Number of the Beast in the Prince's name) explains more of this 44 . If you want the most complete evidence, I recommend The Antichrist and a Cup of Tea by Tim Cohen 45 .

44 www.escapeallthesethings.com/prince-charles-antichrist.htm 45 Available at www.ProphecyHouse.com

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

The Antichrist From England

Planned Brazilian Prince Charles Statue

Image of the Beast?

Interestingly, there is already a quite “humble” statue of Prince Charles made by Brazil depicting him as a winged demigod and labeled as the “Savior of the World” in appreciation of him. I am not saying this is the prophesied Image of the Beast statue that brings the Abomination of Desolation 46 , but the fact that there is already a worshipful statue of him like this is simply astounding. The other uncanny thing about the statue is how it portrays the exact role that the future Antichrist will step into after Wormwood, that of a pseudo-god savior. Further, and more surprising, are the angelic wings on him considering how the Book of Revelation reveals that the Antichrist will not be human but an angel/human hybrid or nephilim47. None of this proves that Prince Charles will be the Antichrist, but it is disturbing that the prince was “deeply touched” at the gesture, rather than rejecting the suggestion of himself as Savior of the World, a title usually reserved for Christ.

What About Prince William?

People email me frequently with the argument that Prince Charles is too old,

IN 2009 HE IS APPROXIMATELY 60/61. HE WOULD HAVE TO LIVE TO BE OVER 120 TO MAKE IT TO THE END OF THE TRIBULATION IN 2072/73. PRINCE WILLIAM IS CURRENTLY 26. DON’T BE SURPRISED IF HE HAS A SON AND NAMES HIM CHARLES AFTER HIS GRANDFATHER.

HOWEVER, IF WE ARE MISTAKEN AND THE 360 DAY YEAR IS USED, PRINCE CHARLES WOULD ONLY BE 95 IN 2044.

 

too wimpy, or too disliked to be the Antichrist. Often they suggest that his handsome son, Prince William is a much better fit. This is unfortunately not based on the Biblical identification criteria for the Antichrist, but on subjective criteria of what people naturally assume a future world leader must be like. Prince William does not fit the 666 name test nor match the imagery of the Beast as his father's heraldic achievement does. He should be rejected as a candidate for not fulfilling the plain words of the prophecies, regardless of how he appeals to our sensibilities.

Prophecy of Antichrist's Sons' Fate

Although I do not see Prince William or Prince Henry as fitting the prophecy of the Antichrist, it does not mean they may not be mentioned in prophecy. If their father Prince Charles becomes the Antichrist by stopping the sacrifices and erecting the Abomination of Desolation, then we can already know their fate as well. Isaiah 14's prophecy of the End Times King of Babylon (Antichrist) includes a prediction that may well prevent the lads William and “Harry” from living to see the Millennium:

Isaiah 14:18-22 (HCSB) — 18 All the kings of the nations lie in splendor, each in his own tomb. 19 But you are thrown

46 www.escapeallthesethings.com/abomination-desolation.htm 47 www.escapeallthesethings.com/beast-antichrist-false-prophet-lake-fire.htm

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 8: America's Destruction in WWIII

out without a grave, like a worthless branch, covered by those slain with the sword and dumped into a rocky pit like a trampled corpse. 20 You will not join them in burial, because you destroyed your land and slaughtered your own people. The offspring of evildoers will never be remembered. 21 Prepare a place of slaughter for his sons, because of the iniquity of their fathers. They never rise up to possess a land or fill the surface of the earth with cities. 22 “I will rise up against them”—the declaration of the Lord of Hosts—“and I will cut off from Babylon her reputation, remnant, offspring, and posterity”—the Lord’s declaration.

They will be put to death by Jesus just as Solomon put to death his enemies when he took the throne (1Ki 2). However, the reason for this may be compound. If their father is thrown in the Lake of Fire as a nephilim along with the demons at the end of this age, his sons may be nephilim as well. All evil spirits will be destroyed with all things that cause offense at the end of the age (Mt 13:40-42) 48 .

Could I be Wrong About Prince Charles?

For many, this theory of Prince Charles being the leading Antichrist candidate is the most far-fetched idea in the book. Would I bet my life that Charles is the AC? No way. In fact, I had not even planned on mentioning him. I decided to do so only after I saw how Daniel 7 points to the AC coming from England and how its lion-headed beast appears on Charles heraldic achievement standing up just as Daniel describes. The AC being alive and old today gives us the only good indicator of how close we are to the Great Tribulation that I know of. If you have trouble with this theory, simply ignore it. We do not need to know who the AC is or how close the End is.

How the Antichrist Really Takes Control

There is so much wild speculation on how the Antichrist comes to power. Some think he will parallel the “3½ year ministry” of Jesus in every way to be a perfect counterfeit. Others expect him to be some charismatic figure already in obvious power today. Such ideas sound reasonable until you understand the literal fulfillments of Wormwood and the fall of Babylon coming that give rise to the Antichrist.

From WWI we got the League of Nations, which failed to grab enough power to do any good. After WWII we got the United Nations, which certainly has had more power, but not the power to stop wars let alone solve world problems. In fact, prophecy clearly tells us that WWIII is coming. But this time, something will arise as a direct result that grabs enough power to stop wars and also bring many solutions to the world—at a huge price. The breakdown of civilization from Wormwood's passage combined with the ravages of World War III will at last create such a dire survival emergency for the human race that the majority of nations will consent to being ruled by global government. This government, known as the Beast, will have the power to force everyone to be marked for commerce and as a pledge of allegiance and worship to the head of this government who claims to be God on earth.

The claim to be God along with proof in the form of miracles, signs and wonders is the kicker, of course. Nevertheless, it is clear from the 6th trumpet war and Daniel 11's mention of the King of the North being troubled by tidings from the North and the East, that the Antichrist will not deceive everyone, although clearly a majority of the nations at first. Russia and her allies as heirs to America's crown will have the most to lose in submitting to the Antichrist and look to not do so without a fight, a fight they will naturally lose. With America and Russia and China defeated, no one will be able to resist the Antichrist until the Messiah comes.

48 www.escapeallthesethings.com/beast-antichrist-false-prophet-lake-fire.htm
©2007 Tim McHyde
-All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 9:

Sabbath Year Cycles & Daniel's 70 Weeks

The Sabbath Year Breakthrough For Reliably Narrowing Down the Timing of Prophetic Events

This is one of most exciting discoveries in all of Bible prophecy. Not much trumps being able to immediately narrow down the list of possible fulfillment years for prophetic milestones, such as the start of the Great Tribulation, by one seventh. This is made possible by the fact that the 70th Week of Daniel scripturally must end in a Sabbath year. Consequently, this means that:

Jesus must return in a Sabbath year.

The (post-tribulation) rapture only happens in a Sabbath year.

 The Great Tribulation must begin in year 4, the middle year, of a Sabbath year cycle (Dan 9:27=Mt 24:15).

 Wormwood must come very soon before that, probably in year 3 of a Sabbath year cycle.

 Since Mystery Babylon falls between Wormwood's passage (year 3 of cycle) and the start of the Tribulation (year 4), the timing of the Fall of America can also easily be ruled out for several years in advance at any point in time, which brings great comfort to prophecy watchers.

In other words, none of these events can happen “at any moment”, but can each actually only happen in one out of any given set of seven years!

Sound Too Good To Be True?

Many think that God would never allow us to know his plan that well because “no man knows the day or hour.” Others say that to know these things violates “God's sovereignty”. Or perhaps God has to keep us guessing about when the end is so we do not spontaneously start to “beat the menservants and maidens” once we know for certain there is a delay of X years (Lk 12:45) =).

Well, we have already covered previously that “not knowing the day nor hour” applies only to the rapture on the Day of Trumpets, and it certainly does not limit us from knowing the year. God's sovereignty does indeed limit us from knowing many things, but it is clear that the End Times timeline is not one of them because God states in Daniel and Revelation that he wanted his wise servants in the End Times to understand what he was revealing, including many timing figures contained in both books. As far as the human tendency to backslide when God's judgment seems far off, that is only a problem when someone is not fully committed to God's way of life anyway. The realization that End Time events are not imminent just frees them and their free will from a false sense of urgency that may be artificially keeping them straight. This is a necessary progression for their growth into a close walk with God when they are ready.

Besides, I seriously doubt anyone will come across this information, understand it and see its importance unless they do have a close walk with God. It is hidden well and requires a high degree of Bible literacy to see, something the secular or casual, lukewarm or nominal Christian does not yet possess. It will look like foolishness or just another subjective speculation to them.

Sabbath Years in the Torah

Most Christians have not studied the Torah in detail, so they are unfamiliar with the Sabbath years (shmittah, and related Jubilee years, yovel) . Similar to how the seven day weekly cycle ends in the Sabbath day (Saturday), Sabbath year cycles are a group of seven years ending in a special Sabbath year. Israel was given specific instructions regarding these years, the primary of which was for farmers not to cultivate or harvest their land, leaving it for only the poor to eat of.

Exodus 23:10-11 (ESV) — 10 "For six years you shall sow your land and gather in its yield, 11 but the seventh year you shall let it rest and lie fallow, that the poor of your people may eat...You shall do likewise with your vineyard, and with your olive orchard.

Leviticus 25:2-7 (ESV) — 2 ... the land shall keep a Sabbath to the Lord. 3 For six years you shall sow your field, and for six years you shall prune your vineyard and gather in its fruits, 4 but in the seventh year there shall be a Sabbath of solemn rest for the land ... You shall not sow your field or prune your vineyard. 5 You shall not reap what grows of itself in your

Chapter 9:Sabbath Year Cycles & Daniel's 70 Weeks

harvest, or gather the grapes of your undressed vine... 6 The Sabbath of the land shall provide food for you, for yourself and for your male and female slaves and for your hired servant and the sojourner who lives with you, 7 and for your cattle and for the wild animals that are in your land: all its yield shall be for food.

Later, these requirements were expanded to include the release of debts and slaves:

Deuteronomy 15:1-12 (ESV) — 1 "At the end of every seven years you shall grant a release. 2 ... every creditor shall release what he has lent to his neighbor 12 "If your brother, a Hebrew man or a Hebrew woman, is sold to you, he shall serve you six years, and in the seventh year you shall let him go free from you.

Incidentally, the reason the Southern Kingdom of Judah was exiled for 70 years is tied to the breaking of this commandment. They were put into exile one year for every Sabbath year they broke during a period of 490 years. When the 70-year penalty was fulfilled, King Cyrus of Persia freed the Jews in a sudden change of heart.

Related Jubilee Years and Their 49-Year Cycle (not 50)

Related to this is the Jubilee year, the only other special type of year in Scripture. It is essentially a “weekly” cycle of seven Sabbath years, following the same pattern as the Sabbath day and Sabbath year cycles, with one twist explained below:

Leviticus 25:8-10 (ESV) — 8 "You shall count seven weeks of years, seven times seven years, so that the time of the seven weeks of years shall give you forty-nine years. 9 Then you shall sound the loud trumpet on the tenth day of the seventh month. On the Day of Atonement you shall sound the trumpet throughout all your land. 10 And you shall

consecrate the fiftieth year, and proclaim liberty throughout the land to all its inhabitants. It shall be a jubilee for you, when each of you shall return to his property and each of you shall return to his clan.

It is important to read this carefully and think it through to avoid arriving at the common conclusion that the Jubilee is every 50th year or on a 50-year cycle (as even the Jewish Talmud says). That is not what the Bible says, and it would require breaking the seven year Sabbath year cycle for that to function. Instead, the 50th year is counted with inclusive reckoning (as commonly used in the Bible) from the first Sabbath year of the Jubilee cycle, rather than from the last Jubilee that immediately follows that first Sabbath year of the cycle. If it were a 50-year cycle then you would have to disrupt the seven-year Sabbath year cycle, or in the 2nd Jubilee cycle you would no longer have the Jubilee immediately following the 7th Sabbath year, but would come in the second year after it. Since there is no indication that the Jubilee cycle “resets” or starts over the Sabbath year cycle, we must conclude that the Jubilee is really the first year of the “8th” Sabbath year cycle and is followed by the second year—rather than the first year—of that Sabbath year cycle.

The Twist: How the Jubilee Year is like Pentecost Day

That is the small twist I referred to above. If the Jubilee were to follow exactly the pattern of the Sabbath day and Sabbath year cycles, then the Jubilee would happen on the 7th Sabbath year, or 49th year, itself. Instead, it makes the following year, the 50th year, special, in effect giving you a double Sabbath year every seventh time (fields rest in years 49 and 50). This is why it emphasizes the number 50, to differentiate it from the preceding 49th year—not because it is a “50-year cycle”.

By the way, this mirrors the Pentecost “omer count” cycle from the Torah. After counting seven weeks from the Sabbath falling after Passover, you end up with a double Sabbath day on that weekend when Pentecost falls: the 49th day is always Saturday or Sabbath day and the 50th day of Pentecost is always a Sunday. Further, there is similarly no instruction to restart the weekly / Sabbath day cycle after the day of Pentecost. In other words, Pentecost is always followed by Monday, not a second Sunday or new first day of the week that is eight days from the first day of the last week. With this additional parallel witness we can be sure that the Sabbath year cycle, like the Sabbath day cycle, is an unbroken sequence of years and multiples of 7 years apart from each other. The Jubilee must be every 49 years, not 50.

Time-Saving Discernment

By the way, just from properly understanding the Jubilee Cycle, you can save yourself a lot of time when considering other timelines and chronologies out there. Simply find out if it is based on an assumption that the Jubilee is every 50 years. If it is, there is little chance having such a major error that it can come to correct conclusions. And even if it uses a 49-year Jubilee, it is still probably wrong if it is using the Jubilee as a basis for

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Sabbath Years in the Torah

predicting the return of Jesus, as we shall see!

Proving Daniel's 70 Weeks Are Sabbath Year Cycles

Day of the Lord is at the End of 70th Week

I explain this all so we can better discern when the Bible mentions a special “year” if it is referring to a Sabbath or Jubilee year. Once you can do that, it is very easy to demonstrate that the 70th Week of Daniel is not just any group of seven contiguous years in time, but specifically aligned on the Sabbath year cycle (and with nothing to do with the Jubilee) and therefore ending in a Sabbath year. We can demonstrate this from both internal and external evidence.

The prophecies about the Day of the Lord, the day when Jesus returns to judge, avenge the righteous (Rev 6:10) and reign, provide confirmation. This day is established by Jesus as coming immediately after the Great Tribulation which Jesus also said was the second half of the 70th Week of Daniel that starts with the Abomination of Desolation (Mt 24:15, 21 29). Several verses attest that his Second Coming not only occurs on a special day, but also in a special year.

Day of the Lord in 70th Week is a Special Day and Year

Isaiah 61:1–2 (ESV) — 1 The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me, because the Lord has anointed me to bring good news to the poor; he has sent me to bind up the brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to those who are bound; 2 to proclaim the year of the Lord's favor, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all who mourn;

Isaiah 63:3–4 (ESV) — 3 "I have trodden the winepress alone ... trod them in my anger and trampled them in my wrath; their lifeblood spattered on my garments, and stained all my apparel. 4 For the day of vengeance was in my heart, and my year of redemption had come.

Isaiah 34:8 (ESV) — For the Lord has a day of vengeance, a year of recompense for the cause of Zion.

This year that God's day of vengeance comes in, is described by Isaiah three times as a year of God's favor, recompense and redemption. Both the Sabbath and Jubilee were years that God's favor allowed the people to subsist on the plantings of the previous years. The word “redemption” might tip you in the direction of Jubilee since it was a year when alienated lands were returned to their original owners, something that did not happen on the Sabbath year. However, slaves had their redemption in the Sabbath year as well. It is dangerous to make a decision based solely on that word.

However, if the last year, or 7th year of the 70th week is called a year of favor, then it suggests that it is a Sabbath year rather than a Jubilee year. The Jubilee is never a 7th year, but a 50th or as far as Sabbath year cycles go, an 8th or 1st (depending on how you look at it). This idea would be confirmed if we could see that final, 7th year of the other 69 weeks were also considered special years, even Sabbath years specifically.

The 69th Week Also Ends in a Special Year

It turns out that Jesus quoted Isaiah 61:1-2 at the start of his ministry. He called attention to it as a dual prophecy which was partially fulfilled in his First Coming and would be later completely fulfilled in his Second Coming. Significantly, Daniel said Jesus' First coming would occur exactly after a full 69 x 7 years or at the end of 69th weeks (7 + 62 weeks), with him dying after that 69th week passed.

Daniel 9:25-26 (HCSB) — 25 Know and understand this: From the issuing of the decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until Messiah the Prince will be seven weeks and 62 weeks. It will be rebuilt with a plaza and a moat, but in difficult times. 26 After those 62 weeks the Messiah will be cut off

I believe his First Coming was reckoned not from his birth or from his “triumphal entry”, but by the year he officially began his ministry as Messiah. This clearly happened after he was baptized by John and began preaching in full power of the Holy Spirit. His first public announcement after his baptism and fasting came soon after at the synagogue in Nazareth as Luke records:

Luke 4:16-21 (HCSB) — 16 He came to Nazareth, where He had been brought up. As usual, He entered the synagogue on the Sabbath day and stood up to read. 17 The scroll of the prophet Isaiah was given to Him, and unrolling the scroll, He found the place where it was written: 18 The Spirit of the Lord is on Me, because He has anointed Me to preach good news to the poor. He has sent Me to proclaim freedom to the captives and recovery of sight to the blind, to set free

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 9:Sabbath Year Cycles & Daniel's 70 Weeks

the oppressed, 19 to proclaim the year of the Lord’s favor. 20 He then rolled up the scroll, gave it back to the attendant, and sat down. And the eyes of everyone in the synagogue were fixed on Him. 21 He began by saying to them, “Today as you listen, this Scripture has been fulfilled.

Notice how Jesus read this passage at the start of his ministry with the claim that, “Today this scripture is fulfilled in your hearing.” For this statement to be true, the year that he read it in also had to be a special year of God's favor, or Sabbath or Jubilee year. Otherwise the “year of favor” would not have been fulfilled. Notice also how he stopped reading from Isaiah 61 right before the part about “the day of vengeance of our God”. He could not announce that it was a “day of vengeance” as he had announced regarding the “year of favor”. This day of vengeance would only be fulfilled when he returned on the Day of the Lord to fight the Battle in another “year of favor” or Sabbath year. If he had read that section of the verse, he would have invalided his claim that what he had just read had been fulfilled in their hearing that day.

Jesus' quotation of Isaiah 61 is incredibly significant and helpful. It tells us that both the last year of the 69th Week which he claimed to have partially fulfilled and the last year of 70th Week, which he clearly will come again to fulfill fully, are both a “year of favor”. This makes it increasingly more likely that the years were both Sabbath years, as 7th years can be, and less likely that both of these 7th years are somehow 50th or Jubilee years.

Identifying the Historic Sabbath and Jubilee Year Cycles

Because Jubilee years happen so infrequently, we should be able to check history and see if Jesus' ministry began anywhere near one. I put it this way because scholars do not agree on when Jesus was born, crucified, or commenced his ministry. Nevertheless, there are limits to reasonable theories. They all put his ministry as beginning within a few years of 29 CE. However, the variances are close enough together that if the historical Jubilee can be known with any accuracy and no Jubilee falls near 29 CE then we can rule out a Jubilee year for the 69th Week.

Identifying the historic Sabbath and Jubilee year cycles is not as hard as it at first sounds. As we covered above, every Sabbath year must be a multiple of seven years from any other, just as every Jubilee year must be a multiple of 49 years (not 50) from any other. So, if you have evidence for enough Sabbath or Jubilee years across history, you can easily validate them against each other and come to a harmony that points to what the true cycles are.

Establishing enough historic Sabbath or Jubilee years to do this requires a detailed painstaking study into ancient history, which is not my specialty. When something is not my specialty, I always go to the experts and let them present their cases. Of course, my investigation is greatly simplified by the knowledge that the scriptural Jubilee cycle is 49 years and not 50. Fortunately, the majority of the research out there is based on a 50 years cycle, following the traditional majority view of the Talmud 49 so this saved me a lot of time.

Destruction of Temple in 70 CE Sabbath Year

The best 49-year Jubilee cycle based research I have found is from Qadesh La Yahweh Press, which is available at their site for free download 50 . As far as the Sabbath years go, their research concurs exactly with the research of Christian chronologist Eugene Faulstich. All other scholarly sources I checked were within +/-6 months of what Eugene Faulstich and Yahweh.org separately concluded for Sabbath years (often due simply because they assert that the Sabbath years begin in the fall instead of the spring, just as they assert is the case for even normal Biblical years).

Among many other proof years examined, they both conclude that the year of the destruction of the Second Temple in 70 CE was indeed a Sabbath year. They also both date the Feast of Sukkot of Nehemiah 8 as 456/455 BCE (other scholars often date it a year earlier. Note that because Biblical years start in the spring, they always span two Gregorian years which are listed together with a slash). This year is often selected because Nehemiah 8 records that the Torah was read aloud during that Feast of Sukkot, something that the Torah prescribed to be done every 7th time—in the Sabbath year.

Although they do not agree on the Jubilee cycle, neither of their cycles places a Jubilee year near 29 CE, ruling out a Jubilee year for what Isaiah 61:1-2's “year of favor” is referring to.

Identifying the Historic Sabbath and Jubilee Year Cycles

29 CE Also Historic Sabbath Year

Our case would be even stronger if we knew what year Jesus began his ministry. Jesus read from Isaiah in Nazareth early in the beginning of his ministry, which commenced soon after he turned 30 (Lk 3:23). Thanks to the astronomical evidence for what the Star of Bethlehem was and when it appeared 51 we can be pretty certain that Jesus was born on September 11th, 3 BCE which appears to be the Feast of Trumpets. This would make him turn 30 in Fall, 28 CE, and “about 30 years old” in early 29 CE.

If Jesus was baptized, fasted for 40 days, and made it to Nazareth within six months of his birthday, then his announcement of a special “year of favor” would have been during the Biblical year of 28/29 CE (Spring, 28 – Spring, 29 since Biblical years begin in spring, not the dead of winter). If this is correct then 28/29 would be a Sabbath year. Does history bear this out?

According to the research presented above, if 456/455 BCE was a Sabbath year, then 28/29 CE, some 69 Sabbath year cycles later, would indeed be a Sabbath year (-456 + 7 * 69 + 1 for no year zero). If Jesus proclaimed a Sabbath year to fulfill Isaiah 61 at the end of the 69th Week, then we can reasonably expect him to fulfill that prophecy fully in another Sabbath year at the end of the 70th Week.

First Week, Correct Decree to Nehemiah

By the way, this also implies that the Sabbath year of 456/455 BCE was the year of the correct decree of Daniel 9:25, which began the 70 Weeks count. This would be the word of Artaxerxes I the King to Nehemiah in Nehemiah 2:5-8 to both specifically return and rebuild Jerusalem (something that the other popularly considered first two decrees do not specifically mention, as Daniel 9:25 requires. The city was still in a state of ruins when Ezra and Nehemia arrived one hundred years after the first return).

The Next Sabbath Year Is...

So when is the next Sabbath year for our times? You can find out by repeatedly adding 7 to any other confirmed Sabbath year. If you go off of 70 CE, you will add seven 277 times before you arrive at the first future Sabbath year. That next Sabbath year will be 2009/2010. If the 70th Week does not start with that cycle, then the earliest it can begin after that will be 2016 (and I, for one, will be relieved). Refer to the Revelation Roadmap chart to see what years events can happen based on this Sabbath year insight.

Or Maybe Not?

Some who have studied Sabbath years may disagree with my 2009 conclusion. To them I would say, you may be right. Yet, please note that getting the Sabbath year cycle right is not important to Knowing the Future. The seals, trumpets and bowls of Revelation give us the sequence of events and do not depend on the Sabbath year cycle. We know from this sequence that no major prophesied event can happen, including Wormwood or the Great Tribulation, before Elijah comes and gathers us to safety. So even without knowing the next Sabbath year, we can always know we have a couple safe years to go until Elijah appears and tells us otherwise.

51 www.askelm.com/star/index.asp ad2004.com/prophecytruths/Articles/Yeshua/xmas_star.swf ad2004.com/prophecytruths/Articles/Yeshua/yeshuabirth1.html

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 10:

The Roadmap

What Makes This Timeline Special

This chapter contains the Revelation Roadmap timeline chart with Sabbath year timings of all the prophetic

events already explained in the previous chapters. Several aspects set this timeline apart from any other you may

have seen:

Literal Interpretation: Used exclusively to meet the requirement Jesus put forth that the plain sense of Scripture cannot be broken, a rule which allegorical interpretation ignores. This makes for explanations that are able to withstand scrutiny and be verified as correct, something you can never quite do with a human-invented allegory. The critical importance of this is demonstrated constantly throughout this manuscript. Once again for the record, although “Wormwood” may be translated as “Chernobyl” in the Ukrainian Bible, that still does not give license to make the plain word translated “star” metamorphosize into a “city of a nuclear reactor leak on earth”. To do so requires departing from using literal interpretation to using allegorical—breaking Scripture in the process (John 10:35). And if Chernobyl is correct, how would we ever know for sure until everything is over with since we cannot verify it with Scripture?

Prophetic Feast Days: Jesus said that even all the Torah would be fulfilled (Mt 5:18) and any timeline which shows a fundamental lack of awareness of what he meant by that is missing one of the major keys of interpreting the Book of Revelation. This timeline has all five of the remaining unfulfilled Prophetic Feast Days noted.

Sabbath Year Cycles: Contrary to the conventional doctrine that the rapture or coming of Jesus can happen “at any time” (also known as immanency), the Scripture reveals that both happen only in a Sabbath year (explained later). Thus, using the historically knowable Sabbath year cycle for projecting years is reliable and far superior to subjective guesses based on dreams, typology, Psalms prophecy, Bible codes, and even the Jubilee Cycles (which have no connection whatsoever to the centrally important 70 Weeks of Daniel).

“End Times” Elijah: Jesus implied that John the Baptist was only an intermediate fulfillment of the promised Malachi 4 Elijah and that Elijah would come and “fulfill the prophecies” (Mt 17:11 Aramaic). To consider John as the entire fulfillment of Malachi 4 is to leave no precedent-supported way of explaining how the 144,000 and the Revelation 12 Woman literally get lead to where Revelation says they will. (See Mystery of Disunity for a full explanation).

Two Gog-Magog Wars, Not One: Neither Ezekiel 38 nor 39 fit a pre-tribulation timing as is commonly supposed. They only work literally as two bookend wars to the Millennium. This is evident from a simple comparison of Rev 19=Eze 39 and Rev 20=Eze 38. I have them listed as Gog-Magog War I & II.

Five Remaining Major Prophesied Wars Including WWIII and WWIV: These wars are often confused for one another and underreported on other timelines. They include the Nuclear Middle East War, Nuclear World War III between America and a Russian-Chinese alliance, World War IV between the Antichrist and the Russian-Chinese alliance, “Armageddon”/Gog-Magog #1 at Jerusalem, and Gog-Magog #2 after the Millennium.

Two Mystery Babylons / Two Falls: Few seem to recognize that when the Bible says “Babylon is fallen, is fallen” not just once but three times, it is a dead giveaway that it is a dual prophecy (Isa 21:9, Rev 14:8; Rev 18:2). This fact resolves the dilemma in Revelation 14 that angels announce that (a) Babylon falls before the Mark of the Beast becomes an issue. Both Babylon's falls are marked on my timeline (as #1 and #2).

“Jesus' Second,...Third, and Fourth Comings”: The “Second Coming of Christ” is bit of a misnomer because the Olivet Discourse and Book of Revelation have Jesus appearing, albeit briefly, three more times, with his last appearance being the enduring one that begins his 1000 year reign. This makes the “Second Coming” really the fourth coming if you count them all. Each of these three appearances comes on the fulfillment of a prophetic feast day noted on the table: Pentecost, Trumpets and Day of Atonement.

How To Read the Timeline

Please note the following points about how to interpret the table:

What Makes This Timeline Special

Events Grouped Together: These events may be the same event under different names in different prophetic books or they may all happen in such quick succession that they are listed as the same event.

Sequential Order: With a few exceptions marked with a question mark (?), no event on the list can scripturally/legally happen before the preceding events on the list have happened.

Biblical Calendar Dates: Sometimes the exact day of an event is knowable because it is directly fulfilling one of the prophetic feast days of Leviticus 23. These are noted in italics with the traditional Jewish month name (although scripturally months are named by their number, i.e. “the 7th month”, not Tishrei)

Years: The years on this chart are based on the assumption that the next Sabbath year (2009) will start the 70th Week of Daniel. If that turns out to be wrong (and we'll know beforehand if the prerequisite Middle East Nuclear War is still far off), then you would add 7 to all the years in the left column and watch for the Middle East War to happen before or around 2016, etc.

Adjusting for Your Rapture Position: Even if you do not yet hold the post-tribulation rapture position built into the chart, the timing information on it can still benefit you. Since Jesus must return in a Sabbath year at the end of the 70th Week of Daniel and the Sabbath years are knowable, you can calculate the rapture year for other rapture positions by subtracting 7 years for pre-trib, or 3½ years for mid-trib from the year of Jesus' return.

The Revelation Roadmap

Table 4: End Times Timeline Based on Literal Interpretation and Sabbath Year Cycles

Timing / Event

Description

2008 – 2010 ? Springtime?

An Arab-Muslim confederacy will attack Israel as described in Psalm 83, Zech 12, Isa 17, Jer 49, et al. Israel will win decisively in a single day with God's help as in past wars (Isa 17:13-14) by bringing out the nukes in “The Samson Option” against the Islamic armies and cities round about, before America and Russia can even get involved. This will change the Middle East and make several things possible described later, such as gatherings on the Temple Mount and the building of the Third Temple . It is unclear if this comes before or after the start of the 70th week, but Iran with its nuclear program seems able to achieve the “2-3 year” plan Ahmadinejad reportedly had in 2006 to make the way for the 12th Imam (“the Mahdi”) by launching a global jihad against Israel, the “Li ttle Satan” and America, the “Great Satan”.

•Nuclear Middle East War •Damascus Ruinous Heap •Jordan, Iran, et al. Defeated

 

70th Week of Daniel Begins

2009 Tishrei 1 (Sept/Oct) (Sabbath Year)

Surprisingly, nowhere does Daniel say that the covenant is confirmed with Israel or even a public event. Judging from the results of the covenant within 3½ years—the destruction of America and take over of Israel—the natural fit is it is the Revelation 17 covenant that the ten kings who hate America make with the Antichrist to burn her with fire in exchange for having dominion with the Antichrist when he rules from Jerusalem. (Dan 9:27 = Rev 17:12-13,16-17)

•70th Week of Daniel •“Confirmation of the Covenant” / Antichrist Makes Secret Pact With the 10 kings

?

End of relative prosperity, stability and ease that we enjoy today must come, possibly several years before the Great Tribulation. Uncertain, but Isa 17:4 may indicate for the West it comes from the above M.E. war. Note: a “stock market collapse” or “dollar meltdown” or other total economic collapse in America, as has been rumored for years, breaks Revelation 18's description of America at the moment of her destruction as a huge economic power and market making the world mega merchants rich. Do not fear or act on this rumor.

• “End Of Good/Optimistic Times” (not a “US economic collapse”)

By 2011

The arrival of the end times prophet Elijah promised by Malachi, filling the need for someone to warn and lead people to come to Jerusalem

• “End Times” Elijah Appears in

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 10: The Roadmap

Timing / Event

Description

Jerusalem •Call to Saints to Gather in Jerusalem goes out

ahead of Planet X. He perhaps comes during the bad times sometime after the M.E. War to be one of the Two Witnesses, in the same way that the original Elijah arose during the terrible reign of wicked King Ahab and Queen Jezebel and made the rain stop for 3½ years. (But his arrival may come in good times, Scripture does not seem to say exactly.)

2011 – 2012

God's servants including “the Woman” and the 144,000 are lead to Jerusalem by a real prophet of God (probably Malachi 4's Elijah) setting up a community there lasting approximately two years, probably ending when the 1335 days begin. (Zeph 2:1; first “gather”)

• Saints Gathered to Jerusalem

2012, Pentecost

Once the 144,000 are sealed, their mission begins of warning people according to the three angels' messages of Rev 14. They go two by two preaching the everlasting Gospel as a witness to all nations (Rev 14:6=Mt 24:14, see Mystery of Disunity) while unharmed even during the Great Tribulation.

• 144,000 sealed & Jesus appears on Temple Mount together

2012, Pentecost

Great winds globally from pole shift; A great earthquake that makes earth changes requiring new maps be made; Sun turned to darkness, full moon to blood, shooting stars, meteor shower seen everywhere, stars are obscured by debris/dust cloud then everyone panics and mistakenly thinks the “Judgment Day” is here (but they do not know that the Day of the Lord is four years later and far worse). A global meteorite storm sets fires everywhere burning all the grass and one third of trees. A mountain-sized asteroid hit the ocean and created devastating tsunamis destroying a third of ships and fish globally. (Rev 6:12-8:11)

•Wormwood / Planet X Passage •Great Earthquake •Sun darkened, moon blood •Meteor showers •Dust obscures sky •Pole Shift, Great Winds •Meteorite storm fires •Asteroid hits ocean

2012, Early Summer

One third of fresh water supplies “bitter”, shortages worldwide; A nuclear winter from particulate in the atmosphere blocking the Sun; World Infrastructure of civilization broken; Famine from lack of sun and burned crops; Length of year has returned back to its original pre-flood 360 days and lunar month to 30 days. (Rev 8:12-13)

•Wormwood Passed •“End of the World as we Know It” (TEOTWAWKI) •Global Crisis •Calendar recalibrated

2012, Fall?

America vs. Russian-Chinese communist confederacy including probably Korea, Mexico, Cuba, Nicaragua. Of course, no single nation alone could defeat the US, and these nations already undermine and show signs of hate of America today. (Rev 17:12-18)

• Nuclear World War III Begins

2012, Fall?

Nuclear weapons literally incinerate America with atomic fire in a single day and single hour (Jer 50-51, Rev 17-18; Isa 13; Isa 47)

•Russia Wins WWIII •America Destroyed •“Mystery Babylon Is Fallen” #1

? (Pre-trib)

Third Temple on the Temple Mount must be completed and the daily morning and evening animal sacrifices started almost 2000 years after stopping in 70 CE (Rev 11; 2Thess 2:4) Note: Exact timing relative to other events is unclear except that it is pre-trib. Once the altar is ready, the sacrifices can (and probably will) begin before the temple is completed.

•Third Temple & Altar Built •Temple Mount Sacrifices Start

After WWIII

Antichrist probably begins offering way to solve the food and water shortages, infrastructure, wars, and world dominion by communism. The False Prophet Pope is probably on the scene endorsing him already.

•Antichrist Campaigning For One World Govt. Solution •False Prophet Pope In Power

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

The Revelation Roadmap

Timing / Event

Description

2013, Tevet 15 (Dec./Jan.)

The blessing of “coming to the 1335 days” is still uncertain, but since it is 45 days before the Abomination when Jesus said to absolutely flee by, it could be the timing of when the righteous leave as a group in plenty of time rather than last minute upon seeing the Abomination. “The Woman flees to her place prepared in wilderness where she is fed for 3½ years” (Rev 12; Zeph 2:1; second “gather”)

•1335 Days Begin •Saints Flee From Jerusalem To Jordan?

2013, Winter

Luke 21:20 - “When you see Jerusalem surrounded by armies, then recognize that its desolation has come near.”

• Jerusalem Surrounded By Antichrist Armies

2013, Winter

Antichrist publicly reveals himself as the Man of Sin (2The 2) by cutting off the sacrifices and putting up the Image of the Beast demanding worship as God. (Dan 12:11, 9:27;11:31;Mt 24:15;Mk 13:14)

•1290 Days Begin •Abomination of Desolation •Temple Mount Sacrifices stop

Great Tribulation Begins (Wrath of Satan)

2013, Aviv 1 (Mar/Apr)

30 days after the Abomination stands and sacrifices stop, the Great Tribulation officially begins in spring on new moon (Aviv 1, 4 years after the last Sabbath year began), lasting for 1260 days, 42 months, 3½ years. Fallen angels released from bottomless pit and begin enforcing the Mark of the Beast decree, their appearance is alien-like to mask their true identity and carry out the strong delusion of this dictator who wishes to be worshiped as God with his One World Religion. The Two Witnesses begin their preaching in Jerusalem warning people of the truth. (Rev 9:1-12; 11:1-6; 13:1-18; Mt 24:21)

•1260 Days Begin of Two Witnesses Ministry •5th Trumpet •Great Tribulation •42 Months Begin of Antichrist's Reign •Mark of the Beast Decreed •“Locust” Fallen Angels Released

2013 / 2014

Antichrist must contend with China and Russia (“east and north” of Israel respectively) and their allies who are not so willing to give up the rule of the world they just wrestled from America. Antichrist wins with the supernatural help of four angels released from the river Euphrates and establishes his kingdom for a good three years, but a third of mankind dies in the process. (Rev 9:13-21=Dan 11:44)

•6th Trumpet / •World War IV •“Tidings out of the east and North” trouble Antichrist

2016, Elul 28 (Sept/Oct) (Sabbath Year) •Two Witnesses Die

3½ days before the Day of Trumpets, in the morning, probably around 6-7AM, in a Sabbath year.

2016

The seven thunders are the actual voice of God plainly explaining to everyone about the reason for his judgment about to commence and probably what follows it (Rev 10:1-7, Ps 29 - A future update will fully explain this)

• 7 Thunders

2016, Feast of Trumpets Tishrei 1 evening (Sept/Oct)

The two witnesses are resurrected right before the rest of the just, in order to give their testimony of the new moon of the 7th month which confirms the start of Feast of Trumpets and the 7th trumpet of Revelation (Rev 11:12). This could explain why the resurrection of the dead precedes the rapture as Paul specifically noted (1The 4:15-17)

• Two Witnesses Resurrection & Ascent

Great Tribulation & 70th Week of Daniel Ends

2016, Feast of Trumpets Tishrei 1 (Sept/Oct)

“After the tribulation of those days, he shall gather the elect” (Mat 24:29-31) (Rev 11:11-15)

•7th Trumpet •Jesus Appears in Sky •Resurrection of Dead

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 10: The Roadmap

Timing / Event

Description

• Rapture of Saints

 

Wrath of God Begins / Time of Jacob's Trouble

2016, Feast of Trumpets Tishrei 1-10 (Sept/Oct)

Just as in the days of Noah and Lot, once the righteous are taken out, the wrath of God can commence (Lk 17:26-36). (Rev 16:1;Rev 16:12-16;Jer 30:7)

•Time of Jacob's Trouble •7 Bowl Judgments •All Nations Armies Gathered to Valley of Megiddo

2016, Yom Kippur Tishrei 10 (Sept/Oct) •Day of the Lord •Jesus' Second Coming

The Day of the Lord is indeed a single literal day, the day of the misnamed “Second Coming of Christ” (Rev 19)

2016, Yom Kippur Tishrei 10 (Sept/Oct) •“Battle of Armageddon” / Gog-Magog War I •Beast and False Prophet Killed •Satan bound for 1000 years •“Mystery Babylon Is Fallen” #2

After returning, Christ immediately fights the “Battle of Armageddon” which is a misnomer as Scripture indicates it is a battle at Jerusalem (Rev 19 = Eze 39 = Zech 14). 2/3 of the population will die during of God's wrath (Zech 13:8), but keep in mind that the population then will be much less than the six billion today due to Wormwood, WWIII and WWIV. Satan is not killed, but bound 1000 years in the Abyss he opened at the 5tth trumpet so that he can demonstrate one more truism for posterity (Rev 20:1-3 = Lev 16). (Isa 13)

Wrath of God Ends

2016, Feast of Tabernacles Tishrei 15 (Sept/Oct)

Jesus reigns with his saints for 1000 years. House of Ephraim & House of Judah regathered to Israel (“Greater Exodus”) and ruled by resurrected King David as in Two Sticks prophecy (Eze 37:15-28) and promised New Covenant (Jer 31:31ff). Seven years of burning weapons and seven months of burying bodies (Eze 39:10, 12)

•Millennial Reign of Jesus and his Saints •Regathering of All Israel •New Covenant Begins •7 mo. burying bodies •7 yrs burning weapons

3016

God releases Satan to demonstrate that even with his truth, his spirit, and his government, people can still be deceived readily as Adam and Eve were with the same, removing any doubt Satan must be destroyed, his purpose having been served in helping to prove what does not work through history. (Rev 20:7-10 = Eze 38)

•Satan released •Gog Magog War II

3???, Last Great Day

Those who died without adopting God's ways (which is the vast majority) are resurrected and given their first real chance to know and try them without Satan's deception, negative peer pressure or persecution to stop them as it was during the first 6000 years of God's plan. This fulfills the Last Great Day. (Eze 37:1-14; Rev 20:5; Rev 20:11-15)

•2nd Resurrection •Great White Throne Judgment Period

????

Time of physical bodies is over as there is no more pain, sorrow or death, which only glorified spiritual bodies exempt you from (Rev 21).

•New Heaven & Earth •New Jerusalem

How I Arrived At All This—And How You Can, Too

If you do not immediately understand my reasoning for the events listed or their order, do not worry: you can get there and for good reason. Apart from a few exceptions in gray areas, all of the above milestones and their positions in the sequence are based on a plain sense literal interpretation of Scripture, rather than guesses. No

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

How I Arrived At All This—And How You Can, Too

quantum leaps in reasoning based on other unreliable forms of interpretation of verses are used. So, you never need to take my word for anything (and if something is not sufficiently cited, please email me so I can address it or correct it. This manuscript will continue to improve and grow as time and feedback allows). You should be able to refer to the related passages cited and find the explanation for why I placed things where I did.

Mostly I arrived at this through starting with the clearer big concepts such as the 70th week, Great Tribulation, Biblical calendar, and Prophetic Feast Days to construct a sure framework. Off of that foundation I then tried to fit in the harder prophecies such as Wormwood, the Abomination of Desolation and exact day of the Rapture and Day of the Lord. Once I had a literal interpretation for each that did not break any of the many pertinent verses, I would add it to the trustworthy interpretive framework.

The amazing thing to me is that I remember how at first anything seemed possible and little seemed to be literal. The verses of the Book of Revelation especially seemed like they could mean just about anything. I am sure it feels about the same for you at this point. But through each iteration the possible valid meanings of even the enigmatic passages began to narrow down to fit the literal words.

Learning Example: 1260, 1290, and 1335 days

A good example of this is the 1260, 1290 and 1335 days. I still remember sitting in a question and answer Bible study one Sabbath day in the early 1990s and hearing a question come up from someone wanting to know what those days were about. I had never thought to ask the question myself but immediately wanted to know the answer, too! Our truly brilliant and humble pastor had to admit with a chuckle, “I don't know” (even though he had a more accurate understanding of eschatology than probably most prophecy authors have today).

Thanks to the Planet X and the Prophetic Feast Days insights, of the three, only the 1335 days am I still less than sure of. This is only because I am still waiting to find a parallel prophecy elsewhere in the Bible to illuminate it, as we have for the 1290 and 1260 days. Nevertheless, because of how closely fit together the literal interpretive framework is after many years, there really are only one or two possibilities of what happens at the start of the 1335 days that makes you “blessed to wait and reach” it. My goal in the rest of the pages of Revelation Roadmap is to help your own discernment grow similarly. (And perhaps in the process you may be able to point out to me answers that fits better, which I'm always ready to consider).

2012 in Prophecy

You may have noticed in the timeline above that the year I ascribe to the earliest coming of Wormwood is 2012. Because Wormwood will literally bring “the end of the world as we know it”, I was more than a little surprised to see what the historic Sabbath years said. They placed 2012 as year 3 of a Sabbath year cycle, which is the cycle year the Bible indicates Wormwood / Planet X will menace the earth starting at the 6th seal.

The year 2012 has become the focus in recent years of much doomsday speculation. There are dozens of websites devoted to covering all the signs pointing to the possible end of the world in that year. The Mayan Calendar is said to end in December 2012 and is probably the biggest factor driving the speculation. But it is my experience that when a rumor or speculation like this about the future is popular, it always amounts to nothing (it is the things not publicly known in advance that come to pass, like 9-11). That's why I was so surprised to see the Sabbath years points to 2012 as a potential year for Wormwood which will literally bring “the end of the world as we know it”. It could actually be right. One point of difference is that Bible prophecy points to the summer for Wormwood's arrival with the Antichrist rising to power around nine months later in the following spring. But the Mayan calendar ends in that winter.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Part 3:

Mystery of Disunity

How Prophecy Changes Your Doctrines

What started out as a quest to merely understand End Times Prophecy has succeeded in radically enhancing and changing my understanding of the entire Bible. This happened because Bible prophecy reveals to us God's entire plan for roughly the first 7,000 years of history. Once you understand that plan more fully, you begin to notice that most of the doctrines and beliefs traditionally taught about God, what he is doing, and why, break Scripture.

For the truth seeker who wants to live only according to God's word, this realization prompts them to change their mind about those traditional creeds, no matter how hallowed and sacred a cow they may be. The process then continues forward in a domino effect as another belief is discovered that no longer fits with your last Scripture-based conclusion and must also be changed. And so it goes according to the proverb, that he who is faithful in least, shall be faithful in much, and he who has little will be given more. If you love the truth and act on each new piece received, more is on the way.

The following book has been called “challenging” by several readers. This is because it tests some fundamental orthodox Christian teachings against the Scripture and finds them wanting. It offers alternatives right from Jesus' mouth that you will be surprised you glossed over for so many years. If you do not love the truth above tradition, the research may bother or offend you. However, my purpose in writing it was not to be different, or shock or offend anyone, but rather to answer some questions to which traditional Christianity had no satisfying scriptural answers.

For those who do love the truth, in addition to a deeper understanding about what God wants today from us, you will be rewarded with some astounding understanding on the mysteries of the Two Witnesses, the 144,000, the seventy(-two) Jesus sent out, “the Woman” and the “End Times” Elijah that are simply “breathtaking” as some readers describe it.

Tim McHyde

www.EscapeAllTheseThings.com

August, 2006 Santa Ana, Costa Rica

Chapter 11:

God’s Word or Unity: Choose

Why Disunity From God’s Word?

One of the biggest sources of skepticism towards the Bible is in how those who profess to follow it are divided into innumerable conflicting and oftentimes warring religions, denominations and sects. This lack of unity is ironic considering how the Bible is accepted by them all as preserving revelation from God for right living that leads to peace and unity. Of course, as even the outsiders perceive, the question of exactly which is the right interpretation of the biblical text is highly debatable, and this is what leads to division over time. There are good scholars with good arguments behind just about every popular interpretation out there, each of them sounding convincing. Thus, we see people throughout history have broken off into separate belief groups with strong scholarly proof to support their interpretation. With time, each new division eventually becomes its own religion, denomination or sect with its own distinct Bible-based creed. Obviously, all of these conflicting doctrinal sets cannot be right, and quite possibly they all may be wrong, deviating in some significant way from what the Word of God really intended.

This explains why we have so many different religious groups all full of people who believe they are following what the Bible really says. This fragmentation seems unavoidably bad, much as a divorce does. But in a marriage, if there are “irreconcilable differences” or one or both parties is unwilling to change any behavior in the way of a good functional marriage, then a divorce is a better solution then continuing on with someone who is in conflict with you 52 . Likewise, not being able to agree with others who prevent you from following your convictions about God’s truth are valid grounds for separation and division. So this is actually a pragmatic and necessary thing for people to do at times.

After the break-up, the first action that such a newly formed group will usually do is to outline their view of what God’s word says in what is called a doctrinal statement. This also is not evil of itself but quite necessary. For if their organization wants to be able to answer the question of what they believe and practice, they cannot simply say, “here, we believe this” as they hand out a copy of the Bible. It is much too long and ambiguous and it requires too much interpretation to serve as a definitive answer for this important question.

Abandoning God’s Word For Tradition

But the real problem comes in later when these groups, which were initially formed in search of and preservation of what they were convicted to be truth, lose their focus on seeking truth. A new focus on simple self-preservation takes it place. When it comes to the point that they will not change their traditionally held core doctrines even after being presented with new findings showing that they are in error (i.e., they break Scripture), now what was initially noble has become corrupt. What was initially based on great ideals has become just another organization that exists to promulgate its tradition rather than constantly revising and changing its doctrinal set as part of a never-ending quest for better understanding and application of the Word of God.

Jesus himself called attention to the tradition basis of the religion of his day, Judaism:

Matthew 15:1-9 (NKJV) — 1 Then the scribes and Pharisees who were from Jerusalem came to Jesus, saying, 2 "Why do Your disciples transgress the tradition of the elders? For they do not wash their hands when they eat bread." 3 He answered and said to them, "Why do you also transgress the commandment of God because of your tradition? 4 "For God commanded, saying, 'Honor your father and your mother'; and, 'He who curses father or mother, let him be put to death.' 5 "But you say, 'Whoever says to his father or mother, "Whatever profit you might have received from me is a gift to God"--6 'then he need not honor his father or mother.' Thus you have made the commandment of God of no effect by your tradition. 7 "Hypocrites! Well did Isaiah prophesy about you, saying: 8 'These people draw near to Me with their mouth,

And honor Me with their lips, But their heart is far from Me. 9 And in vain they worship Me, Teaching as doctrines the commandments of men.' "

Note that although he was talking to the leaders of Judaism, his words must apply to any Bible-based religion, denomination or sect. All of them come to the same point where they decide what their interpretation the Word of God is. To do otherwise would bring costly attrition in terms of membership and income. That would be against

52 Divorce is a controversial subject, but bear in mind that Jesus stated that divorce was instituted because of the hardness of our hearts (Mt 19:8), a condition that is still present to some degree in every human today that is not 100% committed to God. Thus his advice about not divorcing pertained to couples where both were walking with God by his truth and joined together by God (Mt 19:6) which is extremely few couples today.

Chapter 11: God’s Word or Unity: Choose

any organization’s overriding instinct of self-preservation and growth in numbers (taking the place of “growing in grace and knowledge”).

Denominational Unity Only From Fixed Doctrinal Statements

In spite of everything above, one positive that these types of organizations have as a result of their fixed, traditional doctrinal set is a high degree of unity. Anyone who joins their group knows going in what they will be expected to believe and do. Everyone who is there acts and thinks more or less the same in unity. Order is maintained. Moreover, anyone who at some later date does not agree with these traditions anymore is soon shown the door rather than being allowed to sow discord or sweep in some kind of doctrinal revolution. Any midstream doctrinal change would only lead to the exiting of many others who don’t want or agree with a change to the status quo. And if there is a proverb from the Bible (and popular movie) that the religions have mastered it is, paraphrased, that “the needs of the many outweigh the needs of the few” 53 .

My Days in the WCG

I personally have experienced this unity during my decade of involvement with the Worldwide Church of God (WCG). It was a joy to be among people who you knew had the same understanding and practices in worshiping God. I could travel to any city where they had a congregation and know what kind of like-minded people I would find there. They were ready to accept me with open arms into their homes without even having met me. We kept the same day of rest (Saturday) and celebrated the same biblical feast days on the same biblical calendar schedule 54 . We were able to meet on these times together, taking time off from work to do so if need be. I have many fond memories of those times together.

However, the WCG was a rare religious organization that actually dared to tamper with its doctrines when convicted that they were wrong. And as one would expect, as soon as they radically changed the doctrinal set, disunity would set in. It was like someone pulling the carpet out from under everyone’s feet. Each successive doctrinal change (and there were many) would put some percentage of the membership in the position of being in an organization with which they could no longer agree. Many moved on to find or to found another group with which could again agree, or, like myself, left to remain on their own with the only person with whom they could for sure stay in agreement with (well, except for when, as part of my learning, I come to not even agree with myself anymore!).

Again, this separation may sound like a sad event. If so, we might need to remind ourselves that when God calls us he is calling us to trust him, not to any particular group or set of creeds. He uses groups along the way to teach us things, but our primary allegiance is always to him and his truth as we understand it, not as a group understands it. For none of us can stand before the throne on Judgment Day explaining our actions with the excuse that we only did what our teacher, pastor or rabbi told us. God is not asking us to substitute anyone’s judgment for our own, but to learn his standards of judgment as revealed in his Word. Jesus stated this as the standard:

Luke 8:20-21 (NKJV) — 20 And it was told Him by some, who said, "Your mother and Your brothers are standing outside, desiring to see You." 21 But He answered and said to them, "My mother and My brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it."

If that is not a frightening verse to face, then I do not know what verse is. If we accept this verse at face value then much, much more is required of us than we have been led to believe. To be in Jesus’ family we must base our actions on what we understand the Word of God to say ourselves. There is no middleman to trust in for telling us what to do to please God. We must actually base our relationship with God on doing what his Word says directly, not on what a human religious authority tells us. If you try to operate that way as part of a typical religious group today, you obviously will not last very long. And an organization trying to implement this is going to have the continual course corrections that cause it to break up that WCG had.

Individuals Can Successfully Follow God’s Word

Thankfully, when you’re talking about individuals following the word of God successfully, it is a different story than with organizations. There is much less stopping an individual from adopting this. If this sounds like a contradiction with statements above about how the Bible is ambiguous and hard to understand with 100%

53

John 11:50, or Spock from “Star Trek II: The Wrath of Khan”

54

Today I would not call the Jewish precalculated calendar invented by Hillel II “biblical”; see Introduction

 

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Individuals Can Successfully Follow God’s Word

certainty, then you need to remember that it is much harder to express and prove your views to someone else than it is to convince yourself. There are many ideas we become convicted that the Bible teaches which we could never prove to others as right teachings of the Bible. Thankfully, to prove our biblical view to others for them to validate them as correct is simply not a requirement. Quite to the contrary, we need to follow our own convictions and not rely on others opinions or approval. God put enough proofs in the Bible for each of us to be convicted on what it says and to follow that and even lead our families in that way to great success—if we are diligent to dig into it.

The individual must only be willing to make the necessary sacrifices in building his relationship with God. As related above, one of these is often to be willing to separate if necessary from his current group, friends, and even family who are generally not prepared to follow the extreme position of “the Bible only.” Jesus even noted this would become necessary for those who tried to live this way, confirming that this was the correct thing to do:

Matthew 10:34-39 (NKJV) — 34"Do not think that I came to bring peace on earth. I did not come to bring peace but a sword. 35 "For I have come to 'set a man against his father, a daughter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law'; 36 "and 'a man's enemies will be those of his own household.' 37 "He who loves father or mother more than Me is not worthy of Me. And he who loves son or daughter more than Me is not worthy of Me. 38 "And he who does not take his cross and follow after Me is not worthy of Me. 39 "He who finds his life will lose it, and he who loses his life for My sake will find it.

This is the price of following the truth in a world that generally does what is right in its own eyes. We must take up our cross sometimes to follow God. However, lest you become discouraged about this, remember also the promise Jesus gave concerning those who follow the Word of God in today’s divisive world:

Mark 10:28-30 (ISV) — 28 Then Peter began to say to him, "See, we've left everything and followed you." 29 Jesus said, "Truly I tell you, there is no one who has left his home, brothers, sisters, mother, father, children, or fields because of me and the gospel 30 who will not receive a hundred times as much here in this world—homes, brothers, sisters, mothers, children, and fields, along with persecutions—as well as eternal life in the age to come.

Jesus promised that if you have left family for him, you will have more later. Just do not expect to be gathered together with all of them just yet.

Unity For New Groups

Short of some forced solution that abandons a Bible basis (such as the one prophesied in Revelation 13 under the Beast and False Prophet), it is readily apparent that there will be no way to heal the schisms among the Judeo-Christian faiths until the Messiah comes to set them all straight under his pure doctrine. Ecumenism (unity among Christian churches or denominations) and Universalism (“all religions are equal roads to heaven”) amount to agreeing to disagree. They will never bring true unity in the truth either. The most you could achieve from them is tolerance and understanding, not truth or true unity. A necessary focus on what is held in common brings only a watered-down greatest common denominator truth.

Yet what about small new groups who attempt to maintain their scriptural integrity by staying focused on following God’s Word only? Can they have unity? As already discussed, this indeed is the perennial challenge. As soon as two or more families or individuals who wish to follow God’s Word come together, the age-old problem of the ambiguity of the Bible soon arises again to divide them.

Area of Dispute: The Holy Day Calendar

For example, we see this today among those wanting to celebrate the biblical feast days even though they are not required (Acts 15:19, 29; 21:25). They have come out of traditional Christianity or Judaism after painfully discovering that these religions teach their own tradition in place of the Word of God, with the hope to be different. These groups attempt to follow the festival instructions found in the Torah, or the commandments first given by God to Israel to make them wise and set apart from the nations around them. They do so not because they believe that works of Torah merit eternal life of themselves, but because doing God’s commandments produces a happier and more blessed life now, in this life. Bottom line, the Bible says that keeping his commandments is pleasing to God, and shows him your love (Ex 20:6; John 14:15).

Yet they still cannot agree on which is the right way to reckon the dates of these festivals on the current Gregorian calendar. Here are some of major differences of opinion on just this issue alone:

Days: Some say the day begins at sunset, like Judaism observes, others say sunrise.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 11: God’s Word or Unity: Choose

Sabbaths: Some say it is a 7th day Sabbath cycle like Judaism observes. Others say it is a lunar- based Sabbath cycle.

Months: Some begin at the visible crescent moon, others the astronomical new moon, others the full moon, and Judaism has its calendar that usually lags the visible crescent moon by a day (and sometimes a month ahead).

Years: Aviv (ripe) barley-based; equinox-based; or the precalculated Hillel II calendar of Judaism.

That is a lot of views—all from reading the same Bible (and that’s not even all of them). However, some might still be wondering to themselves at this point, if things could still work if you just simply find and assemble with people who already agree on what the right calendar is, or say, who all agree on just doing the Ten Commandments.

What About Just The Sabbath?

Well, let’s just take another example to illustrate how even that is not enough. Observance of the Sabbath day was part of the Ten Commandments (number four) and also dependent on this calendar question. So let’s say you find a group who wants to observe the Sabbath day according to the 7th day reckoning (rather than on Sunday, or according to the lunar cycle, etc.). Great, but what constitutes keeping the Sabbath day? There are many questions on this topic alone and everyone will still have their own ideas, such as:

 Is it a “holy convocation” that requires we assemble as the high sabbath holy days do?

 If so, are we not allowed to travel to meet together using internal combustion engine powered cars or do we interpret Exodus 35:3 as prohibiting a work fire?

 Can you have a heating fire or do you have to turn off your furnace?

 Are we not allowed to use our computer on Sabbath?

 Are we allowed to use electricity at all on Sabbath?

 Do we have to prepare all our food ahead of time or can we make a sandwich if we want to?

 Do we have to talk only about the God and Bible on Sabbath or it OK to share details with each other about ourselves, our work, our lives, our problems, etc.?

 Can you play a board or computer game with family or friends or is that seeking your own pleasure on God’s day or is alright as long as it is a Bible Trivia game?

Can we watch TV or movies at all or only if its Veggie Tales or The Ten Commandments?

 Can we carry money or exchange money with believers on Sabbath or is that prohibited “work”?

 Can we pay for a taxi or bus or gas to travel towards meeting others on the day, the only day most of have to get with like-minded believers, or not?

 Can we go to a restaurant or buy food on occasional Sabbaths or is that illustrated as clearly forbidden in the story of Nehemiah 13?

 What about the new moon? Is it a Sabbath, too (Isa 66:23)?

Eating in Restaurants On Sabbath? That’s A Bad Example!

Some may read this list and see a few of them as “bad examples” of debatable issues because they are so “obviously forbidden”—such as going to restaurants on Sabbath. Yet, this reaction only proves the point. It is exactly when you see as black and white a scriptural question others find debatable that you cannot tolerate others who do not see it like you do! To such a person, anyone who goes to a restaurant on Sabbath can have no scriptural defense for that position and is only “refusing to repent and rejecting the authority of Scripture.” Thus, how could you welcome their presence in your Sabbath-keeping group if you view them as way out of line?

Meanwhile, the person who sees no evil in going to a restaurant occasionally on Sabbath can give you ample reasoning on why Torah does not forbid this and how Nehemiah’s decision must therefore be based on other principles (such as buying food at the market being part of one’s work for sustaining himself during the week, etc.). Both parties think they alone are right and thus are divided on how exactly to keep Sabbath. Neither can

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Area of Dispute: The Holy Day Calendar

prove to the other beyond any shadow of a doubt that they are wrong. Nor can they understand how anyone can see things any differently than they do.

The Problem of Not Seeing the Problem

Complicating matters further, then, is this common issue of many not even noticing that the Bible can be understood differently than how they personally understand it. For example, we have all heard someone arguing for their view on what the Bible says because it is “the clear teaching of the Bible” or that “the Bible is very clear on this point.” What a funny statement that is to the person standing right in front of them to whom it is as clear as mud. Of course, if the Bible’s teachings were so clear then there would not be such regular disagreement over them. No wonder we have the division we do with each one thinking that they see the “clear” teaching of the Bible (and apparently, everyone who does not is just mentally deficient?). But when someone does not even realize that others can read the same text and reasonably come to a contrary understanding, their patience and tolerance for different views will be severely strained. It tends to get ugly sooner or later.

One time I posted on my website an article proposing that taking the Mark of the Beast was not the “one-way ticket to hell” that it is often understood to be in Christendom. It showed how scripturally the mark could be repented of—after, of course, you survive the seven bowls of God's fury that you are left behind to face. Now, normally I get a steady stream of appreciative and complimentary emails to my site and an angry or abusive email only once in a blue moon. But after posting this article I had the equivalent a year’s supply of such emails in one week! I was called a “false teacher,” a “false prophet”, and numerous times told to “repent” because I was “joining the Antichrist.” Yet nowhere did I suggest taking the Mark of the Beast was a good idea, as the Antichrist will. Judging from the flaming emails I received, you would think I had. This is how ugly it can get sometimes if you hold and express a contrary view on a verse that everyone else assumes is very clearly saying something else.

If having read this chapter the reader has no idea what I’m talking about, believing like some that the Bible is mostly clear “on the things that matter” then there’s probably nothing I can add to change that. I would, however, suggest that you go experience the Google or Yahoo groups and find an active Bible discussion group. Proceed to tell people what you see as the clear teachings of the Bible and watch the reactions and engage them in discussion. If you do this for a few weeks you will no doubt make some amazing discoveries about how differently others can understand the Bible than yourself.

Obviously, this situation is not easily solved. As things are today, there will always be some question of applying the Bible that cannot be agreed upon. There is a good reason for this: something is missing and in the next chapters we’ll figure out what that is, and what it is not.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 12:

Attempted Unicide

No doubt, many will find it difficult to accept the previous chapter’s bleak assessment of our prospects for unity by following the Bible only. It makes no sense to the natural mind that God would call people out of this world to follow his Word and not give them a way to arrive at his truth together and dwell in unity to support each other. It is simply counterintuitive. As a result, people often reject this notion and forge ahead with their ideals of unity today.

Psalm 133 Says We Should Strive For Unity!

They reason that unity is obviously God’s will in the scriptures. They will often quote this verse in support of their point:

Psalms 133:1 — Behold, how good and how pleasant it is for brethren to dwell together in unity!

They then reason that despite the present reality and history to the contrary we should strive for this unity God. It can become an obsessive quest for some to attain what they perceive is God’s will for them today.

However, there are a few problems with this. Firstly, this verse actually does not even say “unity.” The original Hebrew actually says, “to dwell even together.” Secondly, even if we take “to dwell in unity” as the right translation, it only says that this dwelling is good and pleasant, it does not overtly say that it is God’s will that we have unity now. This may seem trivial, but as Solomon said, there is a season for everything and every purpose under heaven (Ecc 3). Not everything that is pleasant or good is best for us all the time or God’s will for us all the time. We can get ourselves in a lot of trouble if we take a verse of the Bible out of its context and assume it is telling us today to do something to fulfill it. In this case, the historical context of the verse is Ancient Israel. It is one of the “Psalms of Ascents” that most agree refer to the pilgrimage to Jerusalem during the annual festivals. So, if we were really wanting to try to fulfill this verse today, then we would all be going to Jerusalem with family for the annual festivals, something that is prohibitively expensive to do three times per year if you do not already live in Israel (and living in Israel today entails a whole other set of problems today).

In Fact, Our Group Had Unity!

Some people will attest that they had or still have unity with a Bible-based cell group today. They maturely did not make issue with such minor differences of opinion. One family explained to me how they had half a dozen families who all had left the WCG and who met together regularly over seven years. This group had no pastor or other typical single leader and preacher leading. Instead, it was run like a democracy. When issues had to be decided they would be discussed and voted on. Each person was encouraged to study and share their opinions and the men (only) would each be given a chance to take a turn teaching the group, rather than one person controlling what was taught and done.

This account may also seem to contradict my point about how unity is not possible. However, the rest of the story with this group must be told. This group turned out to have a fleeting and fragile unity. It was just a matter of time before new winds of doctrine came in and divided the members, over and over. This group actually had several break offs of long time members over doctrinal disagreements through the years. So rather than successfully growing steadily over time, the group continued at about the same size with a revolving door membership. Why did it not work? Well we just cannot use majority rule by vote to prove which doctrinal view is correct. Therefore, no amount of consensus could convince those in disagreement to change their mind and not leave. For this reason, as we will see later, God’s form of government is not a democracy and true lasting unity will not come through a democracy. Somebody must be able to prove what the right doctrine is to the satisfaction everyone in the group who is seeking to know exactly that, per the instruction of Jesus. And he must have the centralized power to cause everyone to fall in and follow it rather than debate it or vote on it.

Calls to Larger Unity — Instead of Fighting

Is there no solution to this apparent size limit on a workable unity? As is the theme of this chapter, some idealists believe there is and go ahead with proposals to bring about the unity they believe is our birthright. A chief motivation behind this comes from the tremendous infighting there is among small Bible-based groups. When groups split over doctrines, they do not always do so amicably. In fact, there tends to be an astonishing amount of “smiting of the menservants and maidservants” that the Messiah warned against to the End Times generation

Calls to Larger Unity — Instead of Fighting

awaiting his return. It has been said that the Internet has brought this smiting to a whole new level. One wonders in watching the scene how so many claiming to follow the Messiah can forget what they have in common and forget the need to show love in how they handle the differences.

Inevitable division and disunity over doctrinal issues is one thing, but one’s choice of how to handle it is another thing. This is where it unfortunately tends to get ugly. Many decide that they have a mission from God to point out to the others how wrong, or in some cases, how “sinful” or “in rebellion” they think they are (whether they asked for their opinion or not). Although the attacks and libel of these people cause a lot of hurt, it must be admitted that they usually are well-intentioned and truly believe they “do God a service.” And ironically, the more zealous a person is for God, the more likely they are to make this kind of mistake. It is just sometimes amazing how so many who wish to be diligent at following God’s instructions misunderstand how best to lovingly lead others into doing them.

In response to these “Messy-antics,” some have naturally come forward calling for large-scale unity, beyond the small limited cell group unity we talked about in the last chapter. One especially astute newsletter showed real understanding of the cause of the situation and as we will soon see, even hints at the solution that avoids the man-made doctrinal statement solution (emphasis mine):

The prophets tell us that in the future the ... Messiah will come and teach us by the wisdom of YHWH's spirit (Isa 11:2-3) and the High Priest will stand with the Urim and Thummim and answer all our difficult questions (Ezra 2:63; 2Chr 15:3). When that happens everyone will know the true meaning of YHWH's word. Until then we can only do our best with the tools we have to strive for His truth. It is inevitable that today in the Era of Exile that different people will arrive at different understandings. Only one opinion can be right, but until the anointed King and anointed High priest come in the end-times we will not know for sure. Until that time we must not let our differences divide us! ... I believe that those who desire to follow YHWH's Torah should not be divided by their differences in understanding His word. [We] believe that unity can and must be achieved even when there is NOT uniformity. This requires a certain degree of spiritual maturity and humility. It is only human that we get frustrated when others do not see things our way. But we must be humble before YHWH and ask Him to lead us on our walk with Him. If our fellow Torah-keepers approach YHWH with the same humility then it is not for us to judge them. What unites us is our love of YHWH and our desire to live by His Torah. This does not mean that [we] do not have heated and fierce debates and discussions. This is an important part of trying to peel away layers of tradition and deception to arrive at the plain meaning of YHWH's word after 2000 years of falsehood that has kept us in Exile. This search in the Scriptures is part of our journey with YHWH who speaks to us through His word.

I hear many people shouting for “unity” but what they really mean is “uniformity”. They shout for unity and then kick out all those who disagree with them from their congregations and movements. Is this truly unity? This is like a democracy in which everyone who does not toe the party line is denied the right to vote. And then the rulers of the people proclaim that there is complete unanimity! How is this any different from the Spanish Inquisition?

Unity Proposal: Humility, Maturity and No Kicking Out

The writer above believes that unity while following God’s admittedly ambiguous Word is possible today even with our differences. His proposed solution is to humbly remember that none of us knows for sure which understanding is correct and have the maturity to control our response over frustration with other’s disagreement. He disagrees with kicking people who disagree out of our groups as part of the solution for unity.

Certainly, the current situation of people attacking each other over doctrinal differences is due to a lack of tolerance. If people were mature enough and humble enough they would recognize that they are in no position to judge and attack those with whom they do not agree. They would realize that the only course is to tolerate them for now, as you cannot change anyone but yourself (assuming that you are not the one who needs to change). Yet, there are a few big problems with this unity solution. I believe the writer, clearly showing humility and maturity in his statements, is forgetting just how hard it is for most people to attain those same qualities he possesses! These qualities are not something someone can decide to have and then acquire overnight. They must be developed over much time, usually at an early age thanks to a good upbringing. Because of the breakdown of families in modern times, there will always be a lack of maturity and humility. We might as well ask people to stop sinning while we are at it.

The other problem is that even if somehow we were to get everyone to be mature and humble enough to not attack each other over their disagreements, this would not change the fact that they fundamentally disagree. If they cannot agree then they cannot be together in unity and must remain separated to keep the peace. Then they will naturally seek out others who do agree with them on what they deem together as important to God. In addition, if

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

114 Chapter 12: Attempted Unicide

later one of these people changes his mind and disrupts the unity then this ultimately may require kicking that person out to keep order, and so on. I empathize with the writer that it is wrong to kick people out when tolerance is a valid choice and is not chosen because of lack of maturity or humility. But, as noted above, sometimes it is actually the only way to keep the peace and order, and in fact it is also a quite scriptural way of doing so as we will see in the next chapter looking at Biblical precedents for unity.

Thus, this call for unity offers no practical solution for today and really amounts to a call for appropriate tolerance. This is a good thing to be reminded of considering that there is supposed to be obvious wisdom and love among the Faithful. He is also right to point out that most of this will not be resolved until the Messiah arrives to reign and reveal God’s will for us clearly. However, is it true that we should not expect to have this same divine revelation through a representative of God until Messiah himself comes? We will look at this later.

Unity Proposal: “Follow My Interpretation of Ezekiel 37/Acts 15”

Another provocative proposal understands how “agreeing to disagree” is not really unity at all. It therefore attempts to forge agreement among those who want to diligently follow the Bible. It suggests that the main reason we have been without unity among Bible believers since the First Century is because we have been waiting for Ezekiel 37’s two sticks prophecy to begin fulfillment today. Ezekiel 37 talks about the regathering and reunification of the ancient two divisions of Israel: the House of Ephraim (the northern or “Ten Lost Tribes”) and the House of Judah (Judah, Benjamin, Levi) to be governed under one king again, the resurrected King David (Eze 37:15-28). What does that have to do with Bible believers today, you ask? There is some very interesting evidence pointing to the Lost Ten Tribes having settled in the lands of today’s prominent Western democracies 55 . If this is true then the majority of the people believing in the Bible today, commonly called “gentiles” or non-Israelites, are actually descendants of Israel without knowing it (more on this in Chapter 14). The majority of these then could rightly be called Ephraimites, Josephites, or Joes (as opposed to “Jews” as the nickname for the House of Judah today).

The proposal claims that all these Joes must be unified together first before the reunification with the Jews can happen per the prophecy. It argues for a path of unity through following Acts 15’s four requirements laid on the Gentiles coming to the Faith back then—plus around a dozen more additions not found in Acts 15. These include accepting “Two House Doctrine,” the “Post-Millennial Return of Messiah” and requiring the use of only the “true Hebrew Names of both the Father and the Son” and circumcision for men.

The intriguing aspect of this proposal is how it builds on the common (incorrect) interpretation of Ezekiel 37 as being fulfilled today for the stick of Judah through the founding of the State of Israel in 1948. It offers to explain who the stick of Ephraim is and what they must do to follow suit with a return to the land as well. By this it can claim that the unification of Ephraim under later “elected representatives” is God’s will now and therefore anyone continuing to desire to follow the Word of God who does not support this proposal is in rebellion and sinning. If it were not for the bizarre doctrinal requirements, the mixture of prophecy, identity and judgment this proposal could be compelling for many people on their own trying their best to understand and follow the Word of God and desiring leadership and community to help guide them.

Problem #1: No Admission/Recognition Of Fallibility

Let’s assume the proposal’s doctrinal statement was something that you could completely agree with. In that case, can you see the main problem from the start that this proposal for unity still holds? As you might already guess, this proposal does not seem to recognize the reality that the first proposal did of how we do not know for sure what is the right interpretation of the Bible today without a prophet or a priest with Urim and Thummim. It goes right ahead assuming that it already has today's right application of Acts 15 addressed to believers in First Century assemblies of Asia. It finds not just four requirements for believers today but a fifth requirement (of everyone learning and doing Torah). It next assumes that it is scriptural to go ahead and add to that already expanded list even more requirements. There is no acknowledgment in any of this that these interpretations could be wrong and may need to be changed in the future in the interest of getting back to following the Word of God only, rather than an erroneous founding doctrinal statement or the leaders who created it. In other words, this proposal is doomed from the start not to grow in grace and knowledge with the sincere Bible-only crowd it hopes to attract.

55 See www.BritAm.org for research. Note this is not “British Israelism” or some racist agenda.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Calls to Larger Unity — Instead of Fighting

Problem #2: Trustworthy Leader

Another major problem with this proposal is in the choice of the supreme leader over the group. It is in fact correct that a single overarching leader is needed if you wish to have any chance of order and unity in a group. But, if we think this through again, we will see this requires giving up following the Word of God eventually. The proposal plans to have a leader elected presumably by all the members. That sounds fair and decent, of course, to our Western sensibilities. Yet what if the leader who you think is best is not elected? What then? Or what if you really distrust this elected individual based on his actions or words? Or say the person you voted for is elected. What guarantee do you really have that you know what you are doing in choosing who you did? Remember, this person is going to have the final say on what is the right way to follow God’s word and also have the authority to tell you just what it is. Will he have the wisdom to really know and how can you be sure he does?

Going further, let’s assume somehow he does have the wisdom initially. Who is to say that he will not become corrupted later like even the great wise Solomon did (assuming he’s not corrupt from the start)? Do you really want to give up your prerogative as an individual to judge what the Word of God requires of you for yourself to some democratically elected man, when you have a choice in the matter? I do not see how anyone in their right mind, or at least with any experience seeing the effects of power on fallible men would agree to be a part of this flawed attempt in creating unity. Unless, of course, they were especially obsessed with this concept of unity and in belonging to a group to satisfy their desire for fellowship. We must be careful because even something as well intentioned as finding unity and fellowship can be classified as an idol if we ignore the facts that it is harmful for us and continually seek after it.

Accept the Present Disunity

Instead, we ought to face the unpleasant reality. Belief in the Bible or even belief in following Jesus is not enough to unify. It is just as Jesus said in fact, that his words would be a sword breaking up families, including church families. We have almost 2000 years of evidence that we are missing the ingredients to unity among those who God has called, despite the various approaches to unity attempted. All approaches to achieving unity while following God’s Word will fail that lack these missing ingredients. It is time we find out what those ingredients are.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 13:

Biblical Unity

Ask: Is God Behind This Or Not?

After the last chapter examining the shortcomings with typical attempts for unity today, you may be wondering where that leaves us. You may be wondering if unity really is God’s will at all anymore and whether we can know this for sure. In reality, that is a good thing to wonder and ask. Indeed, we must never assume something is God’s will just because it sounds like a good idea or was his will once. It may not be his will ever or it may simply not be his will today. To best answer this question, we should begin by checking the Bible, the only provable source of revelation from God, for precedents showing whether it has been his will before, and, if possible, look for prophecy of it being his will again. Otherwise, we may find ourselves making prayers that will never rise above the ceiling. Worse yet, we may end up even acting against his will and headed for some “learning experiences”. Caution with this is something even the compromised religious leaders of Jesus’ day understood:

Acts 5:38-39 (NKJV) — 38 "And now I say to you, keep away from these men and let them alone; for if this plan or this work is of men, it will come to nothing; 39 "but if it is of God, you cannot overthrow it--lest you even be found to fight against God."

Gaza Pullout Example

For this reason, I was careful to check the Bible first when I was asked by a friend in early 2005 to join him in organizing some sort of Internet campaign against Israel’s Gaza Disengagement scheduled for that summer. The assumption was that God was against this happening because the Torah deeded Gaza to Israel and that we should therefore say something against it, putting ourselves in the role of the watchman of Ezekiel 33 to warn people of danger. I had serious misgivings about the proposal from the beginning. I already understood that there was a condition to that “deed” which most were forgetting to mention. This condition was that Israel obey the Torah. Israel today is not following the Torah, and the precedent is that every time they were in this state before, grave things including the division of their land happened to them. Also, I did not see it safe to take upon myself a role as a watchman as if Ezekiel 33 was addressed not only to Ezekiel, but to every other person reading his words throughout history wherever they are if they believed they saw something wrong that others did not.

Then I looked a little more into the question by studying the prophecies and I discovered that God planned an End Times judgment on Israel’s enemies in Gaza at the very same time apparently that Damascus would be judged for sponsoring terrorism and war against Israel (Isa 17 = Amos 1). It looked to me like the Gaza pullout was God’s way of letting disobedient Israel learn a lesson at the same time that God arranged things for her enemies to receive their prophesied judgment later in Gaza. So instead of expecting civil war, or violent, effective opposition from the settlers, or even God to stop the pullout as the settlers and Rabbis were praying for, I expected the Gaza Pullout to be pulled off as planned—which it was 56 . The biblical precedents and prophecies told me this was the most probable result of all the scenarios.

Biblical Precedents For Unity – The First Century Church

So, what do we find in the Bible about God’s will for unity among the Faithful? Well, we can confirm right away, as most already know, that unity among Bible believers is indeed something God wills, as Jesus expressed:

John 17:20-23 (NIV) — 20 "My prayer is not for them alone. I pray also for those who will believe in me through their message, 21 that all of them may be one, Father, just as you are in me and I am in you. May they also be in us so that the world may believe that you have sent me. 22 I have given them the glory that you gave me, that they may be one as we are one: 23 I in them and you in me. May they be brought to complete unity to let the world know that you sent me and have loved them even as you have loved me.

You cannot get a much clearer statement of will than that. Yet, looking around today, one may be left wondering what happened with Jesus' prayer. To find the fulfillment of his prayer you have to turn back to the record of the First Century Church immediately after Jesus’ death—and be careful not to blink! For, ever since that time the story has been one of disunity.

Let’s first review the barriers to unity for God’s elect we have been left with today:

56 See www.escapeallthesethings.com/gaza-pullout-end-times-timeline.htm an article I wrote before the Gaza Pullout started

Biblical Precedents For Unity – The First Century Church

1.     We are usually not sure how to interpret the Bible correctly.

2.     Even if we are sure about any single point of doctrine, we often cannot prove it to others.

3.     We have no God-given leaders we can trust to lead the group wisely without abusing the centralized power needed to unify.

By studying the First Century assembly that Jesus founded, we will see how each of these issues were resolved so that true unity was achieved. Read these accounts about the early assembly of believers in Jerusalem:

Acts 1:14 (NIV) — They all joined together constantly in prayer, along with the women and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brothers.

Acts 2:1 (NIV) — When the day of Pentecost came, they were all together in one place.

Acts 2:42-47 (NIV) — 42 They devoted themselves to the apostles' teaching and to the fellowship, to the breaking of bread and to prayer. 43 Everyone was filled with awe, and many wonders and miraculous signs were done by the apostles. 44 All the believers were together and had everything in common. 45 Selling their possessions and goods, they gave to anyone as he had need. 46 Every day they continued to meet together in the temple courts. They broke bread in their homes and ate together with glad and sincere hearts, 47 praising God and enjoying the favor of all the people. And the Lord added to their number daily those who were being saved.

Acts 4:32-35 (NIV) — 32 All the believers were one in heart and mind. No one claimed that any of his possessions was his own, but they shared everything they had. 33 With great power the apostles continued to testify to the resurrection of the Lord Jesus, and much grace was upon them all. 34 There were no needy persons among them. For from time to time those who owned lands or houses sold them, brought the money from the sales 35 and put it at the apostles' feet, and it was distributed to anyone as he had need.

Here we have a dramatic example of what real unity for God’s people is like, and what great fruits it brought. Note even how rather than being mocked and considered hypocrites by the world around them, they were considered with favor. Notice how the believers themselves were actually glad and sincere unlike how they are today, usually no happier than the world around them (where the divorce rate is actually lower usually than in the Christian groups). Notice also how they were growing rapidly rather than losing attendance. With the kind of unity and attractive disposition the believers portrayed, it is no surprise that people wanted to join them and find out how to follow the same kind of happy way of life.

Note, too, that they actually had an arrangement almost like what today is called a commune. People freely gave from their possessions for the good of the community, to the point that no one among them was needy. Unlike a commune this did not seem to be required, but was something done out of freewill in seeing a way to fill a need.

Now would you be willing to do the same among a group of believers today? Would you join a group, sell your house and deposit the money with the leaders? Could you possibly trust the leadership to use the funds justly and wisely? If you are wise or at all experienced with living with other people in a shared environment, probably you would quickly say no because of all the problems that this typically brings. Yet with this group people were apparently not experiencing such problems and trusted the leadership enough to hand over their wealth. How could they feel safe doing this?

God Ordained Leadership: Key To Unity

The answer is obvious. There could be no doubt to the people in this group that their leadership were upright men directly backed by God. These men were all well known as the apostles whom Jesus handpicked and taught himself. And just like him, they healed people and performed other signs and miracles to show that God was also with them. They were not performing signs to get people to listen to lies, but to teach the same things that Jesus taught them. If there is ever a leadership you can trust to teach right and do right, this was the one. We of course find the same precedent in the case of the “Church in the Wilderness” under Moses and later Joshua. God spoke to Moses in front of the whole nation of Israel and performed miraculous signs through him just as it says were done by the apostles.

By the way, and this is important, these were not just men who claimed to have “heard an audible voice” or had a dream or vision “from God.” They offered miraculous signs as proof that God was with them, giving them direction, giving them his words, and giving them his authority. If someone claims any of these things without having the same “certificates of authenticity,” they contradict scripture and their claims should be rejected.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 13: Biblical Unity

When someone is truly set up by God to lead, like Peter or Moses, you have at last the solution to the main obstacle to unity in the Faith, namely, knowing exactly what the proper interpretation of God’s words is supposed to be! Not only have such men been taught directly or indirectly by God, they always have the ability to hear directly from God to consult him on what to do about new situations they do not yet understand. In other words, they have prophecy. They can know directly from God what is his will and what the right interpretation of the previous Words of God is, also.

Prophecy: Key to Dispelling Ambiguity of the Bible, God’s Will

This point is of the utmost importance. We tend to think that the Word of God is perfect, infallible and complete enough in itself to allow individuals, at the very least, to be able to know God’s will and ways and lead their families in them. But really, when it comes to unifying groups, the word of God is woefully inadequate. As discussed earlier, for the purposes of a group following it together they need to be in agreement on the meaning. Without prophecy, they cannot know with 100% certainty which is the correct interpretation nor be able to fill in the gaps for the many unanswered questions. This also is a struggle for the individual trying to understand it as well. Moses was the greatest prophet of all time to whom God dictated the Torah face to face. Further, he who spoke the language of the Torah natively. Yet even Moses had to consult with God on several different occasions to know God’s will (as did Joshua his hand-groomed successor) 57 .

As touched on earlier, resolving this situation was the purpose of the Urim and the Thummim given to the priesthood. Although it is not certain how they worked, we know that they allowed the high priest to consult with God on his will. Even the apostles needed to consult of God to know what to do when it came to finding out who should fill Judas’ shoes:

Acts 1:23-26 (NKJV) — 23 And they proposed two: Joseph called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. 24 And they prayed and said, "You, O Lord, who know the hearts of all, show which of these two You have chosen 25 "to take part in this ministry and apostleship from which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own place."26 And they cast their lots, and the lot fell on Matthias. And he was numbered with the eleven apostles.

Notice that they did not vote on it or leave it to someone presiding over the others. They used scriptural methods to find out who God would chose as the replacement for one of the twelve apostles. This left no room for debate. Everyone accepted it and followed it because to them it was clearly God speaking through the lots (however they worked). Imagine if this tool was available today? Whatever the doctrinal dispute were, we could inquire of God and find out what God’s will was in the matter. It would almost be too easy. As we will discuss later, God is purposely not providing this tool now because he has a higher purpose than everyone knowing his will perfectly today.

But, what if some people did not like the answer on what is God’s will? What if they did not really want to live by God’s way of life after all? Under this situation, their true agenda would become evident to everyone that much quicker. No longer could anyone seeking their own agenda give the illusion of seeking God’s will through the argument that their understanding of a meaning of a verse was as defensible as anyone else’s was. Today there is often a reasonable doubt on so much of what is purported to be “the clear teaching of the Bible” by its advocates. With prophecy present, people would either fall in line with the teaching that clearly came from God or they would face the consequences. In such a situation, the rules are much different than what we are used to today as another story from the First Century Church demonstrates:

Acts 5:1-11 (NIV) — 1 Now a man named Ananias, together with his wife Sapphira, also sold a piece of property. 2 With his wife's full knowledge he kept back part of the money for himself, but brought the rest and put it at the apostles' feet. 3 Then Peter said, "Ananias, how is it that Satan has so filled your heart that you have lied to the Holy Spirit and have kept for yourself some of the money you received for the land? 4 Didn't it belong to you before it was sold? And after it was sold, wasn't the money at your disposal? What made you think of doing such a thing? You have not lied to men but to God." 5 When Ananias heard this, he fell down and died. And great fear seized all who heard what had happened. 6 Then the young men came forward, wrapped up his body, and carried him out and buried him. 7 About three hours later his wife came in, not knowing what had happened. 8 Peter asked her, "Tell me, is this the price you and Ananias got for the land?" "Yes," she said, "that is the price." 9 Peter said to her, "How could you agree to test the Spirit of the Lord? Look! The feet of the men who buried your husband are at the door, and they will carry you out also." 10 At that moment she fell down at his feet and died. Then the young men came in and, finding her dead, carried her out and buried her beside her husband.11

57 Man caught collecting wood on sabbath, Numbers 15:32-36; Blaspheming son, Leviticus 24:10ff; Daughters of Zelophehad, Numbers 27 ©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Biblical Precedents For Unity – The First Century Church

Great fear seized the whole church and all who heard about these events.

Group Purity Unity Key

This story about the death of Ananias and Sapphira for lying to Peter is quite shocking to a Christian’s sensibilities. Christians are commonly taught about John 8 that the reason Jesus did not have the woman caught in adultery stoned as the crowds who brought her requested was because it was now the “Dispensation of Grace” and the end of harsh penalties such as stoning that the Torah required. However, here we find a death penalty brought supernaturally for simply lying. It is most puzzling and disturbing.

To help understand Ananias’ and Sapphira’s death penalty, first let’s properly understand John 8. The real reason for Jesus denying the crowd's death penalty is hinted at in his statement, “He who is without sin among you, let him throw a stone at her first” (John 8:7). If he was implying that no one could judge anyone for crimes unless they were completely guiltless first then no justice would ever be done. Obviously, he was referring to something else, a more clear and present sin. If you turn to the Torah’s passages instructing how to deal with adultery in Israel, you will find that they require both parties to be put to death (Lev 20:10; Deut 22:22). So, by bringing only the woman to Jesus and demanding her to be put to death for adultery, they were themselves breaking the law, sinning and perverting justice.

If the Torah death penalties were not done away with then God could require death for other things as well. What the lying couple were actually doing was trying to misrepresent themselves as magnanimous people just like the others before them who had given their inheritances. They were willing to lie to look good while holding on to what was really important to them: their money. Their money was really their god, in place of the true God that everyone else in the group was unified in following. They were wolves in sheep’s clothing and had to be dealt with immediately. For this to require their life means they must have been highly accountable for understanding that God was leading this group through the apostles and to not tempt God by endangering the unity and purity of the group. The accountability is much higher and the rules are much different when you have God-given prophets leading the group.

These leaders demonstrate their authority not only by prophecy but also through miracles.

Acts 5:12-16 (NIV) — 12 The apostles performed many miraculous signs and wonders among the people. And all the believers used to meet together in Solomon's Colonnade. 13 No one else dared join them, even though they were highly regarded by the people. 14 Nevertheless, more and more men and women believed in the Lord and were added to their number. 15 As a result, people brought the sick into the streets and laid them on beds and mats so that at least Peter's shadow might fall on some of them as he passed by. 16 Crowds gathered also from the towns around Jerusalem, bringing their sick and those tormented by evil spirits, and all of them were healed.

Thus, this God-given leadership with prophecy and clear authority helps keep the group pure and thereby better able to achieve and keep unity. Otherwise, we all know how hard it is to keep the bad elements out or get them out once they are in.

To solve this, the Old Testament is full of instructions on what to do with those who choose not to conform to the doctrines given to Israel. They were to be “cut off from their people” by a direct intervening judgment of God in response (Ex 12:15; Ex 30:38; Ex 31:14). As we just saw, the NT also records the incident of what happened to Ananias and Sapphira who lied about their offering and how they were cut off from their people on the spot.

Conclusion

The Biblical precedents tell us that to have working, lasting unity among the Faithful restored on a significant scale we need the restoration of the prophet leader to the remnant. Judging from Scripture, it is evident that we do not have such a leader from God left today. The scriptural pattern for giving such leaders is always the establishment of a line of succession starting with a prophet. Moses the prophet laid hands on Joshua and Joshua had the elders after him until the line ended and then the Judges were raised up each one anew often through miraculous signs. Likewise, in the New Testament, John the Baptist was raised up as a prophet and he anointed Jesus who later anointed his disciples who anointed second generation leaders. This continued until that line of the prophets died out just like Moses’ line did. Thus just like the time of the Judges, we have been left with the lack of a leader from God and the resulting disunity since the First Century, and everyone doing what is “right in his own eyes ... because there was no king in Israel” as the Book of Judges says twice about that time (Judges 17:6; 21:25).

In other words, if there is no one today who we can trace back to the Apostles as having had hands laid on him

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 13: Biblical Unity

in ordination, then it is clear God has not left us with an ordained leader. The only resolution to this situation scripturally is for a new prophet to be raised up with signs and wonders to start another line of leaders. If that sounds like an unrealistically high bar to set for accepting someone as a leader from God, then stay with me as we look into how the prophecy predicts that those who do not settle for less than that will have it all soon.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 14:

Unity of 144,000 and “The Woman”

Who Are the 144,000 of Revelation?

Revelation chapter 7 introduces an amazing mystery of great interest to those who want to understand how today’s disunity among God’s servants will be resolved. It is the mystery of the “144,000” described in verses 1-8:

Revelation 7:1-8 — 1 After these things I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the Earth, holding the four winds of the Earth, that the wind should not blow on the Earth, on the sea, or on any tree. 2 Then I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God. And he cried with a loud voice to the four angels to whom it was granted to harm the Earth and the sea, 3 saying, "Do not harm the Earth, the sea, or the trees till we have sealed the servants of our God on their foreheads." 4 And I heard the number of those who were sealed. One hundred and forty-four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel were sealed: 5 of the tribe of Judah twelve thousand were sealed; of the tribe of Reuben twelve thousand were sealed; of the tribe of Gad twelve thousand were sealed; 6 of the tribe of Asher twelve thousand were sealed; of the tribe of Naphtali twelve thousand were sealed; of the tribe of Manasseh twelve thousand were sealed; 7 of the tribe of Simeon twelve thousand were sealed; of the tribe of Levi twelve thousand were sealed; of the tribe of Issachar twelve thousand were sealed; 8 of the tribe of Zebulun twelve thousand were sealed; of the tribe of Joseph twelve thousand were sealed; of the tribe of Benjamin twelve thousand were sealed.

This short passage gives us scant few details about this future unified group and leaves us with some big questions. We know for sure only that they are:

1.     144,000 servants: But can this really be all who are left of God’s servants at that point? Why such a small number? Is everyone raptured in heaven already or are there other servants of God who are not part of the 144,000 also on earth?

2.     Sealed with protection: Chapters 6, 8 and 9 tell us what they need protection from: destructive global earthquakes, winds, fires and deep impacts followed by a poisoned waters and a “nuclear winter.” But where are they sealed and why do they receive this special protection different from the rest of God’s servants that may exist? Are they on some special mission? If so, what?

3.     Israelites equally divided among all twelve tribes of Israel: This is most preposterous of all considering that ten of the tribes mentioned here are the exiled northern tribes. These ten are still considered as a whole “lost” today, hence the name “the Lost Ten Tribes”. (As opposed to the southern tribes of Judah, Benjamin and Levi who make up the “Jews” today in Israel and abroad.) So, to see a prediction of a large gathering of all twelve of them is about like being told that the people from the lost mythical city of Atlantis will be reunited in our day 58 .

Literal or Not?

Thus, from a Christian viewpoint, this passage is nearly impossible to take at face value. With one third of the world Christian today, it is hard to imagine that only 144,000 people could ever be counted as God’s servants and worthy of protection in the end times. Yet, on the other hand, it is equally hard to accept this future group as just an Israeli subdivision of all God’s protected servants when most of these Israelites are considered gone or lost today. As a result, few accept this passage to mean what it plainly says. Resulting interpretations vary, but they all have one thing in common: resorting to some degree of use of metaphorical or allegorical interpretation to resolve the contradiction between the plain meaning and the Christian paradigm. But with the confines of the plain meaning loosed, the resulting interpretation is only limited by what someone can imagine and support with any single verse taken out of its own context. This commonly includes claiming that “Israel” does not really mean Israel but “represents” the Christian Church, which has “replaced” her. Of course, this allows any gentile Christian group to apply the prophecy to themselves. And who is not going to be tempted to believe that their group is the 144,000 who God is going to favor with protection and call “blameless?”

For example, the Jehovah’s Witnesses today believe they will be the 144,000, as did the Worldwide Church of God. The WCG even had membership numbers not far off from the prophecy’s number at one time. But for any church denomination to fit this prophecy would of course require ignoring that it speaks literally about a collection of the scattered tribes of Israel, regathered in the end times.

58 In Quest For The Lost Tribes (1999), researcher Simcha Jacobovici claims to have found remnants of a few of the lost tribes including

Manasseh in India. However, even if his conclusions are correct they in no way fulfill the prophecy of all twelve tribes being found and

gathered and believing in Jesus rather than Judaism (Rev 14:12) as those he found do.

Chapter 14: Unity of 144,000 and “The Woman”

In contrast, the approach of this book is to resist the temptation to go this route of interpretation, even when my preconceived paradigms tell me otherwise. The common practice of interpreting plain passages to mean something different from what they say amounts to breaking Scripture—unless the passage clearly states or requires it be interpreted that way, such as Jesus’ own parables did. Jesus stated that no Scripture can be broken or contradicted (John 10:35) and Revelation 7 is not presented as a parable, thus, however impossible it may seem, we must endeavor to make sense of its plain meaning.

We will see as we proceed that this passage can make perfect sense when taken literally and thereby give us useful insight into God’s plan to bring his servants together in unity before the Great Tribulation. In fact, instead of a pre-tribulation rapture, this gathering to safety on Earth is the real plan of how God will save his servants through those 3½ years 59 . To see it all just requires bringing all the related passages together and thinking them through critically and carefully with care not to read anything into them. The areas we will cover include:

1.     The “other” 144,000 of Revelation 14

2.     The twelve and the seventy who Jesus sent out during his ministry

3.     The Woman of Revelation 12

4.     Two Witnesses of Revelation 11

5.     The “end times Elijah” of Malachi 4

In other words, we will come to understand the plain reading of the 144,000 account through connecting some other big mysteries of the Bible (which will also become plain along the way). When it is done we’ll understand clearly how God will unify us in the end times.

Revelation 14, The Other 144,000 Chapter

The first related passage to look at is the only other chapter that directly talks about the 144,000: chapter 14. People often wonder if this 144,000 is not somehow a second group of 144,000 different from the one in chapter 7. As the study goes on it will be apparent that only one group of 144,000 rather than two, can fulfill the prophecies that require 144,000 firstfruits sent on their special mission in the end times. We will also find at least one of the questions created by chapter 7 resolved here, but not without careful consideration.

Revelation 14:1-6 — 1 Then I looked, and behold, a Lamb standing on Mount Zion, and with Him one hundred and forty-four thousand, having His Father's name written on their foreheads. 2 And I heard a voice from heaven, like the voice of many waters, and like the voice of loud thunder. And I heard the sound of harpists playing their harps. 3 They sang as it were a new song before the throne, before the four living creatures, and the elders; and no one could learn that song except the hundred and forty-four thousand who were redeemed from the Earth. 4 These are the ones who were not defiled with women, for they are virgins. These are the ones who follow the Lamb wherever He goes. These were redeemed from among men, being firstfruits to God and to the Lamb. 5 And in their mouth was found no deceit, for they are without fault before the throne of God. 6 Then I saw another angel flying in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach to those who dwell on the Earth--to every nation, tribe, tongue, and people--...12 Here is the patience of the saints; here are those who keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.

While chapter 7 told us that the 144,000 sealed servants of God are made up of 100% descendants of all twelve tribes of Israel, it did not tell us anything more about where they are or for what purpose they are sealed. Now, care must be taken not to assume that if winds are held back over the entire earth that it means the 144,000 must be everywhere at the time of the sealing. That is not what it says. Instead, remember that a single angel rising from the East seals the 144,000—not the four angels over the four corners of the Earth. This points to them already being gathered somewhere at the time of their sealing where one angel can easily seal them (remember, angels are not omnipresent like God and cannot be everywhere at once such as we see from the angel held up from reaching Daniel for three weeks— Daniel 10:12-13).

In contrast to this, when the rapture or gathering to heaven happens “after the tribulation of those days,” God sends multiple angels to gather “his elect” (defined as the “the Church”, not “Jews” elsewhere—1Pet 1:1-2; Col 3:12; Tit 1:1) because they are spread all over the Earth (Mark 13:24, 27). We will see this state of already being gathered at the time of their sealing confirmed as we look at further verses.

59 See my Planet X in Bible Prophecy for the escape plan from Wormwood and the Great Tribulation that immediately follows it

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

When and Where Are the 144,000 Sealed?

When and Where Are the 144,000 Sealed?

Coincidentally, chapter 14 shows us that 144,000 will all be together on Mt. Zion in Jerusalem at some point. The question is, however, which point in time is this: the start of their mission or perhaps the end of their mission at the end of the age with the reigning Messiah (pictured by the Lamb in verse 1)? Unfortunately, Revelation 14 is generally understood to be picturing the arrival of the Messiah to set up his kingdom. Unfortunately, this interpretation has problems, namely:

1.     The Messiah is not returning with just the 144,000 he sealed alive in the end times, but all the servants of God that died in the faith and were resurrected at his return as Revelation 19 shows.

2.     His return in Revelation 19 is also shown to be with his saints in the air against armies on the ground, rather than 144,000 saints standing on the ground with the Lamb.

3.     Revelation 14:4 gives us a shrouded but explicit indication as to what day this gathering is taking place on, and it is not the same day that Revelation 19 indicates will be the day Messiah returns to reign (the Day of Atonement):

Rev 14:4 — ... These were purchased from among men, to be the firstfruits unto God and unto the Lamb.

As Planet X in Bible Prophecy explains, this passage describes the future fulfillment of the Torah’s prophetic rehearsal of the waving of the two loaves on Pentecost (Lev 23:17). All of the prophetic rehearsals commanded to be done foreshadow events in God’s plan that would be fulfilled on the very same day of the biblical calendar. For example, Jesus became the Passover Lamb by being sacrificed on the day of Passover. He also was raised from the dead on the following Sunday morning to fulfill the waving towards heaven of the wave sheaf of barley commanded for the “morrow after the Sabbath” (Lev 23:16). Likewise, Pentecost’s command to have two loaves, representing the Two Houses of Israel, will be fulfilled on the very day of Pentecost by the 144,000 from all twelve tribes of Israel being presented to God and the Lamb. And like mentioned above, the return of the Messiah to defeat his enemies, including banishing Satan, will be the Day of the Lord to fulfill the Day of Atonement which pictures this exact event by having the scapegoat banished to a place where no one lives. We can be sure that this scene is at the time of their sealing rather than the end of their mission when Messiah

returns. As we will soon see, their mission is to spread out to all the Earth and preach the three successive angels’ messages that are described in the very next verses of Revelation 14 (starting with verse 6 quoted above). In fact, they will never return to Jerusalem in the flesh to stand together on Mt. Zion because their work ends with their rapture at the end of the Great Tribulation 60 .

The Mission of the 144,000 – Fulfill Matthew 24:14

What is the important mission of the 144,000? We have to admit that the text of Revelation does not directly state what the mission of the 144,000 is. Like much of the Book of Revelation does, Revelation 7 and 14 leave gaps that require us to look elsewhere in the Bible to fill them in. As we have seen, often these gaps are filled in by other parts of the Bible that were confusing or mysterious of themselves. By combining all the correct parts together they explain each other and give you that, “Aha! How did I miss this for so long and how could it have ever been any different” kind of experience that makes studying the Bible such a joy.

The first key passage in this regard is a profound statement of Jesus during the Olivet Discourse about:

Matt 24:13-14 — 13 "But he who endures to the end shall be saved. 14 And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come.

Some may read this passage and argue that the gospel has already been preached to the whole world in the First Century according to the NT or by Christian ministries in recent times. Yet, the generation who heard the gospel preached, say before 70 CE, is no longer here in the end times to be witnessed to. Also, in the present age with many secular dictatorships, communist and Islamic countries, etc., it is impossible for the gospel of the kingdom to be preached in all the world to all nations by mere Christian ministries. Besides, the context here is the very end that we must endure through until Messiah comes, i.e. the time of the Great Tribulation when the Beast

60 Matthew 24:29; Rev 10:7=11:15-19=1Cor 15:51-58 (mystery of resurrection, reward of eternal life at 7th trumpet after the tribulation ends that started at the 5th trumpet or 1st woe from Satan )

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 14: Unity of 144,000 and “The Woman”

government rules the whole Earth and we are hated of all men, rather than any time before the end comes. This is important when you realize the purpose of this preaching is “for a witness.” It does not say it is to save everyone, turn them all to Jesus or that they repent. It is to serve as a witness for all nations right before the end comes, so if there was a preaching to all nations some time before this, it would not serve to fulfill the witness needed for the End Times generation who the end is coming on.

What is the purpose of this witness? In many cases when this same word for “witness” is used, the following word “against” is included by the translators, i.e. a “witness against” someone (Mt 10:18; Mk 6:11; 13:9; Luke 9:5; James 5:3). If that applies here then this preaching of the gospel must be so clear, complete and powerful that it can serve as a witness or testimony against the world for following the Beast. In the next section, we will see that this is exactly how the word translated witness is meant here, with the idea of preaching that holds those accountable who hear and ignore it. The passage we will look at next ties directly to Matthew 24:14’s prophesied preaching and the 144,000’s mission.

Also Fulfill the Prophetic Act of the Twelve

Remember how during his ministry Jesus sent out his twelve apostles and also later his seventy others? When he did so, he said the same thing to them about doing this “for a testimony against them” as Mark records:

Mark 6:7-13 — 7 And He called the twelve to Himself, and began to send them out two by two, and gave them power over unclean spirits. 8 He commanded them to take nothing for the journey except a staff--no bag, no bread, no copper in their money belts--9 but to wear sandals, and not to put on two tunics. 10 Also He said to them, "In whatever place you enter a house, stay there till you depart from that place. 11 "And whoever will not receive you nor hear you, when you depart from there, shake off the dust under your feet as a testimony against them. Assuredly, I say to you, it will be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment than for that city!" 12 So they went out and preached that people should repent. 13 And they cast out many demons, and anointed with oil many who were sick, and healed them.

There are many other parallels between the twelve, seventy and the 144,000. Read the parallel accounts and see if you can spot some strange statements that were never fulfilled by them in his time and thus require a fulfillment in the end times by some other but related group which the twelve and seventy only foreshadowed. Matthew’s account of the twelve repeats several things Mark said and adds more details about how they went about their mission:

Matthew 10:5-26 — 5 These twelve Jesus sent out and commanded them, saying: "Do not go into the way of the Gentiles, and do not enter a city of the Samaritans. 6 "But go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. 7 "And as you go, preach, saying, 'The kingdom of heaven is at hand.' 8 "Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the dead, cast out demons. Freely you have received, freely give. 9 "Provide neither gold nor silver nor copper in your money belts, 10 "nor bag for your journey, nor two tunics, nor sandals, nor staffs; for a worker is worthy of his food. 11 "Now whatever city or town you enter, inquire who in it is worthy, and stay there till you go out. 12 "And when you go into a household, greet it. 13 "If the household is worthy, let your peace come upon it. But if it is not worthy, let your peace return to you. 14 "And whoever will not receive you nor hear your words, when you depart from that house or city, shake off the dust from your feet. 15 "Assuredly, I say to you, it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment than for that city! 16 "Behold, I send you out as sheep in the midst of wolves. Therefore be wise as serpents and harmless as doves. 17 "But beware of men, for they will deliver you up to councils and scourge you in their synagogues. 18 "You will be brought before governors and kings for My sake, as a testimony to them and to the Gentiles. 19 "But when they deliver you up, do not worry about how or what you should speak. For it will be given to you in that hour what you should speak; 20 "for it is not you who speak, but the Spirit of your Father who speaks in you. 21 "Now brother will deliver up brother to death, and a father his child; and children will rise up against parents and cause them to be put to death. 22 "And you will be hated by all for My name's sake. But he who endures to the end will be saved. 23 "When they persecute you in this city, flee to another. For assuredly, I say to you, you will not have gone through the cities of Israel before the Son of Man comes. 24 "A disciple is not above his teacher, nor a servant above his master. 25 "It is enough for a disciple that he be like his teacher, and a servant like his master. If they have called the master of the house Beelzebub, how much more will they call those of his household! 26 "Therefore do not fear them. For there is nothing covered that will not be revealed, and hidden that will not be known.

Notice the statement above “you will be hated by all men for my name’s sake” spoken to the twelve. There is no record of that being fulfilled in that day, nor does it make any sense for their time in going through the land of Israel where the masses loved the message of Jesus and followed after him (the leaders of Judaism threatened by him were in the minority). Thus it appears to be a prophetic statement about someone else like the twelve. As a

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

The Mission of the 144,000 – Fulfill Matthew 24:14

matter of fact, this same verse is quoted as part of the Olivet Discourse in Luke 21 about the followers of Jesus in the end times:

Luke 21:17-20 — 17 "And you will be hated by all for My name's sake. 18 "But not a hair of your head shall be lost. 19 "By your patience possess your souls. 20 "But when you see Jerusalem surrounded by armies, then know that its desolation is near.

To be hated by all men for the name of Jesus is a very extreme situation. It literally requires the whole world being under the sway of Satan and convinced that people following Jesus are troublemakers in opposition to the real savior, the Beast. Well, this is exactly the situation we expect during the Great Tribulation which this above passage points to (it starts with the Abomination of Desolation mentioned in verse 20, which is really backing up to explain when this worldwide falling out of favor for God’s true servants begins).

Another strong proof that the twelve typify the 144,000 comes from another clearly unfulfilled and prophetic statement made to the twelve. Notice above how it strangely says that the twelve will not finish going through all the cities of Israel before the Son of Man comes. This is a clear reference to the Second Coming, yet the twelve all finished their mission and came back to the Messiah long before he even left to come back again. This, then, must also be a prophecy to be fulfilled by the 144,000 who will be on their mission long after the Messiah left and right before he is due to come again at the end of the Great Tribulation. From this prophecy to the twelve (but never fulfilled by them) we can establish that the mission of the 144,000, to whom the prophecy must apply, will last throughout the Great Tribulation.

And Fulfill the Prophetic Act of the “seventy others also”

If you are still not convinced of the twelve and 144,000 connection, there is more evidence coming through the related seventy emissaries. Luke has the only account of the “seventy others also” who were sent out on a similar mission after the twelve were:

Luke 10:1-20 — 1 After these things the Lord appointed seventy others also, and sent them two by two before His face into every city and place where He Himself was about to go. 2 Then He said to them, "The harvest truly is great, but the laborers are few; therefore pray the Lord of the harvest to send out laborers into His harvest. 3 "Go your way; behold, I send you out as lambs among wolves. 4 "Carry neither money bag, knapsack, nor sandals; and greet no one along the road. 5 "But whatever house you enter, first say, 'Peace to this house.' 6 "And if a son of peace is there, your peace will rest on it; if not, it will return to you. 7 "And remain in the same house, eating and drinking such things as they give, for the laborer is worthy of his wages. Do not go from house to house. 8 "Whatever city you enter, and they receive you, eat such things as are set before you. 9 "And heal the sick there, and say to them, 'The kingdom of God has come near to you.' 10 "But whatever city you enter, and they do not receive you, go out into its streets and say, 11 'The very dust of your city which clings to us we wipe off against you. Nevertheless know this, that the kingdom of God has come near you.' ... 17 Then the seventy returned with joy, saying, "Lord, even the demons are subject to us in Your name."... 19 "Behold, I give you the authority to trample on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy, and nothing shall by any means hurt you. 20 "Nevertheless do not rejoice in this, that the spirits are subject to you, but rather rejoice because your names are written in heaven."

It says seventy here in the KJV translation, but that is not the only possible reading. It turns out that roughly half the available manuscripts have the number seventy-two here, which is what most modern translations (such as ESV, NIV, TEV, CEV, NCV, NJB, NLT) follow instead of seventy as the KJV did. But which is correct? Or should we just ignore the difference like a Christian website I found said?:

As one person stated when I discussed this question with him, it really doesn’t matter the difference between seventy or seventy-two, it is exciting that Jesus had this many ready to send out to share the good news of the gospel! I would say, AMEN to that!

Details like this are recorded because they are important, so it does make a difference which is right. With the clear prophetic statements given to the twelve and seventy(-two) pointing to the 144,000 we may be able to settle this issue and see that it does matter. If it were true that the twelve and the seventy(-two) were a foreshadowing or intermediate fulfillment of the 144,000 then we would expect there to be a relationship between their numbers as there are in other ways. We find one right off in the twelve because it is even explicitly stated in Revelation 7 that the 144,000 are divided into 12 tribes of 12,000 each. Fair enough. But what about the seventy(-two)?

Well, 144,000 divided by 70 = 2057.14—not exactly a nice round number. However, 144,000 divided by 72 =

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 14: Unity of 144,000 and “The Woman”

2000. Therefore, I tend to agree with the newer translations scholarship favoring seventy-two as being the original. This would mean these numbers are indeed significant and do matter because they clue us to the connection between the 144,000 and the seventy-two and twelve and their very similar missions.

Why Twelve & Seventy-two – How Many Nations in Genesis 10?

Some may wonder why Jesus sent out two groups on apparently the same mission. My best guess is that it mirrors the real order of the witnessing of the gospel of the kingdom historically. It went out first to the twelve tribes of Israel, and only later to the whole world. But the world is represented by the seventy nations listed in Genesis 10, right? Seventy-two and seventy again do not match and it appears we have a disconnect. Well, once again, how many nations are listed in Genesis 10 depends on which manuscript you read. No manuscript we have today is exactly true to the original version and they all vary slightly in their readings for certain passages due to transcription errors in copying the manuscripts over the centuries. Your Bible then is just a compilation of what the translators decided was the most likely correct of these variant readings that were preserved. Most Bibles go with the Hebrew Masoretic text and have seventy nations listed. Yet there is the older Septuagint (ancient Greek translation) which happens to match more often with the Greek New Testament quotations of the OT. And what do we find, but that the Septuagint lists seventy-two nations in Genesis 10! So, it may very well be that the seventy-two emissaries sent out represent how the 144,000 will be sent out to all nations. The original seventy-two who were only sent out for a short period around the Promised Land once again did not fulfill this, as they did not reach all nations. They truly seem like the twelve to be a forerunner of the 144,000.

What To Expect of the 144,000: Healings

Worthy of note is how the twelve and the seventy-two were sent out in pairs, two by two. If we take the 144,000 and divide them by two, we get 72,000 pairs, or 1,000 pairs allocated for each biblical nation on earth. Of course, just how the seventy-two biblical nations map to the currently estimated 193 nations is anybody's guess. But, we can safely expect that the 144,000 will go out two by two as well.

Further, all the other things that were said and done by the twelve and seventy-two will probably apply to the 144,000. This would include preaching of the pure truth and working signs, healings and miracles. When we read in the Gospels today how everyone who believed Jesus or the apostles were healed it can be sort of disappointing, because not only do we lack unity today but we also lack the healings we’d like to have as well. We have all met believers who have prayed for healings for their children (or for themselves) from blindness, deafness, paralysis, sicknesses, pain, etc., usually with no answer forthcoming. This disconnect between the readily available miracles back then and the lack thereof today can test one's faith in God if he does not understand that the ministry of the twelve was for a special time and purpose that ended long ago as we'll see in this passage:

Supernatural Provision Ended

Luke 22:35-38 — 35 And He said to them, "When I sent you without money bag, knapsack, and sandals, did you lack anything?" So they said, "Nothing." 36 Then He said to them, "But now, he who has a money bag, let him take it, and likewise a knapsack; and he who has no sword, let him sell his garment and buy one. 37 "For I say to you that this which is written must still be accomplished in Me: 'And He was numbered with the transgressors.' For the things concerning Me have an end." 38 So they said, "Lord, look, here are two swords." And He said to them, "It is enough."

Jesus states that the supernatural provision was ending in a clear departure from what they were given when he sent them out earlier. The seventy-two sent were told not to take provisions but to trust in the supernatural sustenance of God that went along well with the miracles, healings, and exorcisms they would be performing among the people while they preached the gospel of the kingdom. But it was only temporary, apparently for a specific task that was now completed. It looks like part of the reason for their mission then was to show us in the end times what to expect from the related 144,000. But, regardless, now the twelve needed to make sure that they planned ahead and provided for their provisions (and protection, rather than live by pacifism as is supposed from some of the difficult words of Jesus in the Sermon on the Mount). Jesus essentially told them to fend for themselves and to earn and carry money (which Paul did as a “tent maker”—Acts 18:3).

The good news is that when the 144,000 begin their similar service, those readily available miracles will also begin again. This realization can give many who pray for healings some serious hope and encouragement to not give up but to “endure until the end” as instructed. They may yet live to see and meet one of the 144,000 and receive their healing...if diligent fervent prayer of the righteous does not bring it sooner as many of us have

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

The Mission of the 144,000 – Fulfill Matthew 24:14

experienced on rare occasions.

We Must Work and Be Financially Responsible, Not Beg

Many miss this crucial point judging from how they go about and try to live permanently just like the twelve and seventy-two did temporarily. People take their first instructions, apply it to themselves as a principle of “going out on faith” to accomplish the preaching of the Gospel. Although they do not have enough means to do this, they decide they are going to preach the Gospel and expect God to bless them today just as he did then. For example, they may give Bibles or teachings away for free with the mantra, “freely you have received, freely give” just as the apostles were told, yet forget they have to pay for food, rent, materials, employees, etc. in order to get these free teachings out. These expenses were covered for free during the Apostle's training under Jesus. Thus, when the bills pile up for these expenses without any supernatural provision, as a rule these self-appointed apostles and pastors begin begging for donations “for God’s work.” They seem to miss that you never see anyone in the Bible begging to provide for God’s work. There is simply no precedent for this as a method of operating. In fact, beggars are characterized as wicked in the Bible while the righteous characterized as never seen begging (Ps 37:25; 109:10).

This shows us where we are today so we can have the proper expectations and know the proper way to go about things. Jesus never told us to freeload off others or certainly not to beg for money for “God’s work”. This is a good lesson in the importance of taking care not to take take parts of the Bible out of context and to try apply them to ourselves.

Mission Timing From “Warnings of the Three Angels”

First Warning Fulfills Matthew 24:14 Gospel

More support for how the mission of the 144,000 would fulfill the required preaching of the gospel to all nations right before the end came is found in Revelation 14, in the verses immediately following the ones we already examined earlier about the 144,000.

Revelation 14:6-13 — 6 Then I saw another angel flying in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach to those who dwell on the Earth--to every nation, tribe, tongue, and people--7 saying with a loud voice, "Fear God and give glory to Him, for the hour of His judgment has come; and worship Him who made heaven and earth, the sea and springs of water." 8 And another angel followed, saying, "Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she has made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication." 9 Then a third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, "If anyone worships the beast and his image, and receives his mark on his forehead or on his hand, 10 "he himself shall also drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out full strength into the cup of His indignation. He shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels and in the presence of the Lamb... 12 Here is the patience of the saints; here are those who keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus. 13 Then I heard a voice from heaven saying to me, "Write: 'Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from now on.' " "Yes," says the Spirit, "that they may rest from their labors, and their works follow them."

These three successive statements by three different angels require careful thought. We can easily see in verses 6-7 the fulfillment of Matthew 24:14’s End Times prophecy that the gospel of the kingdom would be preached to all the nations before the end comes. We asserted above that the 144,000 will be the ones doing this, yet at first glance this passage seems to contradict that notion. This, along with the proximity to the immediately preceding verses, connects it to the 144,000. To see this requires you resist assuming that these angels who initially possess these three messages are also going to themselves directly deliver them to all men on the whole earth. It does not actually say that. It merely says that the angels have the messages that must be proclaimed to all and stops short of saying that they themselves will go about doing this. If they were to preach them to all men then it would be a break from precedent of the entire Bible in how angels are used merely as messengers chiefly to the righteous or those called to special purposes by God (and on rare occasions to small groups such as the shepherds at Jesus' birth). Those who receive a message from an angel will then go forth and proclaim it to many.

By the way, the reason for this may not be immediately obvious if you have not stopped to ask why it is this way. If angels were to appear to mankind with messages from God, men’s free will would be interfered with. Any appearance to you by a supernatural illuminated flying being is going to be too attention grabbing and too convincing (although, of course, never 100% convincing with all the doubting Thomases out there). For it is very hard to escape that such a being is carrying a message from God. It leaves little room left for reasonable doubt compared to if a man were to deliver the same message. Thus, you choose to listen because of the frightening and convicting nature of the messenger, rather than because you thought carefully about the message on its own and

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 14: Unity of 144,000 and “The Woman”

found it appealing to your own internal desire to seek and follow God’s will. This motivation for response does not serve God’s purpose of finding out who truly believes and loves him who “have not seen”(John 20:29).

Three Messages Together Show Length of Mission

Whenever Revelation gives sets of events like seven seals, seven trumpets, seven bowls, seven thunders, or three angels, it is safe to understand them plainly as describing sequentially ordered events. This is where Revelation thankfully differs greatly from the rest of the prophecies of the Bible where you usually do not know for sure the order of things. Here the chronological order is evident by the ordinal numbering.

The first warning references the earth, sea and springs of water which are hit from the 6th seal through the 4th trumpet. The second warning comes once the fall of Babylon the Great has happened. The third warning references the Mark of the Beast of the 5th trumpet (the start of the Great Tribulation when the Antichrist begins his 42 month world government reign—Rev 13:5). All three warnings seem to be released in order, after a specific major event has already happened. From all of this we can learn that the 144,000 begin their mission on or after the 6th seal and continue at least past the start of the Great Tribulation 61 . This fits with what we saw above about their mission of going through all the cities lasting until the “Son of Man comes” (at the end of the Great Tribulation) as was spoken prophetically to the twelve (but unfulfilled by them).

End Purpose of Mission: Accountability And Availability of Truth

The account of the seventy-two helped us to more clearly understand the end purpose of this preaching of the twelve and the seventy-two and, by extension, also that of the 144,000. The cities where they go will hear the truth of God. Hearing God’s truth like this from a representative of God speaking it clearly and correctly brings accountability. One can no longer claim ignorance afterwards. You will have had a chance to know there is alternative way of life to the only one you have known. It is one thing to be a slave to sin and not know any different way because you have never heard or seen people walking in reliance on God’s strength, provision and understanding. But, if you have heard these things and have chosen to ignore them anyway, we are told that at the judgment this will be brought up (Mt 12:42).

In this way, God shows himself as fair. He gives the whole Earth a chance to know and follow his truth even at its darkest hour under the government of Satan. When the deception of Satan becomes strongest, the message of God’s kingdom goes out the clearest and most powerfully as well. Thus, there is always a freewill choice available to everyone whether they want to serve the true God or other gods. The ministry of the 144,000 will compensate for reign of the Beast.

Narrowing Down Who The Two Witnesses Are

We have already established that, like the twelve and the seventy-two who foreshadowed them, the 144,000 will be on a mission of making a witness against all nations. The Torah says that every judicial matter must be established by two or three witnesses. This perhaps is why they go in groups of two.

This is of course reminiscent of the Two Witnesses who will be ministering in Jerusalem for the entire 1260 days of the Great Tribulation as Revelation 11 tells us. So the Two Witnesses being out at the same time that the 144,000 are out also reinforces them being sent two by two. Further, the two witnesses are explicitly said to have miracles surrounding them, as follows:

Revelation 11:3-6 — 3 "And I will give power to my two witnesses, and they will prophesy one thousand two hundred and sixty days, clothed in sackcloth." 4 These are the two olive trees and the two lampstands standing before the God of the Earth. 5 And if anyone wants to harm them, fire proceeds from their mouth and devours their enemies. And if anyone wants to harm them, he must be killed in this manner. 6 These have power to shut heaven, so that no rain falls in the days of their prophecy; and they have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to strike the Earth with all plagues, as often as they desire.

This is just like the twelve and the seventy-two, who are understood to typify the 144,000. Of course, the worst the twelve and the seventy-two did was to shake the dust off their feet against those disbelieving towns—there is no record of them shooting fire out of their mouth like the Two Witnesses will. Back then however, it was not true that “you will be hated of all men” which will be the case when the Great Tribulation is going on over the whole earth. Everyone will have the Mark of the Beast soon after the Beast rises to power turning everyone you meet into

61 Planet X in Bible Prophecy shows further that the 144,000 are sealed on the very day of the 6th seal.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Narrowing Down Who The Two Witnesses Are

an enemy of the true God.

It is often asked, “who are the Two Witnesses?” We can get a clue on this from the miracles listed above. Notice elsewhere in the Bible where we learn that the first Elijah was known to have withheld rain for a very prophetically significant amount of time:

1 Kings 17:1 — And Elijah the Tishbite, of the inhabitants of Gilead, said to Ahab, "As the LORD God of Israel lives, before whom I stand, there shall not be dew nor rain these years, except at my word."

Luke 4:25 — But I tell you truly, many widows were in Israel in the days of Elijah, when the heaven was shut up three years and six months, and there was a great famine throughout all the land

James 5:17 — Elijah was a man with a nature like ours, and he prayed earnestly that it would not rain; and it did not rain on the land for three years and six months.

From many passages the Great Tribulation is described as lasting 3½ years long, or 42 thirty day months or 1260 days (Dan 7:25; Rev 12:14; Dan 12:1; Mt 24:21; Rev 11:2;13:5; 11:3). So, we have another prophetic rehearsal in how the first Elijah withheld rain for exactly the length of the Great Tribulation during which time we’ll have another promised Elijah along with the promised Two Witnesses who can also withhold rain as Elijah did. It all points to the promised “End Times” Elijah being one of the Two Witnesses.

By the way, if you are wondering who the other witness is, the other miracles listed that do not fit Elijah happen to fit someone else perfectly who is connected to Elijah elsewhere in the Bible. The transfiguration scene of Matthew 17 establishes for us the precedent of a connection between Elijah and Moses since they were the only other two who appeared in this vision of the glorified Messiah in his Kingdom. The miracles of turning the water to blood and striking the Earth with plagues remind us of exactly what Moses did to Egypt prior to the Exodus (Ex 7-10; 1Sam 4:8).

Is this to say that the Two Witnesses will be the physical resurrection or reincarnation of Elijah and Moses? There is no biblical precedent for such a thing. All resurrections in the Bible, apart from the sinless Messiah and his firstfruits raised with him prior to being taken up to Heaven, were of people who had just recently died. Instead, the precedent we do have is that when John the Baptist came with the Elijah prophesy of Malachi 4 pronounced on him by Gabriel, he was a new separate individual, not a resurrection. We should expect the same thing for the final fulfillment of the Malachi 4 Elijah prophecy. The Two Witnesses thus can be expected to be two people alive now 62 who somehow carry the mantle of Moses and Elijah respectively.

Two Sticks, Two Houses, Two Witnesses

There is one further clue found in the Biblical precedents for helping to narrow down who the Two Witnesses are. Whenever you find twos in the Bible they always tie back to the Two Houses into which Israel was divided for God’s purposes (1King 12). Ezekiel 37 makes this plain by equating two sticks with the house of Joseph or Ephraim and the House of Judah, respectively. As it turns out, Moses, a Levite, was from the House of Judah and Elijah was from the House of Ephraim. Based on the precedent of the twos and how we already have indication that the Two Witnesses will be types of Moses and Elijah, we can reasonably expect when this prophecy is fulfilled that one of the witnesses will be from the House of Ephraim and one from the House of Judah. Further proof can be found in how the two faithful witnesses of the twelve sent to spy out the land of Canaan also bore out this pattern. Joshua was from the House of Ephraim and Caleb, although a Kenezite, was appointed to the House of Judah (Num 13:6-8, 16).

Another Unified Group of Servants: The Woman

As we already guessed from the relatively small size of the 144,000, there actually is another group of God besides the 144,000 gathered together right before the Great Tribulation. This second unified group is the much less known but equally misunderstood “Woman” of Revelation 12. We will briefly cover this group now because it will help explain more about who the 144,000 are.

Revelation 12:1-6 (NKJV) — 1 Now a great sign appeared in heaven: a woman clothed with the Sun, with the moon under her feet, and on her head a garland of twelve stars. 2 Then being with child, she cried out in labor and in pain to

62 assuming we are just a few years from the final seven years or Daniel’s 70th Week which may indeed be starting with the next Sabbath year cycle. Find more on that in the Revelation Roadmap

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 14: Unity of 144,000 and “The Woman”

give birth. 3 And another sign appeared in heaven: behold, a great, fiery red dragon having seven heads and ten horns, and seven diadems on his heads. 4 His tail drew a third of the stars of heaven and threw them to the Earth. And the dragon stood before the woman who was ready to give birth, to devour her Child as soon as it was born. 5 She bore a male Child who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron. And her Child was caught up to God and His throne. 6 Then the woman fled into the wilderness, where she has a place prepared by God, that they should feed her there one thousand two hundred and sixty days... 13 Now when the dragon saw that he had been cast to the Earth, he persecuted the woman who gave birth to the male Child. 14 But the woman was given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness to her place, where she is nourished for a time and times and half a time, from the presence of the serpent. 15 So the serpent spewed water out of his mouth like a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away by the flood. 16 But the Earth helped the woman, and the Earth opened its mouth and swallowed up the flood which the dragon had spewed out of his mouth. 17 And the dragon was enraged with the woman, and he went to make war with the rest of her offspring, who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.

This group is very similar to the 144,000. Just like the 144,000, this group, too, is of Israelite origin, righteous, and receiving protection. We know this from the consistent symbolism of the Woman, the Sun and the stars hearkening back to the dream Joseph had about Israel his father, his mother, and his other brothers who became with him the twelve tribes of Israel (Gen 37:9). Joseph and his family were righteous and Mary, too, who gave birth to the Messiah as verse 5 indicates, was also righteous (Luke 1:28). So this is not the whole nation of Israel as pictured in Ezekiel 37 by a valley of bones and two sticks, but only a righteous remnant. All of Israel will not be protected through the Great Tribulation but will as a nation be conquered and deceived by the Antichrist and later serve with him to fight against the real Christ at this return with the rest of the nations (Zech 14, especially verse 14 (RSV)).

However, the Woman differs in two major ways. Firstly, unlike the 144,000 who are sealed with protection wherever they are, the Woman will be gathered and protected through the 3½ years of the Great Tribulation in a specially prepared place kept safe from Satan’s attacks (verse 14). By the way, this place seems to be located in modern Jordan, as Edom, Moab, and Ammon are named as the only places that escape out of the all powerful Antichrist’s hands (Dan 11:41; Rev 13:7-8,16-17) and fit the requirement to be accessible from Judea (Mt 24:16). The only way a region could slip from his grip would be if God specifically intervened on its behalf, just as we read he plans to do in Rev 12:14 to protect the Woman. Notice also that this place is clearly on earth because the Earth helps the Woman after she arrives there by diverting a flood. So the mention of the eagle’s wings is not a allusion to a pre-trib rapture to heaven, but probably only to God’s intervening “travel assistance” like he did during the Exodus when he called his assistance (Ex 19:4).

We can see the relationship between these two groups even clearer by comparing Rev 12:17 with Rev 14:12.

Revelation 12:17 — And the dragon was enraged with the woman, and he went to make war with the rest of her offspring, who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.

Revelation 14:12 — Here is the patience of the saints; here are those who keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus. [i.e., the 144,000]

After Satan attacks the Woman and finds that he cannot penetrate God’s protection, he goes off after the “rest of her offspring, who keep the commandments and have the faith of Jesus.” This exactly matches the description given to the 144,000 in chapter 14. Thus the 144,000 are really an elite subdivision of the Woman. I say elite because the 144,000 are called “firstfruits” who have no false religion nor have guile in their mouth, all to denote maturity in their walk with God, something that is not said about the Woman in general. One does not have to be a mature elder before they can be considered righteous and be protected as the Woman, but to be of the 144,000 you have to be righteous and a Firstfruit, or the first of the harvest to reach maturity. In addition, it clearly requires a closer walk to be safe wherever you are than it is to be brought to a place where you must stay put to be safe. This then is the second major difference. The 144,000 are mature ready-to-harvest firstfruits while the Woman consists of those further behind in the growth process.

Two Unified, Gathered Groups Requires a Leader

By now, we can hopefully see that there are two related unified groups of righteous servants of God coming in the end times. Yet, how will these groups come about to be in the same place and working together in unity? Does this not demand a leader? What about the related Two Witnesses on earth at the same time whom we have

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Two Unified, Gathered Groups Requires a Leader

identified as types of Moses and Elijah? Can there be a connection?

We asserted in the last chapter that when you want to know if something is God’s will today, it is wise to check for precedents and prophecy. We then covered the precedents to understand what is required to have unity among the Faithful. We established that Bible history shows that the key to unity among God’s called out ones is having the right leader. The only kind of leader that will suffice is one that is directly sent by God. This leader must not only be someone called and sent by God, but he must also be equipped by God with the gift of prophecy and also the ability to perform miracles and other signs. In other words, he must be what the Bible calls a prophet. If we are going to have unity again as they did under Moses and Joshua or under Jesus and the apostles, we will need leaders just like them.

Of course, at this point, if a Christian were asked who this coming leader will be we can guess what they would say. Everyone knows of the expected Second Coming of Jesus Christ. The Messiah is prophesied to reign during the Millennium with a “rod of iron” and perfect righteousness to unify the whole secular world as well as all the lost sheep of Israel. Certainly this is what we are waiting for to restore all things including unity, is it not? Well, while Jesus will certainly do all those things including bringing peace and order to the world, there is another person prophesied before that to “restore all things” (at least that is what the Greek says, but if that is the correct reading it presents problems. The solution to this is below).

The difference is that this individual will not be coming to unite and govern the whole world. His mission involves leading only the righteous remnant that God has preserved on Earth through every generation (Rom 11:1-5). What is the name of this leader? He is called “Elijah” in the prophecies (but his real name no doubt will be something different, just as John the Baptist was not named Elijah although he was tied to Malachi 4's Elijah).

The Next God-Ordained Leader?

This statement may come as a surprise to the Christian reader, although not to the Jewish reader. To the Christian, the prophesied Elijah has already come in the personage of John the Baptist and therefore Elijah is not on their prophetic radar. Meanwhile Judaism expects Elijah to come and even includes a place for him at the Passover Seder service. This is of course similar to how Christians already believe the Messiah has come and the Jews still await his (first) appearance. Let’s look at the prophecies and see why the prophecy of Elijah coming must be fulfilled again just as Christians already accept that the prophecy promising the Messiah coming must be fulfilled again.

The prophecy of Elijah coming is found in Malachi 4:

Malachi 4:4-6 — 4 Remember ye the law of Moses my servant, which I commanded unto him in Horeb for all Israel, with the statutes and judgments. 5 Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD: 6 And he shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers, lest I come and smite the Earth with a curse.

It is somewhat unclear exactly what this means “turning the hearts of the father to the children” and vice versa. Nevertheless, it clearly speaks of restoration to God’s ways, something that John the Baptist did. Thus, when John the Baptist was promised by the archangel Gabriel to his father Zechariah in the Temple, this same verse was referenced concerning him and expounded on a bit:

Luke 1:17 (NKJV) — "He will also go before Him in the spirit and power of Elijah, 'to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children,' and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just, to make ready a people prepared for the Lord."

Very clearly, John was to fulfill this prophecy. But there is one problem. When he was asked by the Pharisees to identify himself, they asked him if he was Elijah and he denied it!

John 1:19-24 — 19 Now this is the testimony of John, when the Jews sent priests and Levites from Jerusalem to ask him, "Who are you?" 20 He confessed, and did not deny, but confessed, "I am not the Christ." 21 And they asked him, "What then? Are you Elijah?" He said, "I am not." "Are you the Prophet?" And he answered, "No." 22 Then they said to him, "Who are you, that we may give an answer to those who sent us? What do you say about yourself?" 23 He said: "I am 'The voice of one crying in the wilderness: "Make straight the way of the LORD, ' ' as the prophet Isaiah said."

This is actually one of the supposed contradictions of the Bible that anti-missionaries like to stump believers with. What is the resolution to this problem?

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 14: Unity of 144,000 and “The Woman”

Elijah’s Coming Must Be Dual, Just as Messiah’s

The problem is resolved by recognizing that both are true because the coming of Elijah is a dual prophecy just as the coming of the Messiah was. In other words, John was a promised Elijah, but only an intermediate one and not the final and full fulfillment. So, when he said “I am not” the promised Elijah, he was referring to this final one that the Jews expect to arrive before the Messiah comes to reign. We can see that duality is also required to make sense of Jesus’ own words about John:

Matthew 17:10-13 — 10 And His disciples asked Him, saying, "Why then do the scribes say that Elijah must come first?"

11 Jesus answered and said to them, "Indeed, Elijah is coming first and will restore all things. 12 "But I say to you that Elijah has come already, and they did not know him but did to him whatever they wished. Likewise the Son of Man is also about to suffer at their hands." 13 Then the disciples understood that He spoke to them of John the Baptist.

Jesus apparently contradicts himself as well here in a fashion consistent with John’s contradiction of what Gabriel spoke about him. The only way for John the Baptist to be Elijah and for Elijah to come is for it to be a dual prophecy. When a prophecy is dual (as most are), the earlier fulfillment will usually only fulfill some but not all aspects of the prophecy. This is also a good clue that the prophecy will (and must) see a later manifestation. John the Baptist came before Jesus’ first coming and turned people back to God’s teachings from Scripture in the midst of the false teachings of Judaism based on oral tradition. But he did not fulfill all things. Jesus said that the final fulfillment of Elijah would come before his return to reign and do a greater work that “restores all things.”

But Why Is Elijah Coming?

What could Jesus be referring to when he said Elijah would restore all things, and why must it happen “before the great and terrible day of the lord” and “a curse on earth?”

Jesus vs. Elijah “Will Restore All Things” Contradiction Solved

Well if Elijah coming to “restore all things” just as we know Jesus will do at his Second Coming later sounds like a contradiction, then I may have a solution. “Restore all things” is what the Greek manuscripts say. If you check the Peshitta Aramaic according to Lamsa, you will find something significantly different recorded:

Matthew 17:11 (Lamsa) — Jesus answered and said to them, Elijah will come first, so that everything might be fulfilled.

So, the “everything” to be fulfilled must be referring to the parts of Malachi 4 which John the Baptist never fulfilled but that the final Elijah will fulfill. This resolves any contradiction and provides yet another example of why it is important to check multiple translations.

We have been talking up till now about how unity in following the correct truth of God is missing from God’s remnant after having had it only briefly in the past under a few God-given leaders. Could a gathered, unified remnant be one of major things Elijah will bring back?

In all honesty, there is no verse which directly states Elijah will establish and lead a large group in unity like Moses and Jesus’ apostles did, although the statements about him turning many to the right understanding of God’s will (and evidenced by John the Baptist’s life) clearly point to him being a leader. Yet, as we have gone to pains to show in detail, there are no less than two distinct groups described in the end times prophecies of Revelation. Common sense dictates that a God-given leader will be needed to bring them together and lead them in the purpose God has for them. Further, biblical precedent also shows that this is how God gathered his people before (with a leader like Moses, rather than by E.S.P. or sending an angel to each). Finally, we will see inferred connections between these two groups and Elijah.

Both Groups Gathered to Jerusalem Under Elijah

We have already seen that the 144,000 are gathered to Jerusalem where they are sealed. Yet, what about the Woman, who is never directly mentioned there? Does she go directly to Jordan or could Jerusalem be her staging area too before she flees for the Tribulation, just as the 144,000 begin there and also move on later to where they need their protection? There are several reasons to believe this is exactly the situation.

1. Those commanded to come out of Mystery Babylon before her destruction Revelation 18 are told to go to Jerusalem, in Jeremiah 50:28 and 51, the parallel OT prophecy:

Jeremiah 50:28 — The voice of them that flee and escape out of the land of Babylon, to declare in Zion the vengeance of

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Both Groups Gathered to Jerusalem Under Elijah

God our God, the vengeance of his temple.

Jeremiah 51:6 — Flee from the midst of Babylon, And every one save his life! Do not be cut off in her iniquity, For thisis the time of the LORD s vengeance; He shall recompense her.Jeremiah 51:10 — God hath brought forth our righteousness: come, and let us declare in Zion the work of God our God.

Jeremiah 51:49-50 — 49 As Babylon has caused the slain of Israel to fall, So at Babylon the slain of all the Earth shallfall. 50 You who have escaped the sword, Get away! Do not stand still! Remember the LORD afar off, And let Jerusalemcome to your mind.

1.     In Joel 2:30-32 those who are protected by God from Wormwood at the 6th seal of Revelation 6 (when the Sun turns black as sackcloth and the moon turns to blood) are said to be gathered in Jerusalem or Mt. Zion. See Planet X in Bible Prophecy for details on this astonishing interpretation. It offers a plain alternative to the commonly taught typologically based pre-tribulation rapture for how God will protect his people through the Great Tribulation.

2.     In the Olivet Discourse, Jesus gave specific instructions for his followers to flee from Judea at the start of the Great Tribulation (“but when you see the abomination of desolation, let those in Judea flee to the mountains”). This shows that he expected them to be there (rather than raptured, or somewhere else on Earth). And actually, all of them being there makes the most sense for the instructions he gave. See, his command to flee from Judea to the mountains is only useful if the “wilderness” near Judea is the same place of safety mentioned in Revelation 12 which is local to Israel—Jordan as we know from Daniel 11. The Beast will control the rest of the planet and force everyone to take the mark or be killed outside of this place (Mt 24:15-16). So if everyone is not going to all be gathered there near Jerusalem, then Jesus would have given a different command that was not specific to Judea.

If this is true about the Woman and the 144,000 being gathered first to Jerusalem/Judea before the 6th seal then it would fit exceptionally well in all ways with Elijah being the leader. John the Baptist, Elijah’s “prequel”, came to Jerusalem and we would expect his successor to do the same, as have most of God’s prophets.

True Unity Requires Being Together

God’s elect are a minority scattered throughout the world rather than dwelling together. This presents a real problem for being together and sharing and helping each other. As we saw in the last chapter, the coming Elijah looks like the one who God will use to gather his people. If someone claiming to fulfill Malachi 4 comes, he ought not to be coming to just do personal prophecies to us, but to have a weighty mission from God such as gathering the remnant to Jerusalem before global earth changes occur.

Oh, That’s Just Jews!

All the above evidence shows that the future gathering in unity of the Woman and 144,000 to Jerusalem will be under the coming prophetic leader Elijah, who is probably one of the Two Witnesses. Yet Christian readers may be wondering what all this has to do with unity being restored to them, since Christians consider themselves gentiles and the above groups Israelite (or at least “Jewish”). In fact, the common interpretation of the 144,000 is that they are simply “Jews who accept Jesus” after the “pre-trib rapture of the church” leaves them behind to finally realize their error in “rejecting the Messiah.” But, is this accurate?

First of all, as we have already seen above, they are not all “Jews.” We cannot gloss over the fact that the Woman and 144,000 are clearly identified as all twelve tribes of Israel. They are not just the two and a half tribes of Judah, Benjamin and Levi that are commonly called Jews today. (Just as they were in the Old Testament when they were gathered together in the southern Kingdom of Israel or the House of Judah, or Jews.) This is not splitting hairs. Even though the religion of Judaism centered in Israel today is named after Judah and rabbis often refer to Israel as the “Jewish People,” this is not the proper biblical definition. Only at most three tribes can be considered the nation of Judah or “the House of Judah” scripturally: Judah, Benjamin, and roughly half of the tribe of Levi. This is the exact makeup of the ancient southern kingdom of Judah, the one who was exiled to Babylon after the northern ten tribes of Ephraim or Joseph were exiled to Assyria. What chapter 7 describes instead is all twelve tribes from the two houses comprising this mysterious group.

So again, how is this possible today for groups of literal descendants of Israel to be around today and how does it apply to the average “gentile” English speaker?

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 14: Unity of 144,000 and “The Woman”

Lost Ten Tribes Identity

The answer comes to us from an understanding of the “Lost Ten Tribes” of Israel. Yair Davidy, an Orthodox Jew, is the foremost scholar on Lost Tribes Identity (LTI) today. He summarizes:

According to the Bible ten out of the twelve tribes of Israel split away (2-Kings 12:19), formed their own kingdom of “Israel” (2-Kings 12:20) and were exiled by the Assyrians (2-Kings 17:18). They forget their identity (Hosea 1:9 7:8 Isaiah 49:21) and became the Lost Ten Tribes. In the future they will re-unite with the Jews (Ezekiel 37, Isaiah 11:13 Jeremiah 3:18) of “Judah”, but until then they have a role of their own to fulfill. They were destined to be situated at the continental extremities of the Earth such as North America, the British Isles, Scandinavia, the Netherlands, Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa (Deuteronomy 33:13 Isaiah 24:16 26:15 41:8-9 49:6), to be the richest (Genesis 27:28 49:25 Deuteronomy 33:13-16 Hosea 2:8), and most powerful (Numbers 24:8-7 Micah 5:7-9) nations on earth and to control major international strategic bases (Genesis 22:16-17 24:60). All of these points together with numerous others show that descendants of the Lost Ten Tribes can only be found amongst Western Nations especially the English-speaking ones 63 .

If this theory sounds familiar to you, you may have heard of British Israelism (BI) which popularized it. Unfortunately, BI mixed this truth with a racist or anti-semitic agenda and became associated with Christian Identity and White Supremacy groups. Naturally, mainstream Christianity rejects BI, effectively throwing the baby out with the bathwater. However, LTI does not teach that the Lost Tribes are exclusively white or British, and has exhaustive scholarly research to back it up.

Christianity also rejects LTI as a “dangerous heresy” because it contradicts its own foundational “replacement theology” which is the belief that the church has replaced Israel and inherited her promises. It of course does not help that groups who hold to BI/LTI are considered cults by orthodox Christianity, giving the teaching another strike against it. However, if we are seeking for truth then we should evaluate all things against the plain meaning of the Bible rather than against traditional theology. And this is where LTI proves itself. It answers many questions and fulfills many prophecies that are otherwise conveniently ignored by the Christian Church’s teachings. It may be a heresy to “church doctrine” but not necessarily to biblical teaching.

Questions Left Unanswered If British Israelism Is False

For example, when was the last time you ever heard a sermon at church about how the House of Israel and the House of Judah were going to be regathered by the Messiah to the Promised Land at the start of the Millennium to teach the world his ways from Jerusalem? Somehow, Christ’s first disciples were well aware of this as a major point in the fulfillment of prophecy and the discussion of it was recorded for us:

Acts 1:6-7 — 6 Therefore, when they had come together, they asked Him, saying, "Lord, will You at this time restore the kingdom to Israel?" 7 And He said to them, "It is not for you to know times or seasons which the Father has put in His own authority.

Note that Jesus’ answer did not contradict their understanding of the issue but instead affirmed it as important but too important to reveal to them yet then. However, his answer sounds like the one given when they asked him what would be the sign of his coming and the end of the age: “of that day and hour knows no man.” Indeed, the only time period that fits for the return of all Israel (who do not even know who they are today and are not seeking God to find out) is when the Messiah returns and sets up the Kingdom himself.

Yet, once you realize that Israel really has not been lost and replaced by the Church (as the reemergence of Judah in the land of Israel since 1948 readily proves) but must return to the land according to the prophecies, it ought to lead you to wonder where these lost tribes are hiding today? It is not like they are going to rise out of the sea or arrive on a spaceship. They have to be somewhere on Earth, but those who reject LTI do not have a good plain answer to this. They can point to flaws, inaccuracies or contradictions in the migration histories or other proofs for LTI, but they do not offer good solutions to the plain prophecies of the Bible that demand Israel to be “sifted” among the nations like wheat and later regathered without one lost (Amos 9:9). Here are some more questions to try to answer without LTI:

1. Who fulfilled the promise to Abraham that out of his great-grandchildren Ephraim and Manasseh (who he adopted and blessed) would come a great nation and a company of nations who would possess the important gates of their enemies such as the Panama Canal?

63 www.BritAm.org

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Lost Ten Tribes Identity

1.     Why did Great Britain and the United States of America rise to greatness and dominate the world while other nations continue to be underdeveloped?

2.     Why did they arise right in time as good forces in the world when the evil of imperial, fascist and communist nations intent on taking over the world needed to be stopped?

3.     Is it all a coincidence that America had thirteen original colonies, just as ancient Israel had a total of thirteen tribes (with the split of Joseph into Ephraim and Manasseh creating the thirteenth one)? That circumcision practiced in the USA like ancient Israel was required to do? That the “Go Metric” movement failed, leaving America with her twelve-based measuring system?

4.     Why does the prophecy to the last, end times church era of Laodicea in Revelation 3 fit so well the lazy lukewarm spiritual condition of the rich churches of North America who say, “I am rich and in need of nothing” and is it a coincidence that this is exactly the same thing that Ephraim is characterized as saying in Hosea 12:8, “I am rich”?

These questions are just for starters. They are by no means offered as conclusive proof. There is a wealth of research on this topic already out there that I challenge you to investigate if you are understandably skeptical about it. Nevertheless, if one looks at just a few of the specific prophecies about the birthright blessing last promised to the Lost Ten Tribes of the House of Ephraim in the end times, accepts them as true and looks for their fulfillment, they cannot say they happened to ancient Israel or certainly not the House of Judah in Israel today. Unless one has a negative bias against accepting the continued existence and future resurgence of Israel, the simple and obvious answer is that they were fulfilled exactly where LTI says they were.

Conclusion

Prophecy tells us that the 144,000 and the Woman are going to be gathered to Israel, trained, and then sent to their respective places. Common sense and biblical precedents require a God-ordained prophetic leader to be sent to do the gathering, unifying and teaching—after nearly 2,000 years without a leader or a unified body. By all indications this will be one of the Two Witnesses who will also fulfill the promise of a real prophet like Elijah in the end times. The most surprising discovery in all of this is that the people who will make up the two groups he will lead are not “Jews” or something else, but long lost Israelites who we have mistakenly thought of as “Gentiles” all these centuries.

Or, perhaps not so surprising. After all, when we stop to think about it, from where did we really expect to come those prophesied to be going out to the world as a witness of God’s ways and the faith of Jesus and to be called God’s slaves? Where else could they be from, other than the most biblically literate and principled people in the world—the mostly English-speaking Western Democracies such as the USA, UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, France and Scandinavia (and where nearly all the orders for this book come from)? Were we somehow expecting them from Russia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Asia, Saudi Arabia, Timbuktu, Atlantis, the Moon, Mars, or what?

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 15:

Discerning a True Prophet

Will The Real Elijah Stand Up?

After discussing all the evidence for how a prophet must come to gather us and restore unity among the Bible faithful, the next reasonable question is how does one tell the real McCoy from all the many false prophets Jesus warned us about? To understand this important subject, let us start by reviewing the prophecy of the End Times Elijah who John the Baptist partially fulfilled:

Malachi 4:4-6 — 4 Remember ye the law of Moses my servant, which I commanded unto him in Horeb for all Israel, with the statutes and judgments. 5 Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD: 6 And he shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers, lest I come and smite the Earth with a curse.

Luke 1:17 (NKJV) — "He will also go before Him in the spirit and power of Elijah, 'to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children,' and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just, to make ready a people prepared for the Lord."

Numerous people have come and gone claiming to be this Elijah. Jerusalem today is rife with people under the delusion that they are Elijah (as well as under other forms of “Jerusalem Syndrome”). Is it possible that one of these people could be God ordained? How do we know for sure? What are the signs of the authentic Elijah and what are the signs of a counterfeit? Is a prophet always someone who predicts the future accurately or who knows personal things about you that he has no way of knowing? What if someone shows up claiming to be the one that God sent to lead us together in unity again? What should we ask him?

If we want to wait and watch wisely, we need to be clear on exactly what we are waiting for. The first point to understand, it would seem, is what is a prophet according to the Bible? This, of course, can be our only safe source of discernment on this subject. We cannot trust any person’s words or traditions.

Biblical Prophets Defined

The basic definition of a prophet in the Bible is someone who receives direct inspiration from God. They are not always a prognosticator but they are a divinely inspired speaker or messenger. We are told that a prophet speaking for God received his inspired message through three possible means: either a voice, a vision or a dream:

Numbers 12:6-8 (NKJV) — 6 Then He said, "Hear now My words: If there is a prophet among you, I, the LORD, make Myself known to him in a vision; I speak to him in a dream. 7 Not so with My servant Moses; He is faithful in all My house. 8 I speak with him face to face, Even plainly, and not in dark sayings; And he sees the form of the LORD. Why then were you not afraid To speak against My servant Moses?"

When Moses was soon to die, God formally announced a description of the office of prophet that would continue after him:

Deuteronomy 18:18-22 — 18 'I will raise up for them a Prophet like you from among their brethren, and will put My words in His mouth, and He shall speak to them all that I command Him. 19 'And it shall be that whoever will not hear My words, which He speaks in My name, I will require it of him. 20 'But the prophet who presumes to speak a word in My name, which I have not commanded him to speak, or who speaks in the name of other gods, that prophet shall die.' 21 "And if you say in your heart, 'How shall we know the word which the LORD has not spoken?'--22 "when a prophet speaks in the name of the LORD, if the thing does not happen or come to pass, that is the thing which the LORD has not spoken; the prophet has spoken it presumptuously; you shall not be afraid of him.

The Theological Wordbook of the Old Testament for word #1227 identifies five proofs from Deuteronomy 18 (and also chapter 13) to certify a prophet:

1.     “The prophet must be Israelite, “of thy brethren” (Deut. 18:15, 18)”

2.     “He speaks in Jehovah's name—“voice of Jehovah” (Deut. 18:16) “he shall speak in my name” (Deut. 18:19; cf. Deut. 18:20), death being the penalty for false claims to so speak (Deut. 18:20; cf. Deut. 18:1 ff.; 1 Kings 18:20-40)”

3.     “Supernatural knowledge of the near future was to be a sign of the authenticity of divine appointment (Deut. 18:21-22; cf. 1 Kings 22; Jeremiah 28, esp. Jeremiah 28:17)”

Biblical Prophets Defined

1.     “The prophet might perform some other miraculous sign (see Deut. 13:1 ff.; cf. 1 Kings 18:24; and esp. 1 Kings 18:38)”

2.     “The final test is strict conformity to (agreement with) the previously certified revelations, by Moses at first and by the prophets to follow (Deut. 13:1-18). The fifth requirement is emphatic, the entire thirteenth chapter being devoted to it.”

Let’s look at the proofs one by one:

Proof #1: Must Be Israelite

To a Christian, hearing that a true prophet from God today must be a descendant of Israel would sound absurd. Yet, as we saw in the last chapter, God’s plan is chiefly still working through the descendants of Israel as seen in the prophecies of the 144,000, the Woman, and the Two Witnesses. In other words, he meant what he said that he would make them a “nation of kings and priests” (Ex 19:6) which of course will only finally happen during the Millennium with resurrected glorified Israelites (Rev. 1:6; 5:10; 20:6). So their rebellion to the Old Covenant did not stop that plan, just made it more interesting and stealthy (dividing them into two houses, one of which would wholesale forget their identity as Israelites yet still be used by him). Paul also agreed when he said, “to the Jew first, then to the Greek” 64 and “God has not rejected his people Israel” but has preserved a remnant for his purpose (Rom 11:1-5). All these passages mean what they plainly say, in spite of Christian Replacement Theology. God will continue to use Israelites in this phase of his plan so we can realistically expect the coming Elijah to be an Israelite himself, just as both his predecessors were.

Proof #2: Speaks In Jehovah’s Name

To a Christian this requirement sounds equally absurd. Christianity teaches using only euphemisms for God’s personal four letter name, also called obliquely the Tetragrammaton, or “word with four letters” in Greek. Thus it would seem wrong that a modern prophet would not be speaking in the name of “The Lord”, “Adonai”,”God”, “Elohim”, etc., as English Christian Bibles have it, but would actually stick to the Old Testament precedent for speaking literally in the name of God, spelled Y-H-V-H.

Now the sticky part here is what exactly are the correct vowels that go between the four letters so it can be pronounced by the uninitiated? There has been much debate on this subject across the centuries and the scholarly opinion is that no one knows for sure anymore. This is a reasonable conclusion, however, we also admit we do not know for sure what the Bible says on many things but we still go ahead and trust it to have preserved God’s words accurately enough to follow. God’s name appears nearly 7000 times in the OT not including many other times as parts of the names of kings and prophets. If we operate under the same assumptions for accuracy for God's name, it's safe to conclude that the Masoretic Text preserves for us “Y’hovah” as the correct transliteration to English (which by the way does not contain the substituted vowels for adonai in their place as is taught) 65 .

Whether that is exactly right or not does not matter. It only needs to be close for us to have a good idea of what to listen for when a real prophet of God comes along. Instead of talking similar to what one finds in most Christian Bibles, “Thus says THE LORD GOD,” he ought to be saying something that uses a word in place of LORD sounding similar to the “Y’hovah” (there was and is no J in Hebrew).

Proofs #3 & 4: Knowledge of Future / Miraculous Signs

These two go together since it seems like one or the other goes with every true prophet of God. But as anyone who has read Revelation 13 knows, these proofs alone are not enough to authenticate a true prophet. We read there that the False Prophet will be doing all manner of miraculous signs and wonders—even calling fire down from Heaven as the first Elijah did—that convince the whole world to worship the Beast as God and accept him as the world ruler.

On the other hand, if someone cannot supernaturally predict the future or produce a miraculous sign then scripturally you can rule them out as being a prophet of God. They ought to do one or the other.

Some may remember that John the Baptist, the first Elijah, produced no signs (John 10:41; although he did have a very notable birth such that people wondered if he was going to be a prophet—Luke 1:66). However, John did

64 Romans 1:16 Note that all the believers in Jesus were Jews for the first 15 years or so and even today there are many so called “Messianic Jews” or people of Jewish descent who are Christians

65 See Planet X in Bible Prophecy for more detail in light of Joel 2:32

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 15: Discerning a True Prophet

not need any signs because he never attempted to take authority over anyone to lead them anywhere as Moses did. He simply preached a message of repentance in agreement with the Scripture, matching requirement #5. And in a matter of months his prophecy of the coming of the Messiah, the one who takes away the sins of the world, was fulfilled by the appearance of Jesus of Nazareth.

But, if someone wishes to say they are Elijah or anyone with authority over you or to guide, lead and gather God’s people, then they had better produce a sign to show that God sent them. Make sure you ask them to show a sign of this, according to scriptural precedent. It was for this reason that Moses was given the staff that could turn into a snake. God did not expect the Israelites to accept Moses’ word and he does not expect us who are much more skeptical today to accept any less. We should never depend on someone’s word that, “I heard the voice of God telling me to tell you what to do.” They actually may have heard a voice—but whose voice? We are to test the spirits, not blindly accept their clearly supernatural origin as being from God. Many false prophets have gone out into the world (1 John 4:1). Yet assuming God as the source is the common practice today among believers. We forget to reason that if it really was the voice of God that a person heard, then God would have been equipped them with signs so that the rest of us could be sure of this important fact, too.

Proof #5: Conforms to “OT”

Due to the ambiguous nature of the Bible already discussed earlier, this proof can be hard to judge. We should therefore not try to disqualify someone off of teachings that we cannot verify as clearly, explicitly stated in the OT. An example of a violation of this is given in Deuteronomy 13. It says that if a prophet tells people to follow after “other gods which you have not known” that this is clearly a false prophet. Note that it has nothing to do with this person having a failed prediction as Christians commonly define a false prophet. The False Prophet of Revelation 13 will be telling people to set up a statue of the Beast and to worship it. This is clearly against the foundational teachings given to Moses, including specifically the Second Commandment. But, there is no record that he will ever make a failed prediction. Instead, he will have many signs and wonders that certify him in the eyes of people who do not know about the other required proofs.

Kinder, Gentler, NT Prophets?

This list of requirements from the OT may seem inapplicable to some with the understanding that gentile Christians are under the New Covenant today, and are not Israelites under the Old Covenant. Some even claim that today we have “NT prophets” who are not held to these same standards as these “OT prophets” were. For example, they say a NT prophet does not have to be 100% accurate like an OT prophet nor have to do signs. They believe that God now uses more loving, gentler, Gentile Christian NT prophets (who seem to like giving personal prophecies of prosperity to individuals—with lackluster accuracy).

There are several problems with this thinking. Firstly, as has been explained previously, the New Covenant is not even a covenant with Gentiles but with Israel and Judah again. Moreover, it can be easily demonstrated by reviewing Jeremiah 31:31ff that this covenant is not yet active today. It will start only once the Messiah returns and regathers the people with whom it will be made, the exiled tribes of Israel still scattered throughout the world.

Secondly, there is no mention either in the New Covenant details or in the New Testament of a change in the office of prophet. Thus, there is simply no scriptural support for God lowering the standards of prophet or otherwise changing what he laid out in the OT.

The proper conclusion for someone basing their discernment off the scripture rather than subjective or external standards is that these people presenting themselves today as prophets but who do not meet the standards given in the OT are not some kind of new fangled NT prophet but false prophets. However, even assuming these are true prophets of God at all (without any support for this reasoning in the Bible), this question really does not matter since Malachi speaks of a prophet coming just like Elijah—the OT prophet. Therefore, this list derived from Deuteronomy is good starting place for us to build the discernment we need to tell the true Elijah from the imitators who would seek to deceive you.

Characteristics Specific To Elijah The Prophet

To the general list what to expect from any true prophet, we can add all the other specific things we found in examining the prophecies related to Elijah:

1. Teaching repentance as evidenced by changed actions that you can find outlined in the Bible as well as doing the commandments of God that apply to believers. So if an Elijah comes asking for merely changed beliefs like

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Characteristics Specific To Elijah The Prophet

the church brand of repentance, ignore him.

1.     Jesus said he would fulfill all things, which in light of the prophecy of him turning people to the “wisdom of the just” would mean true understanding of the Bible. So expect from him radical teachings based on the Bible that depart from what the mainstream traditionally teaches. So if an Elijah appears teaching much the same as you hear in most churches, ignore him.

2.     Will be calling for people to gather with him to Jerusalem ahead of global disasters prophesied in the Book of Revelation. So if an Elijah appears telling you to gather to America, ignore him.

Of course, some of these details may be incorrect, but if you simply watch and wait for a true prophet according to the five proofs listed above you will indeed find a true prophet. Since there are no other prophets promised in the End Times prophecies to us, that prophet very likely will be Elijah.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Chapter 16:

The Real “Great Commission”

Disappointment or Disbelief

Having discovered how and when prophecy indicates God plans to restore biblical unity to his remnant, the reader may be left in disappointment or disbelief. Being told we have to wait in our present state of disunity and separation until Elijah comes is not what anyone wants to hear. Most of us want fellowship with like-minded bible believers under the guidance of someone sent by God who we can trust, who knows the pure truth of the Bible and who will properly teach it to us. That certainly seems like the ideal situation for learning about God and his ways, does it not? Not being able to have that would be crushing news for some readers who are seeking to serve God in truth today. A natural reaction to this crushing news is disbelief, especially when you consider that this news really does not fit right with our paradigm of what God wants and what he is doing today towards it.

Our traditional Christian paradigm says that God is in a competition for our souls with Satan. Satan is supposedly doing everything he can to deceive and distract us from serving God, while God is doing everything he can to get as many people as possible saved. Anyone who dies without knowing their savior supposedly goes to hell for eternal torment, or so the theology goes. Largely for this reason, the Christian church commonly derives its mission from the following instruction of Jesus to his apostles:

Matthew 28:19-20 — 19 "Go therefore and make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, 20 "teaching them to observe all things that I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you always, even to the end of the age." Amen.

This is the so-called “Great Commission” passage quoted from Matthew. But, have you ever compared the version in Mark that has a bit more that Matthew left out? You probably have noticed this but put it out of your mind because it is quite an embarrassment to a church-going Christian:

Mark 16:17-18 — 17 "And these signs will follow those who believe: In My name they will cast out demons; they will speak with new tongues; 18 "they will take up serpents; and if they drink anything deadly, it will by no means hurt them; they will lay hands on the sick, and they will recover."

Commission Omission: No Certifying Signs

Where are these signs today that were supposed to “follow those who believe” those fulfilling the Great Commission? Does your pastor have them? What about your Messianic Rabbi or Torah teacher? Or, anyone you have heard claim that they are preaching the Gospel to the nations as God commanded by God?

If these seem like unfair questions remember in the book of Acts how we find exactly all these signs recorded as commonplace among all the apostles. Wherever the twelve apostles went, and later including the apostle Paul, these signs did follow among those who believed their message. Paul himself was the one who took up a snake and was not harmed (Acts 28:3-6). As we already talked about in the last chapter, those miraculous signs are the qualifications promised for prophets after Moses so you would know that they were authentic and God-ordained.

To have these signs in the Christian Church throughout these almost 2000 years of history sure would have been helpful in achieving their assumed mission of spreading the gospel to every corner of the earth so everyone could be saved. Certainly if there really is such a great struggle for the eternal destiny of each person’s soul, and God truly is doing all he can to save everyone, this would be far better than leaving the job in the hands of 40,000 sometimes warring Christian denominations bereft of these miraculous signs.

But, do note that these signs are not to certify “true believers.” Lack of these signs does not mean that a person does not really believe God and follow the true faith of the Bible. It merely was a promise given to the Apostles of what would happen among those who believed them. If we are not seeing these signs following the people trying to assume the mission of the apostles today, it ought to give us pause to wonder.

So what exactly is going on here? Where are these missing signs and how do we explain the fact that God has left us in disunity instead? Why has God allowed these churches who do not even “teach them to observe all things that I have commanded you” but instead teach their own various conflicting traditions? How do we explain this disconnect in all of this? And how can this mess be somehow good and what is God’s purpose in doing it this way?

In this chapter we will close this book out by answering these difficult, natural questions that arise from the material presented thus far including unveiling the mystery of the disunity God has left us in, and what we are to

Commission Omission: No Certifying Signs

do until unity returns.

Our Great Commission?

We will begin to solve this great riddle by first properly defining what our great commission really is—and what it is not. If we understand and accept by now that the churches have been teaching their own tradition rather than the Bible, then we will eventually want to review everything that we were taught in that setting in light of the Bible, properly read. This includes the Great Commission teaching.

One of the first things to know for properly reading the Bible is the importance of determining who the specific audience being addressed in any passage is. A common source of misinterpreting the Bible thus is in skipping this vital step and assuming an instruction applies directly or indirectly to ourselves when it does not. So let us go back to Mark and see who the audience was.

Mark 16:14-15 — 14 Later He appeared to the eleven as they sat at the table; and He rebuked their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who had seen Him after He had risen. 15 And He said to them, "Go into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature.

The audience obviously is the eleven apostles remaining after Judas took his own life. If we take this instruction to the eleven and apply it to ourselves then we are equating ourselves with them. It certainly is true that accepting Jesus as our master is something that we have in common with the eleven that makes us like them. However, there were many others at that time who also believed like the eleven did who were not present when Jesus gave this instruction to the eleven. Why were they not? And since we, also, were not specifically standing there 2000 years ago after being chosen by Jesus to be in his inner circle, what makes us think that this command applies to us? It is something we must prove applies to us, not something that we are guilty of until proven innocent.

What Was Special About the Apostles?

Let us consider the twelve for a minute and how they were different from the other followers of Jesus who are revealed more in the book of Acts. A review of how they chose Judas’ replacement to restore the apostles to twelve in number sheds light on this:

Acts 1:21-26 (NKJV) — 21 "Therefore, of these men who have accompanied us all the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, 22 "beginning from the baptism of John to that day when He was taken up from us, one of these must become a witness with us of His resurrection." 23 And they proposed two: Joseph called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. 24 And they prayed and said, "You, O Lord, who know the hearts of all, show which of these two You have chosen 25"to take part in this ministry and apostleship from which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own place." 26 And they cast their lots, and the lot fell on Matthias. And he was numbered with the eleven apostles.

Notice the requirement for being one of the apostles to whom the evangelical commission was directed was that they were with Jesus from the beginning of his ministry at this baptism by John until the day he was taken. Part of the reason given for this was so they could be a true witness as it says and also that they had enough experience in the field. Yet, what may be easy to miss for us today is that, by picking someone who had been around Jesus for his entire ministry, they would get someone qualified to be an apostle, someone who had been through the “apostle training course” under Jesus. If God wants to send someone out as an evangelist with the mission of making disciples and teaching people what Jesus really said and instructed, then they had better understand exactly what that is. However, this is not as easy a requirement to fulfill today as we may think.

The Apostles Understood What We Do Not

Have you ever considered the profound “Sermon on the Mount” of Matthew 5-7 and how hard it is to understand the teachings contained therein? Many of the so-called famously “difficult words of Jesus” come directly from there. Yet his apostles were made to understand these things. What about us? How much of those three chapters can we honestly say we understand? We had better understand it all if we want to do the job of an apostle and teach others what Jesus instructed.

How about the parables of Jesus? To the masses, he only spoke in parables, explaining them to his disciples in private.

Mark 4:33-34 — 33 And with many such parables He spoke the word to them as they were able to hear it. 34 But without a parable He did not speak to them. And when they were alone, He explained all things to His disciples.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 16: The Real “Great Commission”

Matthew 13:51 — 51 Jesus said to them, "Have you understood all these things?" They said to Him, "Yes, Lord."

So there is clear evidence that his inner circle only truly understood his teachings. Only they therefore were equipped to go out and teach. Why was it done this way may you ask? Can this be correct if the purpose of all disciples for all time was to make everyone understand everything Jesus taught? Read on:

Matthew 13:10-17 — 10 And the disciples came and said to Him, "Why do You speak to them in parables?" 11 He answered and said to them, "Because it has been given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it has not been given. 12 "For whoever has, to him more will be given, and he will have abundance; but whoever does not have, even what he has will be taken away from him. 13 "Therefore I speak to them in parables, because seeing they do not see, and hearing they do not hear, nor do they understand. 14 "And in them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, which says: 'Hearing you will hear and shall not understand, And seeing you will see and not perceive; 15 For the hearts of this people have grown dull. Their ears are hard of hearing, And their eyes they have closed, Lest they should see with their eyes and hear with their ears, Lest they should understand with their hearts and turn, So that I should heal them.' 16 "But blessed are your eyes for they see, and your ears for they hear; 17 "for assuredly, I say to you that many prophets and righteous men desired to see what you see, and did not see it, and to hear what you hear, and did not hear it.

Have you ever struggled as a Christian with the plain reading of this passage? Jesus explicitly stated that he obscured his message on purpose to fulfill God’s will that the masses do not understand the truth and turn and be healed! This is certainly a difficult passage that causes great problems for the idea that God is trying to save all the world today as the mission of most churches assumes. Here it plainly says he’s not trying to do that at all. In other words, the great commission to the apostles of spreading the gospel throughout the world was for them only and for a limited time only, not intended to actually go everywhere and effectively convert everyone. So, this is another blow for the Christian theology on which their Great Commission is based.

Therefore, not only is the Christian Great Commission against scripture, we can also see that nobody but the apostles understood the things required to fulfill it. The masses then, and us today have many things hidden from us. None of us has received the one-on-one training that the apostles did. If we are honest, we must admit that none of us have the same understanding that the apostles did, even if somehow we could understand the difficult records of his acts and words in the Bible. If this is the case then how could anyone but the twelve apostles to whom the evangelistic commission was specifically given possibly be expected to carry it out properly? Only the apostles had the training and later the equipping of the promised miraculous signs that would follow. Today we have neither the experience, the knowledge, the training nor the signs needed to go out evangelizing people of the true faith of Jesus, as the apostles had. It is not reasonable to ignore this reality and to go out anyway trying to tell people what little we understand about Jesus 2000 years later simply because we insist that the apostles’ mission somehow applies to us.

But, why isn’t God trying to save everyone now? Obviously for some reason to do that would get in the way of his true mission for this present age. What mission could that be? To answer that question we need to find out what Jesus plainly stated was the base calling for all believers, including the apostles who exclusively had the additional evangelical mission we just covered.

Our True Great Commission: Overcome, Bear Fruit

Our biblical mission is quite simple, although not easy, but because of the focus on the Great Commission is not well known.

John 15:5-17 — 5 "I am the vine, you are the branches. He who abides in Me, and I in him, bears much fruit; for without Me you can do nothing. 6 "If anyone does not abide in Me, he is cast out as a branch and is withered; and they gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned. 7 "If you abide in Me, and My words abide in you, you will ask what you desire, and it shall be done for you. 8 "By this My Father is glorified, that you bear much fruit; so you will be My disciples. 9 "As the Father loved Me, I also have loved you; abide in My love. 10 "If you keep My commandments, you will abide in My love, just as I have kept My Father's commandments and abide in His love. 11 "These things I have spoken to you, that My joy may remain in you, and that your joy may be full. 12 "This is My commandment, that you love one another as I have loved you. ... 16 "You did not choose Me, but I chose you and appointed you that you should go and bear fruit, and that your fruit should remain, that whatever you ask the Father in My name He may give you. 17 "These things I command you, that you love one another.

We are to bear fruit, good lasting fruit. What is good about fruit? Fruit improves a tree, making it more ©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Our True Great Commission: Overcome, Bear Fruit

attractive but it is mainly considered a benefit for others. In its basic sense fruit is the growth that a plant produces which others can use. It is a good for food, for nourishing others. It also takes time to develop and does not appear until some minimal level of maturity is reached.

The first example of the fruit we are to produce is love. You may remember hearing Jesus mention this before. This one is so important that Jesus said its existence determined who his true follower was and who was not:

John 13:35 — "By this all will know that you are My disciples, if you have love for one another."

By the way, have you ever seen people so intent on sharing about Jesus or arguing what they believe the Bible teaches that they mistreat, verbally abuse, or otherwise act without love towards other people? Sure you have, it happens all the time whether it be in person or especially over the Internet in chat rooms, message boards or email. But, by doing so people are showing a lack of the one fruit that Jesus said identifies someone as his disciples. Other Christians who sense that this is unacceptable behavior for someone claiming to follow Jesus, defend their religion by saying that such people are not “true Christians” but are one of the “false Christians.” In other words, there is somehow a “False Christianity” out there that we need to be careful of. However, this explanation ignores that really all someone needs to do to be a Christian is 1) to accept and confess Jesus as their savior and 2) to proceed to tell others about him as the Great Commission requires. So such people do indeed fit the definition of a Christian—and therein lies the problem. The problem is not with the person’s compliance with the Christian religion, but with the definition of religious creeds and traditions of Christianity as the true teaching of Jesus. Of course, this is a shocking assessment for a Christian reader to entertain, but as we are seeing, Christian theology does not line up with the words of Jesus it claims to follow. This is a big reason why so many verses bother us or so many sayings of Jesus are so difficult to understand. Such people should take heed of the above words of Jesus and also the following warning:

Matthew 7:15-20 (NKJV) — 15 "Beware of false prophets, who come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves. 16 "You will know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes from thorn bushes or figs from thistles? 17 "Even so, every good tree bears good fruit, but a bad tree bears bad fruit. 18 "A good tree cannot bear bad fruit, nor can a bad tree bear good fruit. 19 "Every tree that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire. 20 "Therefore by their fruits you will know them.

As we learned in the last chapter, a false prophet teaches things contrary to the words delivered by the previous true prophets, which is what constitutes our Bible.

Which Fruits?

What are other examples of this fruit that we must bear to fulfill our calling? Several other passages of scripture immediately come to mind from Jesus’ mention of love and joy as the first two fruits above. Paul continues where Jesus left off:

Galatians 5:22-23 — 22 But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long suffering, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, 23 gentleness, self-control. Against such there is no law.

These of course are mostly aspects of good character. How many people do you know that really work hard and stay focused on developing these fruits? Not many but of course this is not very exciting work compared to going out as an evangelist, is it!

John the Baptist talked about some concrete examples demonstrating good fruit:

Luke 3:8-14 (NKJV) — 8 "Therefore bear fruits worthy of repentance, and do not begin to say to yourselves, 'We have Abraham as our father.' For I say to you that God is able to raise up children to Abraham from these stones. 9 "And even now the ax is laid to the root of the trees. Therefore every tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire." 10 So the people asked him, saying, "What shall we do then?" 11 He answered and said to them, "He who has two tunics, let him give to him who has none; and he who has food, let him do likewise." 12 Then tax collectors also came to be baptized, and said to him, "Teacher, what shall we do?" 13 And he said to them, "Collect no more than what is appointed for you." 14 Likewise the soldiers asked him, saying, "And what shall we do?" So he said to them, "Do not intimidate anyone or accuse falsely, and be content with your wages."

James, Jesus’ brother, also points out the action aspect of the fruits we are to have, in another passage of the Bible that makes “under age of grace” with “faith in Jesus” Christians squirm in their seats:

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 16: The Real “Great Commission”

James 2:14-26 (NKJV) — 14 What does it profit, my brethren, if someone says he has faith but does not have works? Can faith save him? 15 If a brother or sister is naked and destitute of daily food, 16 and one of you says to them, "Depart in peace, be warmed and filled," but you do not give them the things which are needed for the body, what does it profit? 17 Thus also faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead. 18 But someone will say, "You have faith, and I have works." Show me your faith without your works, and I will show you my faith by my works. 19 You believe that there is one God. You do well. Even the demons believe--and tremble! 20 But do you want to know, O foolish man, that faith without works is dead? 21 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered Isaac his son on the altar? 22 Do you see that faith was working together with his works, and by works faith was made perfect? 23 And the Scripture was fulfilled which says, "Abraham believed God, and it was accounted to him for righteousness." And he was called the friend of God. 24 You see then that a man is justified by works, and not by faith only. 25 Likewise, was not Rahab the harlot also justified by works when she received the messengers and sent them out another way? 26 For as the body without the spirit is dead, so faith without works is dead also.

We could go on and on. Most of the words of Jesus deal with explaining how to act in a way that bears good fruit. All we have to do is get back to reading his words and thinking about how to follow them in our lives for ourselves.

We Are To Be Like Salt and Light (?)

Once we have some good fruit, are we then supposed to go out telling everyone about it? Are we allowed at that point to set off actively making proselytes and fulfilling the Great Commission? Should we do as the Christian Church does by asking people, “do you know Jesus?” or “are you saved?” It is not recorded that Jesus ever advocated such a wordy belief-based approach, even to the apostles who he said to heal and teach people to observe or do what Jesus instructed. This approach is summarized in the metaphor of the salt and light:

Matthew 5:13-16 — 13 "You are the salt of the earth; but if the salt loses its flavor, how shall it be seasoned? It is then good for nothing but to be thrown out and trampled underfoot by men. 14 "You are the light of the world. A city that is set on a hill cannot be hidden. 15 "Nor do they light a lamp and put it under a basket, but on a lamp stand, and it gives light to all who are in the house. 16 "Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works and glorify your Father in heaven.

Here believers are compared to salt and light. This salt metaphor especially is another one of the “difficult words of Jesus.” Some say because salt was used as a preservative back then that this means Christians are to be saving the world (aha, just like the Great Commission commands us, right?). Some say salt adds flavor so we are to “season” others in the world with the Gospel. Such unsatisfactory answers are obviously biased by the Great Commission. But it is really not so hard to understand this passage now that we have put that to rest and have seen our true calling of developing good fruit.

Therefore, let us ask, what do both salt and light have in common in the context of the metaphor presented? Both salt and light are called “good” in the Bible (Gen 1:4; Mark 9:50). Why are they good? They are both beneficial because of their distinct nature from their surroundings. They are different yet useful and welcome additions to their environment.

One important thing to consider about a light is that a light does not make any sound. In fact, a damaged light like a buzzing streetlight is very annoying as you pass by it. Similarly, salt has taste but it has no smell or stink to it. Instead, by its very nature it improves that which it comes in contact with. Jesus confirms this as the meaning by plainly saying that the light is our “good works” (not words) that people see and glorify God for. They do this because such works based on love are always in short supply in this world and set us apart if we exhibit them. Loud mouths or people who are full of talk about what they know or what you should know are a dime a dozen. Who really cares what we say, anyway? It is what we do that really matters.

Of course, this is not to say that we never talk and are to be secret agents all the time. But we are given a protocol for how to go about speaking. The rule is that we are to wait until people ask about the hope that lies within us (1 Peter 3:15). They will ask us if they have seen that we are bearing good fruit, and then only if they are truly interested. If our good works do not obviously pique their interest then we should not try to force the issue. To do so usually only wastes time or worse gives people a needless negative opinion of us.

The Mystery of Disunity Revealed

What then is the Mystery of Disunity? Why did God make it so that the initial truth and power of the original

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

The Mystery of Disunity Revealed

apostles would be largely lost? Why were we left only with an imperfect record of their words, instead of an unbroken dynasty of apostles leading and teaching us in truth and power to the present day? Why has he allowed the division, confusion and even false tradition and religion to rule in its place? How could this possibly make any rational sense?

We can make sense of this only if we have truly shifted our paradigm from the Great Commission of evangelizing and “saving” everyone today to the correct paradigm of working on ourselves and producing the good fruit Jesus called for. Our reward for this will be ruling and teaching with him as kings and priests in the Kingdom (Rev 1:6; 5:10). These fruits are good character, good habits, good understanding and discernment. If that is our mission then we should ask what is the best way to fulfill this mission. How do we best prepare to be wise teachers? Hebrews tells us:

Hebrews 5:12-14 — 12 For though by this time you ought to be teachers, you need someone to teach you again the first principles of the oracles of God; and you have come to need milk and not solid food. 13 For everyone who partakes only of milk is unskilled in the word of righteousness, for he is a babe. 14 But solid food belongs to those who are of full age, that is, those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil.

To develop our discernment and be good teachers we need lots of practice thinking and experimenting with what we think up. So, which environment will give us the most opportunity to be provoked into thinking and practicing our plausible-sounding-at-the-time ideas to find out if they work or not? One where we are sheltered from false teachings under a perfect leadership who we depend on to know all truth and teach it directly to us? Or, the one we find ourselves in today where we are exposed to all manner of crazy Bible based ideas that each of us must think about and discern ourselves? The more false things we are exposed to and either fall for or see through, the better our judgment will be. As a result, we will naturally go through many more trials and tribulations this way as well, which works patience, another fruit God wants in us (Rom 5:3; James 1:3).

Some consider what Adam did in listening to Satan’s ideas as his downfall, as a tragic turning point in human history. But, this is a very short-sighted view of that event. In reality, Adam’s being deceived into experimenting with Satan’s appealing ideas was just part of his natural development and learning. How could Adam really have learned how to value God’s truth and way of life if he did not have lies and alternatives to try and compare their outcomes to? How could Adam have been expected to already know that Satan’s philosophies would not work as well as God’s beyond any doubt? Adam was not omniscient. God instructed him as best as he could, no doubt in fact perfectly, but as any parent knows, every child has to find most things out for themselves through trying them. Free will's best playground looks a lot like the world we have had since Adam where nobody is giving mankind undeniable absolute truths with Godly authority.

It is often said, that which does not kill you makes you stronger. This expresses the truism that we grow the most in adversity. When things are going easy for us, when everything is handed to us we grow much less by comparison. Under those safe conditions, we can never develop fully. But some may object to this concept because they think that believing something false does kill you, namely kills your soul for eternity if your mistaken belief makes you turn away from Jesus or the Church. They believe that people can thus be deceived and be lost forever if they die in that state. But this idea, too, is shortsighted. It forgets that an all powerful God obviously set things up this way on purpose and certainly must have a plan that allows for people to be deceived and be OK if they die in that state (as most will). The plan of a fair, loving God cannot be one in which someone dies not being smart enough to see through the deception of religion or confusion from skepticism foisted upon them and they are doomed for eternity66. This is why it is OK that not everyone is called now as we saw plainly in the scripture earlier.

Yet there is a deeper purpose behind this testing as well. If we are going to be given rulership for 1000 years and life eternal never to be taken back then we must be tested and proven as ready for that. We must go through enough tests and temptations for God to know us and for us to arrive at the point where we will never turn back from his ways no matter what. Before immensely blessing Abraham with being made the father of his chosen people Israel, he tested him in like manner. The final test was in God’s request to sacrifice his firstborn son of promise, Isaac. What a supreme test to make sure that not even his son would become an idol before God who gave

66 Indeed, the Bible speaks of another resurrection after the first resurrection of the righteous during which time those who thought they

died with “no hope” are brought back to learn the truth they missed this time in a true New Covenant environment where they will be

taught to “know Y’hovah.” (Rev 20:5; Eze 37:1-14; Jer 31:31-36

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Chapter 16: The Real “Great Commission”

him. Abraham proved by good works as we read earlier in James, his willingness to give up the son he had waited 100 years for:

Genesis 22:10-12;16-18 — 10 And Abraham stretched out his hand and took the knife to slay his son. 11 But the Angel of the LORD called to him from heaven and said, "Abraham, Abraham!" So he said, "Here I am." 12 And He said, "Do not lay your hand on the lad, or do anything to him; for now I know that you fear God, since you have not withheld your son, your only son, from Me." ... 16 and said: "By Myself I have sworn, says the LORD, because you have done this thing, and have not withheld your son, your only son--17 "blessing I will bless you, and multiplying I will multiply your descendants as the stars of the heaven and as the sand which is on the seashore; and your descendants shall possess the gate of their enemies. 18 "In your seed all the nations of the earth shall be blessed, because you have obeyed My voice."

The kind of blessing and position that Abraham was given is a type of the blessing that we are going to be given for going through all the tests and trials we face alone due to the disunity today among the Faithful. God is making sure that each of us are fully prepared and tested for our blessing, too.

Conclusion

We who are called today are called to be kings and priests during the Millennium. That is our great reward and a great honor. But, it also comes with great responsibility. This calls for developing the fruit that Jesus instructed us to develop so that we can do that job well. To strive after fellowship, unity or proselytes today is a distraction from our true commission as well as counterproductive to it. We must put aside all anxieties, all other idols to stay on task with keeping God and his things first. When the time comes unity will be restored and those of us who have been busy preparing ourselves may find that we are used in big roles even sooner than we thought. Praise be to Y’hovah God for setting up this world the way he did with great purpose and meaning and also great opportunity for us to develop and test our own righteous character.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website.

Appendix 1:

The Thief on the Cross Explained Literally

When we attempt to understand the Biblical teaching on the afterlife, the famous “thief on the cross” story must be considered:

Luke 23:42-43 (HCSB) — 42 Then he said, “Jesus, remember me when You come into Your kingdom!” 43 And He said to him, “ I assure you: Today you will be with Me in paradise.”

This passage is another of the difficult words of Jesus we encounter when reading the Gospels. The problem is, how could Jesus make this promise when he himself already said he would not be raised from the dead until the third day, fulfilling the sign of the Prophet Jonah?

One explanation is the “comma theory” where the word “today” is followed by a comma making it modify “I assure you today,” rather than “, today you will be with me”. This comma theory goes against how English translations render the passage, and is a grammatically awkward way to make emphasis if that was the intent. Jesus never spoke like that anywhere else in the 121 times he says “I say to you...” using “...today,” for emphasis.

Another explanation is that this is simply “beautiful picturesque language” although not literal. However, we should always be leery of deciding that a difficult passage must not be literal just because we cannot readily understand it. There happens to be a literal explanation for it supported by other Biblical passages if you look carefully.

Is Paradise Heaven? Not Consciously

First, the strange use of the word “paradise”must be understood. I looked at what several Bible commentaries said on this passage and noticed that the word paradise did not mean “alive in heaven”:

Today you will be with me in paradise,” probably means that as a result of the events of that day, this man would be given salvation. Of course, it is possible that Jesus is referring to some sense in which this criminal and Jesus would be together immediately after death. However, this passage does not demand such an interpretation. The term paradise is used in the New Testament to refer to the future dwelling place of God’s people (see 2Cor 12:4; Rev 2:7). The reader should not become so concerned with the question of the intermediate state that the point is missed. Luke is reminding his readers of that which he has told them often. God forgives penitent sinners, while the impenitent (the rulers, the soldiers, and the other criminal) are excluded from the blessing.—College Press New Testament Commentary: with the NIV

Verse 43. In paradise - The place where the souls of the righteous remain from death till the resurrection. As if he had said, I will not only remember thee then, but this very day.—Wesley's Commentary

In the OT the term “paradise” can refer to a park with trees (Song 4:13; Eccl 2:5; Neh 2:8), a “garden of the Lord” (Gen 13:10), a “garden … in Eden” (2:8), or can be understood in a future eschatological sense (Eze 31:8). In the intertestamental literature and in the NT (2Cor 12:4; Rev 2:7) the expression is used more and more to describe the final abode of the righteous. It is used in this sense here. The criminal would experience salvation. He would not “today” experience the resurrection, for the resurrection of the dead will only occur at the parousia.—New American Commentary

So, paradise is the abode of the righteous dead. Put this together with my earlier explanation of the literal sleeping souls under the altar and it is confirmed that they are literally unconscious. This fits Jesus' statement, “Father, to you I commend my spirit” in Luke 23:46. Why would he say that if he would be conscious for the next three days taking care of (and using) his soul himself?

Jesus Promised a Spot in the First Resurrection

So what did Jesus promise exactly? He was not promising immediate consciousness in Heaven with him to the thief. Instead, Jesus knew that his soul along with the faithful thief's would be returned to God as the Bible teaches and his own final spoken sentence reflected. If they were not both put together exactly under the altar where the other righteous martyred souls were kept according to Revelation 6, then at least Jesus was and the thief was probably someplace else in God's heavenly domain (Jesus died for the truth as a martyr, but the thief died for his crimes). For the thief's soul to be immediately among the other righteous dead (martyred or otherwise) was a guarantee he would be resurrected in the First Resurrection and part of the Kingdom, the promise he apparently had great enough faith in to ask about.

In conclusion, according to the literal understanding of the 5 th seal , we can see how Jesus could promise “today” being in “paradise” to the thief. We can see how it is not a Scripture-breaking promise of conscious interaction as

Appendix 1: The Thief on the Cross Explained Literally

Christianity teaches will welcome all believers upon death. It is simply a promise of the First Resurrection and a part in the Kingdom, just as the thief requested. This comes after a period of God keeping safe our resting or unconscious souls.

©2007 Tim McHyde -All Rights Reserved -Please do not distribute this document in any form, but do refer others to Tim's website .

Alphabetical Index

 

 TIM_MCHYDE--KNOW_THE_FUTURE.HTM